DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIO'R

BULLETIN

OF THE

UNITED STATES

GEOLOGICAL SURVEY

. 156

WASHINGTON

GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE 

1898

UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY

CHARLES D. WALCOTT. DIRECTOR

BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX

OF

NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, PALEONTOLOGY, 

PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY

FOR

THE YE-A.R 1897

BY

FEED BOUGHTON WEEKS

WASHINGTON

GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE 

1898

CONTENTS

Letter of trausniittal..........

Introduction..................

List of publications examined. 

Bibliography..................

Classified key to the index ....

Index.........................

LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.

DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR, 

UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY,

DIVISION OF GEOLOGY, 

Washington, D. ., August 1,1898.

SIR: I have the honor to transmit herewith the manuscript of a 

Bibliography and Index of North American Geology, Paleontology, 

Petrology, aud Mineralogy for the Year 1897, and to request that it be 

published as a bulletin of the Survey.

Very respectfully, F. B. WEEKS.

Hon. CHARLES D. WALCOTT,

Director United States Geological Survey.

BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF NORTH AMERICAN 

GEOLOGY, PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY FOR THE YEAR 1897.

By FEED BOUGHTON WEEKS.

INTRODUCTION.

The method of preparing and arranging the material of the Bibliography and Index for 1897 is similar to that adopted for the previous 

publications on this subject (Bulletins Nos. 130, 135, 146, and 149). 

The geological papers printed in the Transactions of the American 

Institute of Mining Engineers, volume 27, were entered in Bulletin No. 

149 (Bibliography and Index for 1896), although the publication bears 

the date 1897. These papers were printed and issued as separates in 

1896, but without pagination or volume number. In order to make the 

bibliography complete'for the calendar year these papers appear again 

in this bulletin. The same course has been followed with volume 28, 

which bears the date 1898. A few other publications, which bear the 

date 1898, are included for the same reason.

Bibliography. The bibliography consists of full titles of separate 

papers, classified by authors; an abbreviated reference to the publication in which the paper is printed, and a brief summary of the contents, each paper being numbered for index reference. The extent 

of papers less than a single page in length is indicated as £ p., 5 1. 

(lines).

Index. The subject headings, their subdivisions and arrangement, 

are shown in the Classified Key to the Index. They comprise geographic, geologic, mineralogic, paleontologic, and petrologic subdivisions. Under Economic Geology is given a list of useful minerals and 

ores described in publications examined; under Mineralogy, a list of 

minerals described in such publications; under Paleontology, a list of 

genera and species of fossils therein described, and under Petrology, 

a list of rocks described, reference being made in each case, by author's 

name and number of article in the Bibliography, to the paper in which 

the fossil, mineral, or rock is described. The Index has been enlarged 

by the addition of the names of all geological subdivisions that are 

described in the publications examined. They are not grouped 

together, but occur in the regular alphabetical order.

LIST OF PUBLICATIONS EXAMINED.

Alabama, Geological Survey: Bulletin No. 5, 1896; Report upon the Valley Regions

of Alabama, Part II, 1897. Montgomery, Ala. 

Alabama Industrial and Scientific Society: Proceedings, Vol. VII, 1897. Tuscaloosa,

Ala. 

American Academy of Arts and Sciences: Proceedings, Vol. XXXII, Nos. 3-17, Vol.

XXXIII, Nos. 1-8, 1897. Boston, Mass. ^ . 

American Association for the Advancement of Science: Proceedings, Vol. XLV, 1897.

Salem, Mass.

American Geologist, Vols. XIX-XX, 1897. Minneapolis, Minn. 

American Institute of Mining Engineers: Transactions, Vol. XXVI, 1897, Vol. XXVII,

1898. New York, N. Y.

American Journal of Science, 4th ser., Vols. III-IV, 1897. New Haven, Conn. 

American Museum of Natural History : Bulletin, Vol. IX, 1897. New York. 

American Naturalist, Vol. XXX1,1897. Philadelphia, Pa. 

American Paleontology: Bulletins, Nos. 7-8,'l897. Ithaca, N. Y. 

American Philosophical Society: Proceedings, Vol. XXXV, Nos. 154-156,1897. Philar

delphia, Pa. 

Annals and Magazine of Natural History: 6th ser., Vols. XIX-XX, 1897. London,

England.

Aunales des Mines, 9th ser., Vols. XI-XII, 1897. Paris, France. 

Appalachia, Vol. VIII, No. 3,1897. Boston, Mass. 

Boston Society of Natural History: Proceedings, Vol. XXVII, pp. 242-330, Vol.

XXVIII, Nos. 1-6,1897. Boston, Mass. 

Botanical Gazette, Vols. XXIII-XXIV, 1897. Chicago, 111. 

British Association for the Advancement of Science: Report, 1897, 1898. London,

England.

California Academy of Science: Proceedings, Geology, 3d ser., Vol. I, Nos. 1-3, Occasional Papers, V, 1897. San Francisco, Gal.

California State Mining Bureau: Bulletin No. 11,1897. Sacramento, Cal. 

Canada, Geological and Natural History Survey: Paleozoic fossils, Vol. Ill, Part 3,

1897. Montreal, Quebec.

Canada, Royal Society: Proceedings and Transactions, 2d ser., Vol.II, 1896. Montreal, Quebec. 

Canadian Institute: Transactions, new ser., Vol. I, Part I, No. 1, 1897. Toronto,

Ontario.

Canadian Mining Review, Vol. XVI, 1897. Ottawa, Ontario. 

Canadian Record of Science, Vol. VII, Nos. 4-6,1897. Montreal, Quebec. 

Chicago Academy of Sciences: Bulletin, No. II, 1897. 

Cincinnati Society of Natural History: Journal, Vol. XIX, No. 3,1897. Cincinnati,

Ohio. 

Cornwall Royal Geological Society: Transactions, Vol. XII, Part II, 1897. Cornwall,

England.

Davenport Academy of Natural Sciences: Proceedings, Vol. VI, 1897. 

Denison University, Scientific Laboratories: Bulletin, Vol. IX, Part II, 1897. Granville,0hio,

11
12 LIST OF PUBLICATIONS EXAMINED.

Dublin Royal Society: Transactions, ser. 2, Vol. V, Part 13,1897. Dublin. Ireland.

Edinburgh Royal Society: Transactions, Vol. XXXVIII, Part 2, 1897. Edinburgh, 

Scotland.

Elisha Mitchell Scientific Society: Journal, 1896 and 1897. Chapel Hill, N. C.

Engineering and Mining Journal, Vols. LXIII-LXIV, 1897. New York, N. Y.

Field Columbian Museum, Geological series, Vol. I,-No. 2, 1897. Chicago, 111.

Geological Magazine, Decade IV, Vol. IV, 1897. London, England.

Geological Society of America: Bulletin, Vol. VIII, 1897. Rochester, N. Y.

Harvard College, Museum of Comparative Zoology: Memoir, Vol. XXIII, No. 1, 

Bulletin, Vol. XXX, Nos. 4-6, Vol. XXXI, Nos. 1-4, 1897. Cambridge, Mass.

Illinois, State'Laboratory of Natural History/Bulletin, Vol. V, Articles 1-3, 1897. 

Peoria, 111. "

Illinois, State Museum of Natural History: Bulletin, 12, 1897. Springfield, 111.

Indiana,'Department of Geology and Natural Resources: 21st Annual Report, 1897. 

Indianapolis, Ind.

Iowa, Academy of "Sciences: Proceedings, Vol. IV, 1897. Des Moines, Iowa.

Iowa, Geological Survey, Vol. VI, 1897. Des Moines, Iowa.

Iowa State University, Laboratories of Natural History: Bulletin, Vol. IV, No. 1, 

1897. Iowa City, Iowa.

Johns Hopkins University: Circulars, Nos. 128-133, 1897. Baltimore, Md.

Journal of Geology, Vol. V, 1897. Chicago, 111.

Journal of Morphology, Vol. XIII, Nos. 1-3, Vol. XIV, No. 1,1897. New York, N. Y.

Kansas, University Geological Survey, Vol. II, 1897. Topeka, Kans.

Kansas University Quarterly, Vol. VI, 1897. Lawrence, Kans.

Leland Stanford University: Publications, No. XI, 1897. Palo Alto, Gal.

Liverpool, Geological Association: Journal, Vol. XVI, 1897. Liverpool, England.

Liverpool Geological Society: Proceedings, Vol. VIII, Part 1,1897. Liverpool, England.

London, Geological Society: Quarterly Journal, Vol. LIII, 1897. London, England.

London, Geologists' Association: Proceedings, Vol. XV, Parts 1-4, 1897. London, 

England.

London, Royal Society: Proceedings, Vol. LXI, Nos. 379-381,1897. London, England.

Manchester Geological Society: Transactions, Vol. XXV, Parts I-XI, 1897. Manchester, England.

Maryland Geological Survey, Vol. 1,1897. Baltimore, Md.

Mexico, Institute geologica: Boletin, 4-9,1897. City of Mexico.

Mining, Vol. Ill, Nos. 1-6,1897. Spokane, Wash.

Mining and Scientific Press, Vols. LXXIV-LXXV, 1897. San Francisco, Cal.

Minnesota Geological and Natural History Survey: Paleontology, Vol. Ill, Part II, 

1897. Minneapolis, Minn.

National Geographic Magazine, Vol. VIII, 1897. Washington, D. C.

Natural Science, Vols. X-XI, 1897. London, England.

Nature, Vol. LV, Nos. 1419-1435, Vol. LVI, Vol. LVII, Nos. 1462-1470, 1897. London, 

England.

Nautilus, Vol. X, Nos. 9-12, Vol. XI, Nos. 1-8,1897. Philadelphia, Pa.

Neues Jahrbuch fiir Mineralogie, Geologic und Palaeontologie: 1897, Bander I-II, 

Hefte 1-3. Stuttgart, Germany.

New Brunswick Natural History Society: Bulletin No. XV. St. John, New Brunswick.

New Jersey, Geological Survey: Annual Report for 1896,1897. Trenton, N. J.

New York Academy of Sciences: Annals, Vol. IX, Nos. 4-12,1897. New York, N. Y.

New York State Museum : Bulletin, Vol. IV, Nos. 16-17,1897. Albany, N. Y.

North of England Institute of Mining and Mechanical Engineers: Transactions, Vol. 

XLV, Parts 4-5, Vol. XLVI, Part 1,1896; Parts 2-5 and Vol. XLV [I, Part 1,1897. 

Newcastle-upon-Tyne, England.

Nova Scotian Institute of Science: Proceedings and Transactions, 2d ser., Vol. II, 

Part 3,1897. Halifax, Nova Scotia.
LIST OF PUBLICATIONS EXAMINED. 13

Ottawa Naturalist, Vol. X, Nos. 10-12, Vol. XI, Nos. 1-9. Ottawa, Ontario.

Paliiontologischen Institutes cler Universitiit Wien, Mittheilungen, Band XI, hefte 

1-111,1897. Leipzig and Wien.

Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences: Proceedings 1897, Parts I-II, 1897: Journal, 2d ser., Vol. XI, Part I, 1897. Philadelphia, Pa.

Popular Science Monthly, Vol. L, Nos. 3-6, Vol. 51, Vol. 52, Nos. 1-2, 1897. New York, 

N.Y.'

Royal Irish Academy: Proceedings, 3d ser., Vol. IV, Nos. 2-3,1897. Dublin, Ireland.

St. Louis Academy of Science: Transactions, Vol. VII, Nos. 10-17, 1897. St. Louis, 

Mo. °

School of Mines Quarterly, Vol. XVII, Nos. 1-4,1896. New York, N. Y.

Science, new ser., Vols. V-VI, 1897. New York, N. Y.

Scientific American, Vols. LXXVI-LXXVII, 1897. New York, N. Y.

Scientific American Supplement, Vols. XLIII-XLIV, 1897. New York, N. Y.

Smithsonian Institution: Annual Report, 1894, 2 vols., Annual Report, 1895, 1896; 

Contributions to Knowledge, Vols. XXX-XXXII, 1895 and No. 1034, 1896; Miscellaneous Collections, Nos. 1075-1077,1084,1087. Washington, I). C.

Societa geologica italiana: Bulletin, Vol. XVI, fascicle 1,1897.

Socie"te" Beige de Ge"ologie, de Pal ontologie et d'Hydrologie: Bulletin, Vols. IX, 1896, 

X-XI, 1897. Brussels, Belgium.

Socie'td ge~ologique de Belgique: Annals, Vol. XXIV, 1897. Liege, Belgium.

Socie'td g^ologique de France: Bulletin, 3d ser., Vol. XXIV, Nos. 8-11, 1896, Vol. 

XXV, Nos. 1-7, 1897. Paris, France.

Stone, Vol. XIV, Nos. 2-6, Vol. XV, Vol. XVI, No. 1, 1897. Chicago, 111.

Technology Quarterly, Vol. X, 1897. Boston, Mass.

The Colliery Engineer, Vol. XVII, Nos. 6-12, Vol. XVII, Nos. 1-5,1897. Scratiton, Pa.

The Mineral Industry, its statistics, technology, and trade in the United States and 

other countries to the end of 1896. The Scientific Publishing Company, 1897. 

New York, N. Y.

The Plant World, Vol. I, Nos. 1-3, 1897. Binghamton, N. Y.

Torrey Botanical Club: Bulletin, Vol. XXIV, 1897. New York, N. Y.

United States Geological Survey: 18th Annual Report, Parts I, IV, V, and V (cont.), 

1897; Parts II-III, 1898. Monograph, Vol. XXVIII, 1897. Bulletins, Nos. 87, 

148-149,1897. Geological Atlas of the United States, folios 36-41,1897. Water 

Supply and Irrigation Papers, Nos. I-XI, 1897. Washington, D. C.

United States National Museum: Proceedings, Vol. XIX, 1897. Washington, D. C.

Washington Geological Society: Address of retiring President, Samuel Franklin 

Emmons, 1897. Washington, D. C.

Wyoming, University of, School of Mines, Petroleum series, Bulletin, No. 2, 1897. 

Laramie, Wyo.

Zeitschrift fur praktische Geologie, Hefte 1-12, 1897. Berlin, Germany.

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

A.

1 Adams (Frank D.). On the structure and origin of certain rocks 

of the Laurentian system.

Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Kept. 1897, pp. 665-666,1898. 

Describes the origin and structure of certain igneous and altered 

sedimentary rocks.

2 Notes on the geology of the Admiralty group of the Thousand 

Islands, Ontario.

Can. Rec. Sci., vol. vii, pp 267-272,1807.

Gives notes on the character of the granites and occurrence of the 

other igneous rocks.

3 [Review of some recent papers on the influence of granitic 

intrusions upon the development of crystalline schists.] 

Jour, of Geol., vol. v, pp. 293-302,1897.

<£ [Eeview of "Lakes of North America, a reading lesson for 

students of geography and. geology," by Israel 0. Eussell.j

Can. Rec. Sci.j vol. vii, pp. 326-328,1897.

5 and Barlow (Alfred E.). With remarks by E. W.Ells. On the 

origin and relations of the Greuville and Hastings series in 

the Canadian Laureutian.

Can. Rec. Sci., vol. vii, pp. 304-316,1897.

Describes the occurrence, character, and age of the Fundamental 

Gneiss, and Grenville and Hastings series.

6 Origin and relations of the Grenville Hastings series of 

the Canadian Laurentian.

Abstract, Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. viii, pp. 398-401,1897. 

Describes the petrographic characters of the series and their relations 

to the Laurentian.

 and Ells (E. W.). Origin and relations of the Grenville 

and Hastings series in the Canadian Laurentian.

Ana. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. iii, pp. 173-180,1897.

Describes the character and relations of the Fundamental Gneiss, 

Grenville and Hastings series.

15
16 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 156.

8 Adams (Frank D.) and Nicolson (John T.). Preliminary notice of 

some experiments on the flow of rocks.

Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Kept., 189v, pp. 642-643,1898. 

Describes the methods employed and the results.

9 Adams (George I.). On the extinct Felidse.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th sev., vol. iv, pp. 145-149, tigs. 1-8,1897. 

Describes the synonymy of the group.

10 Agassiz (Alexander). The elevated reefs of Florida.

Jour, of Geol., vol. 5, pp. 312-313,1897. 

Review by J. Edmund Woodman.

11 Aguilera (Jose" G.). Antonio del Castillo.

Inst. Geol. do Mexico, Bulls. Nos. 4-6, pp. 3-7,1897.

Gives a sketch of the life of A. del Castillo and a list of his published

works. >

12 Bosquejo geologico de Mexico. Prologo.

Inst. Geol. de Mexico, Bulls. Nos. 4-6, pp. 11-15,1897. 

Describes the general results of the work of the Geological Survey 

of Mexico.

13 : Itinerarios geologicos.

lust. Geol. de Mexico, Bulls. Nos. 4-6, pp. 78-166,1897.

Describes the occurrence and character of the Cretaceous, Tertiary, 

and Pleistocene strata, and of the volcanic and metamorphis rocks in 

various parts of Mexico.

14 Sinopsis de geologia Mexicana.

lust. Geol. de Mexico, Bulls. Nos. 4-6, pp. 189-250,1897.

Describes the general characters of the igneous rocks, the petrographic and paleontologic characters of the sedimentaries; and the 

occurrence of economic mineral products in Mexico.

15 and Ordonez (Ezequiel). Fisiografla de la Sierra de Pachuca

[Mexico].

Inst. Geol. de Mexico, Bulls. Nos. 7-9, pp. 19-26, pi. ii, 1897. 

Describes the physiography of the region.

16 Geologia general de la Sierra de Pachuca [Mexico].

Inst. Geol. de Mexico, Bulls. Nos. 7-9, pp. 27-50, pis. iiixv> 1897. 

Describes the occurrence and character of Tertiary eruptive rocks.

17 ^ Las vetas [Sierra de Pachuca, Mexico].

Inst. Geol. de Mexico, Bulls. Nos. 7-9, pp. 51-80,1897. 

Describes the vein systems in this region.

18 Aldrich (T. H.). Notes on Eocene Mollusca, with descriptions of 

some new species.

Am. Paleont., Bull., vol. ii, No. 8,2 pp., 5 pis., 1897. 

Gives notes on various species and describes and figures a number of 

new species.

19 A new Cancellaria from the Alabama Eocene.

The Nautilus, vol. xi, pp. 27-28,1 fig., 1897. 

Describes C. lanceolata n. sp.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1897. ' 17

20 Alien (E. T.). Native iron in the Coal Measures of Missouri.

Am-. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. iv, pp. 99-104,1897. 

Describes its occurrence and character.

21 Ami (Henry M.). Notes on some of the fossil organic remains comprised in the geological formations and outliers of the Ottawa 

Paleozoic basin [Canada].

Can. Eoy. Soc. ; Proc. and Trans., 2d ser., vol. ii, sect, iv, pp. 151-158, 

1896.

Gives a list of fossils found in each of the subdivisions of the Ordovician and Silurian systems occurring in the Ottawa basin.

22 - Contribution to the paleontology of the post-Pliocene deposits 

of the Ottawa valley [Canada].

Ottawa nat., vol. xi, pp. 20-26, 1897.

Gives lists of species collected at various localities.

23 Andersen (Carl). The mineral belt of the Mogollou range [New 

Mexico].

Bug. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixiv, pp. 276-278, 1897. 

Describes the geologic features of the region and the occurrence and 

character of the gold ores.

24 Ashley (George H.). Geology of the Paleozoic area of Arkansas 

south of the novaculite region. With an introduction by 

John C. Branner.

Am. Phil. Soc., Proc., vol. xxxvi, pp. 217-318, 37 figs., 1897; Lelund 

Stanford Jr. Univ. Pub., No. xi, 1897.

Describes the geologic and geographic position of the region, the 

lithologic and faunal characters of the formations, and their structure, 

and discusses the correlations of the various beds.

25 Atwood (Wallace Walter), Salisbury (Rollin D.) and. Drift 

phenomena in the vicinity of Devils Lake and Baraboo, 

Wisconsin.

See Salisbury (R. D.) and Atwood (W. W.), No. 521.

B.

26 Bagg (B. M.). See Clark (W. B.), No. 128.

27 Bailey (E. H. S.) and Whitten (W. M.). Ou the chemical composition of some Kansas gypsuin rocks.

Kan. Univ. Quart., vol. vi, pp. 29-34,1897.

Gives chemical analyses of specimens from several localities.

28 Bailey (L. W.). Some typical sections in southwestern Nova 

Scotia.

Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Kept. 1897, p. 640 (^ p.), 1898.

Contains brief notes on the stratigraphy and structure of the region.

29 Bain (Harry Foster). Relations of the Wisconsin and Kansas drift 

. sheets in central Iowa and related phenomena.

Iowa Geol. Surv., vol. vi, pp. 433-476, pis. xxvii-xxviii, figs. 45-54,1897.

Describes the character and relations of the two drift sheets, and discusses the time ratios employed in estimating the length of Glacial 

time. Includes map of the Iowa drift sheets. 

Bull. 156 2
18 ' BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 156.

30 Bain (Harry Foster). [Review of "Geology of Castle Mountain 

mining district, Montana," by W. H. Weed and L.V. Pirsson.j

Jour, of Geol., vol. v, pp. 210-212,1897.

31 A sketch of the geology of Mexico. 

Jour, of Geol., vol. v, pp. 384-390,1897.

Gives a summary of the report of Jose G. Aguilera on tlie geology of 

Mexico.

32 [Keview of ."Missouri Geological Survey, vol. xi, Clay deposits," 

by H. A. Wheeler.J

Jour, of Geol., vol. v, pp. 399-400,1897; Science, new ser., vol. v, p. 852, 

1897.

x

33 Geology of Polk County, Iowa.

Am. Geol., vol. xx, p. 334 (f p.), 1897. 

Review by U. S. G[rant].

34 Bannister (H. M.). The drift and geologic time. 

Jour, of Geol., vol. v, pp. 730-743,1897.

Discusses previous estimates of the duration of the Glacial period and 

its probable duration, estimated from a study of the transportation of 

erratics.

35 Barbour (Erwin Hinkley). Nature, structure, and phylogeny of 

Daenionelix.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. viii, pp. 305-314, pis. 31-39,1897. 

Review by A. H[ollick], Torrey Bot. Club, Bull., vol. xxiv, pp. 266-267, 

1897.

Describes and illustrates the occurrence and characters of Daemouelix.

36 Barlow (Alfred E.). On the occurrence of caucrinite in Canada. 

Can. Rec. Soi., vol. vii, p. 288,1897.

Describes the character of the mineral from elaeolite syenite of 

Quebec.

37 Adams (Frank D.) and. With remarks by E. W. Ellis. On 

the origin and relations of the Grenville and Hastings series 

in the Canadian Laurentian.

See Adams (Frank D.) and Barlow (A. E.), No. 5.

38 Origin and relations of the Grenville-Hastings series of 

the Canadian Laurentian.

See Adams (F. D.) and Barlow (A. E.), No. 6. ^

39 and Ells (B. W.). On the origin and relations of the 

Grenville and Hastings series in the Canadian Laurentiau. 

See Adams (F. D.), Barlow (A. E.), and Ells (R. W.), No. 7.

40 and Ferrier (W. F.). On the relations and structure of certain granites and associated arkoses of Lake Temiscaming, 

Canada.

Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Rept. 1897, pp. 659-660,1898.

Describes the microscopic characters and relations of the rocks.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1897. 19

41 Barrell (Robert W.). The mineral formation of the Golden Leaf 

mines [Montana].

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixiv, p. 64,1897.

Describes the geologic features of the region and the occurrence of 

gold and silver.

42 Barton (George H.). Glacial observations in the Uinanak district, 

Greenland.

Tech. Quart., vol. x, pp. 213-244, figs. 1-27, 1897. Review by W. 

U[pham], Am. Geol., vol. xx, pp. 329-330,1897. 

Describes the glacial features of the region.

43 Bascom (Florence). Aporbyolitesof South Mountain, Pennsylvania. 

Geol. Sbc. Am., Bull., vol. viii, pp. 393-396,1897.

Describes the topography of the region and the petrographic structure of the aporhyolites. e

44 The relations of the streams in the neighborhood of Philadelphia to the Bryn Mawr gravel.

Am. Geol., vol. xix, pp. 50-57,1897.

Gives a sketch of the geologic history of the region and .discusses the 

evidence of the stream erosion as indicating the age of the Bryn Mawr 

gravel.

45 [Review of "The geology of the Fox Islands, Maine, a contribution to the study of old volcanics," by George Otis Smith].

Am. Geol., vol. xix, pp. 214-219,1897.

46 The ancient volcanic rocks of South Mountain, Pennsylvania.

Review by N. H. W[inchell], Am. Geol., vol. xix, pp. 1&9-140,1897. 

Review by J. P. Iddings, Jour, of Geol., vol. v, pp. 213-216,1897.

47 Bayley (William Shirley). A summary of progress in Petrography 

in 1896.

Waterville, Me., 1897.

48 Van Hise (0. R.) and. The Marquette iron-bearing district of 

Michigan. With atlas.

See Van Hise (C. R.) and Bayley (W. S.), No. 648.

49 Bayley (W. S.). See Van Hise (C. R.) and Bayley (W. S.), No. 648.

50 Beals (William, jr.). The building stones of New England.

Stone, vol. xiv,.pp. 545-567, 10 pis., vol. xv, pp. 1-7, 213-223, 9 pis.,

1897.

Describes the character and occurrence of New England building 

stones.

51 Becker (George F.). Reconnoissance of the gold fields of southern 

Alaska, with some notes'on general geology.

U. S. Geol. Surv., 18th Ann. Rept., Pt. Ill, pp. 7-86, pis. i-xxxi, figs. 1-6,

1898.

Includes notes on some igneous rocks and on the glacial features and 

volcanic phenomena of the region. Describes the occurrence and character of the auriferous deposits and veins.
20 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 156.

52 Becker (George F.). Witwatersrand banket, with notes on other 

gold-bearing pudding stones.

U. S. Geol. Surv., 18th Ann. Kept., Pt. V. pp. 153-184, pi. i, fig. 1,1897.

Describes the occurrence of gold on the Witwatersrand and the 

occurrence of auriferous conglomerates in various parts of the United 

States.

53 Some queries on rock differentiation.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. iii, pp. 21-40,1897. Review by C. F. Tolman, jr., Jour.-of Geol., vol. v, pp. 393-398,1897.

Discusses the hypotheses of rock differentiation from homogeneous 

magmas of great volume.

54 Computing diffusion.

Am. JourTSci., 4th ser., vol. iii, pp. 280-286,1897. 

Describes methods and gives tables for computing diffusive phenomena.

55 Fractional crystallization of rocks.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. iv, pp. 257-261,.fig. 1,1897. 

Describes the solidification of material in certain dikes and laccolites, 

and discusses its bearing on the theory of magmatic segregation or 

differentiation.

56 Lewis on the diamond.

Science, new ser., vol. vi, pp. 664-667, 1897.

Discusses the paper by George F. Kunz on the genesis of the diamond 

and review of Prof. Lewis's papers on the "Genesis and matrix of the 

diamond."

57 Beecher (Charles E.). Outline of a natural classification of the 

trilobites.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. iii, pp. 89-106, and 181-207, pi. iii, 1897.

Reviews previous classifications and describes the principles and 

application of a natural classification. Gives diagnoses of the orders 

and families and a list of the genera.

58 Morphology of the brachia.

U. S'. Geol. Surv., Bull. No. 87, pp. 105-112, figs. 2-6,1897. 

Describes the different stages of development.

59 [Review of "Synopsis'of American fossil Brachiopoda," by 

Charles Schuchert.]

Am. Nat.,vol.xxxi, pp. 1053-1055, 1897.

60 See Kingsley (J. S.), No. 337.

61 Beede (J. W.), Haworth (E.) and. The McPherson Equus beds

[Kansas],

See Haworth (E.) and Beede (J. W.), No. 268.

62 BeU (Robert). Evidence of northeasterly differential rising of the 

land along Bell River [Canada].

Geol. Am., Bull., vol. viii, pp. 241-250, pis. 23-24, 1897. 

Describes the characters of the drainage and its bearing on the 

evidence of an earth movement.
WBBK8.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1897. 21

63 Berkey (C. P.). Chemical analysis of the Fisher meteorite. 

Am. Geol., vol. xx, pp. 317-318, 1897. 

Describes its mineralogic and chemical characters.

64 Geology of the St. Croix Dalles [Minnesota-Wisconsin].

Am. Geol., vol. xx, pp. 345-383, pis. xx-xxii, 1897.

Describes the physiographic features, the glacial geology, the lithologic characters and distribution of the Cambrian subdivisions, and 

the characters of the igneous rocks. Presents a geological and topographical map of the region.

65 Beyer (Samuel Walker). The Sioux quartzite and certain associated rocks.

Iowa Geol. Surv., vol. vi, pp. 69-112, figs. 24-28 and geologic map, 

1897. Published in 1896.

Describes the occurrence of Niobrara chalk, the character of the 

Sioux quartzite and slate, the petrographio characters of the oliviue 

diabase, quartzite, and slate, and discusses their origin.

66 - Evidence of a sub-Aftoniau till sheet in northeastern Iowa.

Iowa Acad. Sci., Proc, vol. iv, pp. 58-62, pis. ii-iii, 1897. 

Discusses the evidence as to the line separating the various stages of 

the ice sheet in this region.

67 Bibbins (Arthur), Clark (W.B.) and. The stratigraphy of the 

Potomac group in Maryland.

See Clark (W. B.) and Bibbins (A.), No. 130.

68 Blake (William P.). Gold in granite and plutonic rocks.

Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxvi, pp. 290-298,1897. 

Describes the occurrence of gold in Arizona, California, and South 

Dakota.

69 The Fortuna gold mine, Arizona.

Eug. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixiii, pp. 664-665,1897.

Describes the geologic occurrence and character of the ore body.

70 Blandy (John F.). An Arizona copper deposit. 

Eug. and Mg. Jour., vol; Ixiv, p. 97,1897.

Describes the occurrence of copper near the rim of the Grand Canyon 

of the Colorado.

71 Blatchley (W. 8.). The petroleum industry in Indiana.

Ind. Dept. Geol. and Nat. Res., 21st Ann. Kept., pp. 27-96, -with map, 

1897.

Describes the origin and occurrence of petroleum in Indiana, and 

gives local details, accompanied by map of productive area in northeastern Indiana.

72 Indiana caves and their fauna.

Ind. Dept. Geol. and Nat. Res., 21st Ann. Rept., pp. 121-212, pis. iv-xiii, 

1897.

Describes the formations of caves in limestones and the character and 

fauna of the caves in southern Indiana. Includes a bibliography.
22 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N..A. GEOLOGY, [BOLL.156.

73 Blue (Archibald). Sixth report of the bureau of mines [Ontario].

Ottawa, 289 pp., 2 geological maps, 1897.

Includes notes on the occurrence of building materials, petroleum, 

natural gas, mica, graphite, iron, nickel, copper, gold, and corundum 

and two geological maps.

74 Bonney (T. G.). 0 [Review of " The glaciers of North America," by 

I. C. Russell.]

Nature, vol. IT, p. 556, 1897.

75 Boss (0. M.). Some dike features of the Gogebic iron range [Michigan-Wisconsin].

Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxvii, pp. 556-563,1898. 

Gives local details regarding the dikes of the region.

76 Branner (John Casper). Bacteria and the decomposition of rocks.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. iii, pp. 438-442, 1897. 

Discusses the agency of bacteria in the decomposition of rocks, and 

reviews some recent literature on the subject.

77 The former extension of the Appalachians across Mississippi, 

Louisiana, and Texas.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. iv., pp. 357-371, two geological maps, 

1897; Abstract, Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Kept. 1897, pp. 643-644, 1898; 

Review by A. H. Purdue, Jour, of Geol., vol. v, pp. 759-760, 1897.

Discusses the character and extent of the southwestern Appalachian 

depression and its bearing on the probable extension of the Appalachians across the lower. Mississippi region.

78 The bauxite deposits of Arkansas.

Jour, of G"eol., vol. v, pp. 263-289, pis. i-ii, figs. 1-4, 1897.

Describes the composition and structure of the bauxite material, and 

discusses the geologic age, origin, and forms of the deposits. Gives a 

bibliography of the subject.

79 [Review of "The Bedford oolitic limestone of Indiana," by 

T. C. Hopkins and 0. E. Siebenthal.] 

Jour, of Geol., vol. v, pp. 529-531, 1897.

80 The phosphate deposits of Arkansas.

Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxvi, pp. 580-598,1897.

Describes the character of the Devonian strata in which the deposits 

occur, and the occurrence and characteristics of the phosphate material, 

and discusses its origin. Gives chemical analyses.

81 The cement materials of southwest Arkansas.

Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxvii, pp. 42-63, figs. 1-6,1898. 

Describes the occurrence of the chalk beds, and gives chemical analyses of the material.

82 The introduction of new terms in g'eology.

Science, new ser., vol. v, pp. 932-913,1897.

83 New terms in geology.

Science, new ser., vol. vi, pp. 133-134,1897.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1897. 23

84 Branner (John Casper). See Ashley (George H.), No. 24

85 Newsom (J. F.) aud. The Bed Kiver and Clinton monoclines.

See Newsoni (J. F.) and Branner (J. C.), No. 439.

86 Bratnober (H.). The Klondike gold fields [British Columbia].

Eug. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixiv, p. 484,1897. 

Describes the occurrence of gold placers.

87 Brewer (William M.). Further notes on the Alabama and Georgia 

gold fields.

Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxvi, pp. -164-472,1897. . 

Contains notes on the occurrence of gold ores and associated rocks in 

these States.

88 Metal mining in Alabama.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixiii, p. 256,1897.

Describes the occurrence of gold in certain districts of Alabama.

89 Gold mining in° Georgia.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixiii, p. 280,1897.

Describes the occurrence of gold in northwest Georgia.

90 The Villa Rica mining district, Georgia.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixiii, p. 483,1897. 

Describes the occurrence of gold in this district.

91 Some auriferous quartz bodies in Alabama.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixiv, pp. 458-459,1897. 

Describes the occurrence of gold in northern Alabama.

92 Copper mining in Alabama.

Ala. Ind. and Sci. Soc., Proc., vol. vii, pp. 13-16,1897.

Gives brief notes on the occurrence of copper in Cleburne County.

93 Gold fields of the South.

Colliery Eng., vol. xvii, pp. 333-335,1897.

Describes the geologic formations and occurrence of gold in Georgia 

and .Alabama.

94 Brigham (Albert Perry). Glacial flood deposits in Chenango Valley

[New York].

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. viii, pp. 17-30, pi. 1,1897. 

Describes the glacial phenomena of the region.

95 Brooks (Alfred Hulse), Wolff (J. E.) and. The age of the Franklin White limestone of Sussex County, New Jersey. 

See Wolif (J. E.) and Brooks (A. H.), No. 733.

96 Brown (Lucius P.). Phosphate mining in Tennessee.

Mineral Industry, 1896, pp. 453-456,1897.

Describes the character and occurrence of phosphate rocks in certain 

parts of the State.
S4 BIBLIOGRAPHY Attb INDEX OF N. A. &EOLOGY, [BULL. 156.

97 Brush (George J..). Manual of determinative mineralogy, with an 

introduction of blowpipe analysis.

New York, John Wiley & Sons, 1882.. :

Keview by 0. C. Farrington, Jour, of Geol., vol. v, pp. 86-87,1897.

98 Bryson (John). The Hempstead Plains, Long Island [New York].

Am. Geol., correspondence, vol. xx, pp. 61-65,1897. 

Describes the glacial phenomena.

99 Buelna (Eamon Felix y). Itineraries geologicos. Estados de 

Duraugo, Chihuahua, Sonora y Sinaloa. 

Inst. geol. de Mexico, Bulls., Nos. 4-6, pp. 19-29,1897. 

Describes the occurrence of gold and silver ore deposits in these 

States.

100 The Copalquin and Lemon mineral zone, Durango, Mexico.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixiv, p. 217,1897. 

Describes the geologic features of the region.

101 Burwash (Edward M.). Geology of the Nipissing-Algoma line 

[Ontario].

Ontario Bureau of Mines, 6th Ann. Kept., pp. 167-184, 1897. 

Describes the occurrence of Huronian rocks and the glacial phenomena of the region.

C.

102 Calvin (Samuel). Memoir of Charles Wachsmuth.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. viii, pp. 374-376, 1897.

Gives a sketch of his life and list of his published papers.

103 The State quarry limestone [Iowa].

Iowa Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. iv, pp. 16-21, 1897. 

Describes its lithologic and faunal characters and discusses its taxonomic relations.

104 Synopsis of the drift deposits of Iowa.

Am. Geol., vol. xix, pp. 270-272, 1897.

Gives brief statements regarding the various stagfis of the Glacial 

epoch.

105 Geology of Johnson County [Iowa]. 

Am. Geol., vol. xx, pp. 273, 1897. 

Eeview by W. U[pham],

106 Campbell (Marius B.). Erosion at base level.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. viii, pp. 221-226, pi. 20, 1897. 

Describes local base-levels of the Appalachian region.

107 - Eapid section work in horizontal rocks.

Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxvi, pp. 298-315, pis. i-iv, 1897. 

Describes methods of studying areal geology in regions where the 

strata lie in a nearly horizontal position.
WEJJKS.] £ALE6tiTC-LOGY, METROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1897. 25

108 Case (E. C.). Foramina perforating the cranial region of a 

Permian reptile and on a cast of its brain cavity.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. iii, pp. 321-326,1897.

Describes the characters of Dkuetrodon incisivus Cope and the occurrence of the foramina.

109 On the osteology and relationships of Protostega.

Jour, of Morph., vol. xvi, pp. 21-55, pis. iv-vi, 1897. 

Describes material from the Niobrara Cretaceous of Kansas.

110 [Review of "The Dinosaurs of North America," by O. C. 

Marsh.]

Jour, of Geol., vol. v, pp. 87-88,1897.

111 Catlett (Charles). Some of the manganese deposits of the Valley 

of the Virginia.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixiv, pp. 156-157,1897.

Describes the occurrence and character of the ores and gives a chemical analysis.

112 Chalmers (Robert). The pre-Glacial. decay of rocks in eastern 

Canada.

Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Rept. 1897, pp. 655-656,1898.

Describes beds of decayed rock beneath the glacial covering.

113 The gold bearing deposits of the eastern townships of Quebec.

Can. Mg. Rev., vol. xvi, pp. 74-77,1897.

Describes their geological occurrence and discusses their origin.

114 Chamberlin (T. C.). [Note on the former extension of the inland 

ice sheet of Greenland.]

Jour, of Geol., vol. v, pp. 81-85,1897.

Reviews certain interpretations of the author's views on this subject.

115 Glacial studies in Greenland, X.

Jour, of Geol., vol. v, pp. 229-240, figs. 64-68,1897. 

Continues the description of the author's observations of the glacial 

, features of Greenland.

116 [Eeview of " Glaciers of North America, a reading lesson for 

students in geography and geology," by Israel C. Russell.] 

' Jour, of Geol., vol. v, pp. 302-303,1897.

117 [Review of "Former extension of Cornell glacier near the 

southern end of Melville Bay," by Ralph S. Tarr.]

Jour, of Geol., vol. v. pp. 303-307, pi. 1, figs. 1-2,1897.

118 [Review of "Geological Survey of Canada, Annual Report, 

vol. viii, 1895."]

Jour, of Geol., vol. v, pp. 641-642,1897.

118o, [Review of "Iowa Geological Survey, vol. vi, Report on lead, 

zinc, artesian wells, etc.'7 ]

Jour. of.Geol., vol. v, pp. 642-644,1897.
26 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 156.

USb Chamberlin (T. C.). [Review of " Geology and Natural Resources 

of Indiana, 21st Animal Report."]

Jour, of Geol., vol. v,j>p. 644-646, 1897.

HSc [Review of " Report on the valley regions, Part II. On the 

Ooosa Valley," by Henry McOalley.]

Jour, of Geol., vol. v, pp. 646-647, 1897.

118rf, [Review of "Glacial observations in the Umanak district, 

Greenland," by G. H. Barton.]

Jour, of Geol., vol. v, pp. 650-651, 1897..

119 A group of hypotheses bearing on climatic changes.

Jour, of Geol., vol. v, pp. 653-683,1897; Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Kept. 

1897, pp. 644-647, 1898.

Discusses the indications of glaciations during geologic time and the 

theories as to the origin and development of the earth and the atmosphere.

120 Supplementary hypothesis respecting the origin of the loess of 

0 the Mississippi Valley.

Jour, of Geol., vol. v, pp. 795-802, 1897.

Describes the distribution of the loess and discusses its origin.

121 - Studies for students. The method of multiple working hypotheses.

Jour, of Geol., vol. v, pp. 837-848, 1897.

Discusses the use of multiple hypotheses and their value in geological 

investigation.

122 [Review of "The Glacial Lake Agassiz," by Warren Upham.]

Jour, of Geol., vol. v, pp. 851-853,1897.

123 Former extension of Greenland glaciers. 

Science, new ser., vol. v, pp. 400-401,1897. 

Discusses Prof. Tarr's statements on this subject.

124 The former extension of ice in Greenland.

Science, new ser., vol. v, p. 516,1897.

Discusses briefly the indications of glaciation by topography

125 - Former extension of Cornell glacier near the southern end of 

Melville Bay.

Science, new ser., vol. v, pp. 748-753, figs. 1-3,1897. 

Reviews some of the questions discussed in previous papers by Prof. 

Tarr and the author.

126 Clark (Maurice). Notes on mining in Oaxaca, Mexico.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixiv, pp. 35-36,1897. 

Describes occurrence of silver ores in this region.

127 Clark (William Bullock). Eocene deposits of the Middle Atlantic 

slope in Maryland, Delaware, and Virginia.

Jour, of Geol., vol. v, pp. 310-312,1897. 

Eeview by C. R. Keyes.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1897. 27

128 Clark (William Bullock). (With the collaboration of E. M. Bagg 

and George B. Shattuck.) Upper Cretaceous formations'of 

New Jersey, Delaware, and Maryland.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. viii, pp. 315-358, pis. 40-50,1897.

Describes the occurrence, characters, and distribution of the Matawan, Monmouth, Raucocas, Manasquan, and Shark River formations. 

Discusses the interpretation of the sedimentary and fannul records.

128a Historical sketch embracing an account of the progress of 

investigation concerning the physical .features and natural 

resources of Maryland.

Md. Geol. Surv., vol. i, pp. 43-138, pis. ii-v, 1897.

129 Outline of present knowledge of the physical features of 

Maryland, embracing an account of the physiography, geology, and mineral resources.

Md. Geol. Surv., vol. i, pp. 141-228, pis. vi-xiii, 1897.

Describes the physiographic features of the State, the character and 

distribution of the igneous and sedimentary rocks, and the mineral 

resources.

130 and Bibbins (Arthur). The stratigraphy of the Potomac 

group in Maryland.

Jour, of Geol., vol. v, pp. 479-506,1897.

Describes the lithologic and faunal characters of the Patuxent, 

Arundle, Patapsco, and Raritan formations. Discusses the relations 

and age of the deposits and the views of other writers.

131 and Shattuck (George B.). The geology of the sand hills ot 

New Jersey.

Johns Hopkins Univ. Circ.. vol. xvi, pp. 13-16, 1897.

Reviews the literature on this region and describes the stratigraphic 

relations and correlations of the deposits. Discusses the evidence of 

their age.

132 Clarke (F. W.) and Hillebrand (W. F.). Analyses of rocks with a 

chapter on analytical methods. 

U. S. Geol. Surv., No. 148, 306 pp., 1897.

Includes analyses of a large number of igneous and sedimentary 

rocks from various parts of the United States.

133 Clarke (John M.). sTtre Lower Silurian trilobites of Minnesota.

Minu. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv., Paleontology, vol. iii, Pt. II, pp. 695- 

759, tigs. 1-82,1897.

Gives the terminology of the trilobites and notes on various'species; 

also descriptions of new species.

134 The Lower Silurian Cephalopoda of Minnesota.

Minn. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv., Paleontology, vol. iii, Pt. II, pp. 761- 

812, pis. xlvii-lix, ligs. 1-9,1897.

135 [Review of "Paleozoic fossils, vol. iii, pt. iii. The fossils of 

the Galena-Trenton and Black River formations of Lake 

Winnipeg and its vicinity," by J. F. Whiteaves.] 

Am. Geol., vol. xx, pp. 187-188,1897.
28 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BOLL. 156.

136 Clarke (John M.). The morphology of graptolites.

Am. Geol., vol. xx, pp. 188-189,1897.

Reviews some recent literature on graptolites.

137 A sphinctozoan calcisponge from the Upper Carboniferous of 

eastern Nebraska.

Am. Geol., vol. xx, pp. 387-392, pi. xxiii, 1897. 

Describes the characters of the material.

138 Claypole (E. W..). A new Dinictithys-Dinichthys kepleri.

Am. Geol., vol. xix, pp. 322-324, pi. xx, 1897.

Describes and figures a new species from the Cleveland shale of Ohio.

139 [Eeview of "Pleistocene features and deposits of the Chicago 

area," by Frank Leverett.]

Am. Geol., vol. xx, p. 57,1897.

140 [Eeview of "Geological Survey "of Canada, Annual Eeport for 

1895."] 

Am. Geol.-, vol. xx, pp. 130-131,1897.

141 [Eeview of "On the southern Devonian formation," by H. S. 

Williams.]

Am. Geol.,vol. xx, pp. 133-134,1897.

142 [Eeview of "Geological Survey of Mexico, Bulletins 4,5, 6."]

Am. Geol., vol. xx, pp. 184-186,1897.

143 Coleman (Arthur P.). Glacial andInterglacialdeposits at Toronto 

[Canada].

Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Rept. 1897, pp. 650-651,1898. 

Describes glacial phenomena of the vicinity.

144 - Third report on the West Ontario gold regions.

Ontario Bureau of Mines, 6th rept., pp. 71-124, '1897. 

Describes the occurrence of gold in the region.

145 Anthraxolite or anthracite carbon.

Ontario Bureau of Mines, 6th rept., pp. 159-161,1897.

Describes its occurrence in Ontario.

' >

146 - " Notes on the western Ontario gold fields." 

Can. Mg. Review, vol. xvi, pp. 115-116, 1897.

147 The anorthosites of the Eainy Lake region [Ontario]. 

Can. Rec. Sci., vol. vii, pp. 230-235,1897. 

See Bibliography and Index for 1896, No. 133.

148 Cooper (J. G.). On some new Cretaceous (and Eocene?) Mollusca 

of California.

Cal. Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. vi, pp. 330-336, pis. 47-48,1897. 

Describes and figures five new species.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1897. 29

149 Cope (E. D.). Oil new Paleozoic vertebrata from Illinois, Ohio, 

and Pennsylvania.

Ana. Phil. Soc., Proc., vol. xxxv, pp. 71-91, 3 pis., 1897. 

Describes BOW species of fishes and batrachia from the Catskill and 

Coal Measure series of these States.

150 Cragin (F. W.). Discovery of marine Jurassic rocks in southwestern Texas.

Jour, of Geol., vol. v, pp. 813-820,1897.

Discusses the fossil evidence of the occurrence of strata in southwestern Texas and names the beds the Malone formation.

151 Observations on the Cimarron series.

Am. Geol., vol. xix, correspondence, pp. 351-363,1897.

Describes the author's observations of this series in Kansas, Oklahoma, and Texas, and discusses the classification and nomenclature of 

the beds.

152 Notes on some fossils, of the Comanche series. 

Science, new ser., vol. vi, pp. 134-136,1897.

Includes notes on certain species and description of Turritella belviderei n. sp.

153 Stratigraphic names for Caprina and Caprotina (or Eequienia) 

beds.

.Science, new ser.,'vol. vi, p. 136. 1897.

Suggests that the name Barton Creek be abandoned, and proposes 

the name Stonewall limestone for it. Proposes the local names Granbury bed for the Caprotina limestone.

154 Crook (A. E.). Some geological causes of the scenery of the 

. Yellowstone National Park.

Am. Geol., vol. xx, pp. 159-167,1897.

Describes the general physiographic features and geological history 

of the Park.

155Crosby(W. O.). Contribution to the geology of Newport Neck 

and Conanicut Island [Khode Island].

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. iii, pp, 230-236, figs. 1-2,1897.

Reviews previous descriptions of the geology of the region and 

describes the characters and relations of the Carboniferous and igneous 

rocks.

156 The great fault and accompanying sandstone dikes of Ute 

Pass, Colorado.

Science, new ser., vol. v, pp. 604-607,1897.

Describes the occurrence of the fault and discusses the origin of the 

dikes.

157 and Fuller (M. L.). Origin of pegmatite.

Am. Geol., vol. xix, pp. 147-180, pis. viii-ix, 1897.

Describes the character of acid pegmatites and discusses the theories 

of their igneous and aqueo-igneous origin,
30 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BOLL. 156.

158 Cross (Whitman). Igneous rocks of the Leucite Hills and Pilot 

Butte, Wyoming.

Abstract, Science, new ser., vol. v, p. 361, 1897.

Describes the occurrence and petrographic and chemical characters 

of wyomiugite, oreudite, and madupite. Discusses the classification 

and nomenclature, .aud describes the inclusions in the Leucite Hills 

rocks.

159 An aualcite basalt from Colorado. 

Jour, of Geol., vol. v, pp. 684-693,1897.

Describes the petrographic and chemical ch a meters of the material, 

and discusses its relations with closely allied rocks.

160 and Penrose (R. A. F., jr.). Geology and mining industry of 

the Cripple Creek district, Colorado. 

Jour, of Geol.. vol. v, pp. 197-203; 1897. 

Review by Arthur Winslow.

161 Gushing (H. P.). Notes on hypersthene andesite from Mt. Edgecumbe, Alaska.

Am. Geol., vol. xx, pp. 156-159,1897.

Includes a letter from H. F. Reid describing its occurrence, and a discussion of the petrographic characters of the material.

162 Dall (William H.). A table of North American Tertiary horizons 

correlated with one another and with those of-western Europe, with annotations.

U. S. Geol. Surv., 18th Ann. Rept., Pt. II, pp. 327-348,1898. - 

Defines the main divisions of the Tertiary and includes notes on the 

table.

103 G-uppy (R. J. L.) and. Descriptions of Tertiary fossils from 

the Autillean region.

See Guppy (R. J. L.) and Dall (W. H.), No. 255.

164 Daly (Reginald Aldworth). Studies of the so-called porphyritic 

gneiss of New Hampshire.

Jour, of Geol., vol. v., pp. 694-722, figs. 1-2, pp. 776-794,1897. 

Reviews previous descriptions of the gneiss, describes its field relations and structure, and discusses the age of the intrusions.

165 Darton (Nelson Horatio). New developments in boring and irrigation in eastern South Dakota.

U.S.Geol. Surv., 18thAnn.Rept.,Pt. IV,pp. 567-615, pis. xxxviii-xlvii, 

figs. 78-85.1897.

Describes the progress of well sinking, the extent of the artesian 

basin, and the irrigation by artesian waters in 1896.

166 - Preliminary report on artesian waters of a portion of the 

Dakotas.

Am. Geol., vol xix, pp. 274-276,1897. 

Review by J. E. T [odd].
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1897. 31

167 Davidson (George). * The submerged valleys of the coast of California, U. S. A., and of Lower California, Mexico.

Cal. Acad. Sci., Proc. Geol., 3d ser., vol. 1, No. 2, pp. 73-103, pis. i,v-xii,

1897. Review by W. S. T. Smith, Jour, of Geol., vol. v, pp. 533-534, 1897. 

Describes the submerged valleys of the coast of California, and presents a number of contour maps of the coast line.

168 Davis (William M.). The Triassic formation of Connecticut.

U. S. Geol. Surv., 18th Ann. Rept., Pt. II, pp. 9-192, pis. i-xx, figs. 1-52,

1898.

Describes the deposition, character, and occurrence of the Triaissic 

strata, the occurrence and characters of the igneous rocks, and the 

deformation and denudation of the region.

169 Is the Denver formation lacustrine or fluviatile?

Science, new ser., vol. vi, pp. 619-621, 1897. 

Discusses the origin of the Denver formation.

170 Dawson (George M.). Are the bowlder clays of the Great Plains

marine 1?

Jour, of Geol., vol. v, pp. 257-262, 1897.

.Describes the occurrence of Cretaceous marine organisms in the bowlder clays of the Great Plains in British Columbia. Gives a list of the 

fossils determined by Mr. Joseph Wright.

171 [Review of " Genesis of Lake Agassiz," by J. B. Tyrrell.]

Jour, of Geol., vol. v, pp. 78-81, 1897.

172 Opening address. Section 0, British Association for the Advancement of Science, 1897.

Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Rept. 1897, pp. 628-640, 1897; Nature, vol.lvi, 

pp. 396-401, 1*897; Sci. Am. Suppl., vol. xliv, pp. 18089-18090, 1897.

Discusses the relations of the pre-Cambrian rocks of Canada and 

other parts-of ^iorth America.

173 The physical geography and geology of Canada.

Toronto, 48 pp., 1897.

Gives a general outline of the physiography and geologic features of 

Canada.

9

174 Dawson (J. William). Note on Carboniferous Entomostraca from 

Nova Scotia, in the Peter Redpath museum, determined and 

described by Prof. T. Rupert Jones, F. R. S., and Mr. Kirkby.

Can. Rec. Sci., vol. vii, pp. 316-323, figs. 1-9, 1897. 

Describes and figures a number of species.

175 Additional notes on fossil sponges and other organic remains 

from the Quebec group of Little Metis, on the lower St. Lawrence. With notes on some of the specimens by G. J. Hmde.

Can. Roy. Soc., Proc. and Trans., 2d ser., vol. ii, sect, iv, pp. 91-121, pis. 

i-iv, 1896.

Discusses the uoujc.; ;claturo of the subdivisions of the Quebec group, 

and describes the geologic Matures at Little JWH '.s. Gives general 

remarks on the fossil sponges and descriptions of the species, including 

several new ones.
32 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 156.

176 Dawson (J.William). Note on eryptzoou and other ancient fossils.

Can. Rec. Sci., vol. vii, pp. 203-219, figs. 1-3,1897.

Gives a review of the knowledge of certain ancient fossils, mainly 

pre-Cambrian, and describes one new species from the grand canyon of 

the Colorado.

177 Day (David T.). A suggestion as to the origin of Pennsylvania 

petroleum.

Am. Phil. Soc., Proc., vol. xxxvi, pp. 112-115,1897. 

Discusses a theory suggested by John N. MacGonigle.

178 Diller (Joseph Silas). Crater Lake, Oregon.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. iii, pp. 165-172, pi. v, 1897.

Nat. Geog. Mag., vol. 8, pp. 33-48, pi. i, 7 figs., 1897.

Describes the peculiar features of the lake and discusses its origin.

179 Hornblende-basalt in northern California. . Am. Geol., vol. xix, pp. 253-255,1897.

' Describes the petrographic characters of the material and gives its 

chemical analysis.

180 The origin of Camas Swale.

Abstract, Science, new ser., vol. vi, p. 923,1897.

181 Dixon (Eoland B.) and Drew (Charles D.). Observations on the 

physiography of western Massachusetts.

Science, new ser., vol. vi, p. 847,1897.

Describes the' slope of the peneplain in this region.

182 Drake (Noah Fields). The topography of California. 

Jour, of Geol., vol. v, pp. 563-578,1897. - 

Describes the topographic features of the state.

183 Draper (Marshall). Hahn's Peak [Colorado]. '

Colliery Engineer, vol. xvii, pp. 437-438,1897.

Describes the geologic features of the region and the occurrence of

the gold and silver ores.

184 Dresser (John A.). Geological report and map of the district 

about Montreal [Canada].

Can. Rec. Sci., vol. vii, pp. 247-255,1897.

Gives a summary of a report of the Geological Survey of Canada 

on this region.

185 Drew (Charles D.), Dixon (Roland B.) and. Observations on the 

physiography of western Massachusetts.

See Dixon (R. B.) and Drew (C. D.), No. 181.

186 Duden (Hans). Some notes on the black slate or Genesee shale 

of New Albany, Ind.

Ind. Dept. of Geol. and Nat. Res., 21st Ann. Rept., pp. 108-119, pis. iiiii, 1897.

Describes the chemical composition of the slate and the methods of 

utilizing it. Includes a description of new genera and species of fossil 

plants.
WEEKS]. PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1897. 33

187 Dumble (E. T.). Some Texas oil horizons.

Abstract, Science, new ser., vol. vi, p. 72- (^ p.), 1897. 

Gives a brief statement as to the different geologic horizons at which 

oil occurs in this state.

E.

188 Eastman (0. E.). On Cteuacanthus spines from the Keokuk limestone of Iowa.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. iv, pp. 10-12, figs. 1-2,1897. 

Describes two species, including one new one.

189 Tamiobatis vetustus, a new form of fossil skate.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. iv, pp. 85-90, pi. 1, fig. 1,1897. 

Describes material from the Devonian of Kentucky.

190 On the characters of Macropetalichthys.

Am. Nat., vol. xxxi, pp. 493-499, pi. xii, 1897.

191 Ellis (W. Hodgson). Chemical composition of the anthraxolite.

Ontario Bureau of Mines, 6th Rept., pp. 162-166,1897. 

Gives analyses of various specimens.

192 Ells (E. W.). Problems in Quebec geology.

Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Rept. 1897, pp. 640-642,1898. Abstract, Ottawa 

Nat., vol. xi, pp. 173-176,1897.

Describes the general results of the study of the geology of this 

province.

193 Paleozoic outliers in the Ottawa Eiver basin [Canada].

Cau. Roy. Soc., Proc. and Trans., 2d ser., vol. ii, sec. iv, pp. 137-149, 

1896.

Describes the occurrence of Cambro-Silurian and Upper Silurian 

formations in this region;

194= Memoir of N. J. Giroux.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. viii, p. 377, 1897. 

Gives a sketch of his life.

195 [Note on "Origin and relations of the Grenville-Hastings 

series of the Canadian Laurentian."]

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. viii, pp. 401-402, 1897. 

Describes briefly the characters of the series.

196 See Adams (F. D.) and Barlow (A. E.), No. 5.

197 Adams (F. D.), Barlow (A. E.) and. On the origin and relations of'the Grenville and Hastings series in the.Canadian 

Laurentian.

See Adams (F. D.), Barlow (A. E.), and Ells (R. W.), No. 7.

198 Emerson (B. K.). Diabase pitchstone and mud inclosures of the 

Triassic trap of New England.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. viii, pp. 59-86, pis. 3-9, 1897. 

.Describes the characters of the tuff, mud inclosures, pitchstone, and 

the petrographic character of the Greenfield bed and the Merideu ash 

bed. Discusses the origin of the glass and minerals, 

Bull. 156 3
34 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 156.

199 Emmons (Samuel Franklin). Some mines of'Eosita and Silver 

Cliff, Colorado.

Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxvi, pp. 773-823,1897.

Describes the geologic history of the region, and the occurrence and 

character of the ore bodies in the principal mines. Discusses their 

origin. Gives chemical analyses of waters from deep levels in the 

Geyser mine and a discussion of the results.

200 Origin of Green Eiver.

Science, new ser., vol. vi, pp. 19-21,1897.

Discusses the evidence as to the origin and development of this river.

201 The geology of government explorations.

Geol. Soc. of Wash., Presidential address, 39 pp., Washington, 1897; 

Science, new ser., vol. v, pp. 1-15,42-51,1897.

Gives a historical sketch of the work of geological surveys undertaken by the United States government, and a bibliography of the 

subject.

202 and Tower (George Warren, jr.). Economic geology of the 

Butte Special district [Montana].

U. S. Geol. Surv., Geol. Atlas of U. S., Folio No. 38,1897.

Describes the fissure systems, the distribution of the ores, the ore 

deposition, the minerals occurring with the ores, and the character and 

occurrence of the lodes.

203 Endlich (F. M.). The Pearce mining district, Arizona.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixiii, p. 571,1897.

204 Engel (George W.). Description-of a peculiar fault in the Mammoth coal bed, Panther Creek basin, Pennsylvania. 

Colliery Engineer, vol. xviii, p. 100,2 figs., 1897.

F.

205 Fairbanks (Harold W.). The geology of the San Francisco peninsula [California].

Jour, of Geol.; vol. v, pp. 63-76,1897.

Eeviews the report of Prof. Lawson on this subject and discusses the 

author's conclusions.

206 An interesting case of contact metamorphism.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. iv, pp. 36-38, 1 fig., -1897. 

Describes the geologic features of the locality in southern California 

and the contact phenomena.

207 The tin deposits at Temescal, southern California.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. iv, pp/39-42,1897. Mg. and Sci. Press, vol. 

Ixxv, p. 362,1897.

Describes the geologic features of the region and the occurrence of 

the vein system and the tin deposits.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1897. 35

208 Fairbanks (Harold W.). Oscillations of the coast of California 

during the Pliocene arid Pleistocene.

Am. Geol'., vol. xx, pp. 213-245, pi. xv, 1897.

Reviews previous opinions concerning the subject, and discusses the 

evidences of the separation of the Pliocene and Pleistocene, and the 

evidence of a post-Pliocene disturbance and uplift.

209 - Outline of the geology of California with reference to its mineral deposits.

Mg. and Sci. Press, vol. Ixxiv, pp. 132,152,173,193,213, and 232,1897. 

Describes the general geologic features of the occurrence of mineral 

deposits in California.

F.

210 Fairchild (Herman LeBoyj. Glacial geology of western New 

York.

Geol. Mag., dec. 4, vol. iv, pp. 529-537, with map, 1897; Brit. Assoc. Adv. 

Sci., Kept. 1897, p. 664, (£ p.), 1898.

Describes the glacial deposits and phenomena of this portion of the 

state.

211 Lake Warren shore lines in western New York and the Geneva 

beach.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. viii, pp. 269-284. pi. 30, 1897. 

Describes the occurrence of the shore lines and other glacial phenomena of the region.

212 Farrington (Oliver C.). Observations on Popocatepetl and Ixtaccihuatl, with a review of the geographic and geologic features 

of the mountains [Mexico].

Field Col. Mus., Geol. ser., vol. 1, pp. 75-120, pis. vii-xviii, figs. 1-2, 

1897.

Reviews the literature on the region, and describes the geographic, 

geologic, and glacial features.

213 [Review of " Manual of determinative mineralogy, with an 

introduction on blowpipe analysis," by George J. Brush.] 

' Jour, of Geol., vol. v, pp. 86-87,1897.

214 The average specific gravity of meteorites.,

Jour, of Geol., vol. v., pp. 126-130, 1897.

Reviews previous discussions of the subject, and gives the results of 

the author's studies.

215 The eruptive rocks of Mexico.

Jour, of Geol., vol. v, pp. 467-468, 1897.

Gives a summary of recent work by Sefior Ordonez on this subject.

216 Fenderson (W. C.). Turquoise mining in New Mexico. 

Mg. and Sci. Press, vol. Ixxiv, p. 192,1897. 

Describes the occurence of turquoise in New Mexico.
36 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 156.

217^ Ferrier (W. F.), Barlow (A. E.) and. On the relations and structure 

of certain granites and associated arkoses of Lake Teiniscaming, Canada.

See Barlow (A. E.) and Ferrier (W. F.), No. 40.

218 Finch (Grant E.). Drift section at Oelwein, Iowa.

Iowa Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. iv, pp. 54-58, pi. 1, 1897. 

Describes the local features of the drift beds.

219 Foerste (August F.). A report on the geology of the Middle and 

Upper Silurian rocks of Clark, Jefferson, Kipley, Jennings, 

and southern Decatur counties, Indiana.

Ind. Dept. Geol. and Nat. Kes., 21st Ann. Kept., pp. 213-288, pis. xivxvii, 1897.

Describes the lithologic and faunal characters and occurrence of the 

different subdivisions of the Silurian strata, and includes geological 

maps of the .counties named.

220 Foote (H. W.), Pratt (J. H.) and. Qn wellsite, a new mineral.

See Pratt (J. H.) and Foote (H. W.), No. 485.

221 Penfield (S. L.) and. On bixbyite, a new mineral, and notes 

on the associated topaz.

See Penfield (S. L.) arid Foote (H. W.), No. 469.

222 Note concerning the composition of ilmenite. 

See Penfield (S. L.) and Foote (H. W.), No. 470.

223 Foote (Warren M.). Note on a new meteorite from the Sacramento 

Mountains, New Mexico.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th scr., vol. in, pp. 65-66, pis. i-ii, 1897. Nature, vol. 

Iv, pp. 572-573, figs. 1-2,1897. 

Describes the mass and gives its chemical analysis.

224 Fowke (Gerard). The formation of natural bridges.

Stone, vol. xiv, pp. 355-357,1897.

Discusses the mode of formation of natural bridges.

225 Frazer (Persifor). Tables for the determination of minerals by 

physical properties ascertainable with the aid of a few field 

instruments.

J. B. Lippincott & Co., Philadelphia, 4th edition, 1897.

Eeview by U. S. G[rant], Am. Geol., vol. xix, pp. 221-222,1897: Review 

by E. B. Mathews, Science, new ser., vol. v, pp. 624-625,1897.

226 Notes on the northern Black Hills of South Dakota.

Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxvii, pp. 204-231,1898. 

Describes the general geology of the region and occurrence of the 

gold ores. Includes a bibliography.

227 Fuller (M. L.), Crosby (W. O.) and. Origin of pegmatite. 

See Crosby (W. 0.) and Fuller (M. L.), No. 157..
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1897. 37

228 Gemmell (R. 0.). The Camp Floyd mining district and the Mercur mine, Utah.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixiii, pp. 403-404, 1897.

Describes the topographic and geologic features of the district.

229 Gilbert (Grove Karl). Recent earth movements in the Great 

Lakes region.

U. S. Geol. Surv., 18th Ann. Rept., pt. ii, pp. 601-647, pi. cv, figs. 93-101, 

1898; Nat. Geog. Mag., vol. viii, pp. 233-247, figs. 1-7, 1897; Abstract, 

Nature, vol. Ivii, pp. 211-213, fig. 1, 1897.

Describes the general features of the region and the methods of obtaining the data, and gives a discussion and summary of results. 

\

230 Pueblo folio, Colorado.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Geol. Atlas of U. S., Polio No. 36, 1897.

Describes the geologic history of the region, the character and occurrence of the Archean, Silurian, Carboniferous, Jura- Trias, Cretaceous, 

Neocene, and Pleistocene strata, the character and origin of the topographic features and the economic resources of the region. Includes 

topographic and geological maps.

231 Old tracks of Erian drainage in western New York.

Abstract, Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. viii, pp. 285-286, 1897.

Describes the general features of the Glacial drainage of the region.

232 Gill (Theodore). Edward Drinker Cope, Naturalist. A chapter 

in the history of Science.

Am. Nat., vol. xxxi, pp. 831-863, 1897; Science, new .ser., vol. vi, pp. 

225-243, 1897; Sci. Am. Suppl., vol. xliv, pp. 18028, 18080-18081, and 

18092-18094, 1897.

Gives a sketch of the life of Prof. Cope and a review of his work as a 

naturalist.

233 G-ilpin (E., jr.). The geological horizons of some Nova Scotia minerals.

Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Rept. 1897, p. 663 (£ p. ). 1898.

Mentions the geologic horizons at which certain minerals occur.

234 Some analyses of Nova Scotia coals and other minerals.

N. S. Inst. Sci., Proc. and Trans., 2d ser., vol. ii, pp. 246-254, 1897. 

Gives analyses of coals and iron ore.

235 Goodrich (Harold Beach). Recent warpings as shown by drainage peculiarities [Alaska].

U. S. Geol. Surv., 18th Ann. Rept., pt. iii, pp. 276-289, 1898. 

Describes Alaskan drainage and the Avarping of the region as measured by. the streams, and gives a summary of conclusions.

236 See Spurr (J. E.), No. 575.
38 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY. ' [BULL. 156.

237 Gordon (0. JEL). [Eeview of " Correlation of Erie-Huron beaches 

with outlets and moraines in southeastern Michigan," by F. 

B. Taylor.J

Jour, of Geol., vol. v, pp. 313-317,1897.

238 Grabau (Amadeus W.). The sand plains of Truro, Wellfleet, and 

Eastham [Massachusetts].

Abstract, Science, new ser., vol. v, pp. 334-335, 361,1897. 

Describes the physiography of the region and the character and occurrence of the sand plains.

239 Grant (IT. S.). [Review of " Preliminary report on the Marquette 

iron bearing district of Michigan," by 0. E. Van Hise and 

W. S. Bayley. With a chapter on the Eepublic trough, by 

H. L. Smyth.]

Jour, of Geol., vol. v, pp. 401-404,1897.

240 [Eeview of "Tables for the determination of minerals by physical properties ascertainable with the aid of a few field instruments," by Persifor Frazer.]

Am. Geol., vol. xix, pp. 221-222,1897.

241 [Eeview of "Biennial report of the State geologist of Missouri," by 0. E. Keyes.]

Am. Geol., vol. xix, p. 350 (i p.), 1897.

242 Lakes with two outlets in northeastern Minnesota. 

Am. Geol., vol. xix, pp. 407-411,1897.

Describes the occurrence of several lakes of this character, and discusses the evidences of their probable duration.

243 [Eeview of " Treatise on rocks, rock-weathering and soils," by 

George P. Merrill.]

Am. Geol., vol. xx, pp. 273-274,1897.

244 [Eeview of "Syllabus of general geology for students,"with 

definition and references," by C. W. Hall.] 

Am, Geol., vol. xx, pp. 323-324,1897.

245 [Eeview of "Geology of Polk County, Iowa," by H. F. Bain.J 

Am. Geol., vol. xx, p. 334 (f p.), 1897.

246 Gratacap (L. P.). Fossils and fossilization.

Am. Nat., vol. xxxi, pp. 16-33,191-199, 285, 293,1897.

Continues the discussion from paper in Am. Nat., vol. xxx, p. 1003,1896.

247 Gregory (J. W.). Some problems of Arctic geology. I. The polar 

basin.

Nature, vol. Ivi, pp. 301-303, figs. 1-3,1897.

Discusses the geologic history of the Arctic region.

</

248 Some problems of Arctic geology. II. Former Arctic climates.

Nature, vol. Ivi, pp. 351-352, 1897.

Discusses the evidences as to the nature of Arctic climates in former 

geologic ages.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1897. 39

249 Gresley (W. S.). Traces of organic remains from Huronian (?) 

series at Iron Mountain, Mich., etc.

Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxvi, pp. 527-534, 1897. 

Describes the characteristics of markings considered to be of organic 

origin from the ore bodies at this locality.

250 Grimsley (G. P.). Gypsum deposits of Kansas.

e Geo. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. viii, pp. 227-240, pis. 21-22, 1897. 

Describes the topography of the areas, the origin, character, and age 

of the gypsum deposits, and the occurrence and character of the secondary gypsum deposits.

251 Gypsuin in Kansas.

Kan. Univ. Quart., vol. vi, pp. 15-27, pis. iii-vi, figs. 1-6, 1897. 

Describes the character and extent of the gypsum deposits of the 

State.

252 The study of natural palimpsests.

Am. Geol., vol. xix, pp. 15-21, 1897. 

Discusses the phenomena of metamorphism,

253 [Review of "The University Geological Survey of Kansas," 

vol. ii.]

Am. Geol., vol. xix, pp. 272-274, 1897.

254 Griswold (Leon S.). Notes on the geology of Southern Florida. 

Jour, of Geol., vol. v, pp. 312-313, 1897. 

Review by J. Edmund Woodman.

255 Guppy (R. J. Lechmere) and Ball (William H.). Descriptions of 

Tertiary fossils from the Antillean region.

U. S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. xix, pp. 303-331, pis. xxvii-xxx, 1897.

256 Gurley (William F. E.), Miller (S. A.) and. New species of crinoids, cephalopods, and other Paleozoic fossils.

See Miller (S. A..) and Gurley (Wm. F. E.), No. 431.

257 Gwillim (J. 0.) and Johnson (W. S.). Some ores and rocks of 

southern Slocan division, West Kootenay, British Columbia. 

Can. Rec. Sci., vol. vii, pp. 293-302, 6 figs., 1897.

Describes the geologic features and the occurrence of the gold and 

silver ores of the region.

H.

258 Hall (Christopher W.). Syllabus of general geology for students, 

with definitions and references.

The University Book Store, Minneapolis, Minn., 8vo, 127 pp., 1897. 

Review by U. S. G[raut], Am. Geol., vol. xx, pp. 323-324,1897.

259 Hallock (W.). Subterranean temperatures at Wheeling, W. Ya., 

and Pittsburg, Pa.

School of Mines Quart., vol. xviii, pp. 148-153,1897.

Gives notes on the temperatures in deep wells at these localities.
40 BIBLIOGEAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 156.

260 Hanna (George B.), Nitze (H. B. C.) ancb Gold deDosits of North 

Carolina.

See Nitze (H. B. C.) and Hanna (G. B.), No. 445.

261 Hardman (John E.). Notes on some mining districts in British 

Columbia.

Can. Mg. Review, vol. xvi, pp. 109-112,1897.

Describes briefly the occurrence of gold aud silver in the Rossland, 

Nelson, and Fort Steele districts.

262 Hatcher (J. B.). Diceratherium proavitum. 

Ain. Geol., vol. xx, pp. 313-316, pi. six, 1897.

Makes correction of error in original description, and discusses its 

assignment to the genus Diceratheriurn rather than Aceratherium.

263 Haworth (Erasmus). UudergroundwatersofsouthwesternKaiisas. 

U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Papers No. -6, 63 pp., 

pis. i-xii, figs. 1-2,1897.

Describes the physiography of the region, the character and occurrence of the Juratrias, Cretaceous, ami Tertiary beds, and the water 

supply. Includes a geological map.

264 Physiography of western Kansas.

Kan. Univ. Geol. Surv., vol. ii, pp. 11-49, pis. i-viii, fig. 1,1897. 

Describes the stream erosion of the region.

265 Physical properties of the Tertiary [Kansas].

Kau. Univ. Geol. Surv., vol. ii, pp. 251-284, pis. xxxvi-xliv, 1897. 

Describes the physical character of the.material forming the Tertiary 

deposits, and discusses their origin and mode of formation.

266 The University Geological Survey of Kansas, vol. ii.

Review by S. W. W[illiston], Jour, of Geol., vol. v, pp. 400-401,1897; 

Review by G. P. G[rimsley], Ain. Geol., vol. xix, pp. 272-274,1897.

267 See Logan (W. N.), No. 388.

268 and Beede (J. W.). The McPhersou Equus beds [Kansas].

Kan. Univ. Geol. Surv., vol. ii, pp. 287-296, pi. xlvii, 1897. 

Describes the topographic features of the region, and the character, 

structure, and origin of the beds.

269 Hayes (C. W.). Solution of silica under atmospheric conditions.

Geol. Soc. Am. Bull., vol. viii, pp. 213-220, pis. 17-19,1897. 

Describes occurrence of this phenomenon and the chemical reactions 

involved.

270 [Eeview of " Eeport on the Valley Eegions of Alabama, 

Part II. On the Coosa Valley region." By Henry McCalley.] .

Science, new ser., vol. vi, p. 296,1897.

271 The geological relations of some Southern iron ores.

Science, new ser., vol. v, p. 558,1897.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1897. 41

272 Head (Jeremiah). The coal industry of the southeastern States 

of North America.

North of Eng. Inst. Mg. and Mech. Engrs., Trans., vol. xlvi, pp. 167-182, 

3 figs., 1897.

Describes the character and occurrence of coal in the southern Appalachian region.

273 Henrich (Carl). Faulting arid accompanying features observed in 

glacial gravel and sand in southern Michigan.

Ani. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxvi, pp. 460-464, fig. 1,1897. 

Describes the character of the strata and the faulting that has taken 

place.

274 Herrick (C. L.). The geology of a typical mining camp in New 

Mexico.

Am. Geol., vol. xix, pp. 256-262, pis. xiii-xiv, 1897. 

Describes the general geologic features of the Magdalena Mountains 

and the fault phenomena of the region.

275 Hershey (Oscar F.). The Florencia formation.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. iv, pp. 90-98, 1897.

Describes the lithologic character, distribution, and relations of the 

formation in Illinois, and gives a list of fossils determined by W. H. 

Ball.

27G Mode of formation of till as illustrated by the Kansan drift 

of northern Illinois. * 

Jour, of Geol., vol. v, pp. 50-62, fig. 1, 1897.

Describes the general glacial features of the region and the occurrence and mode of formation of the till.

277 Eskers indicating stages of glacial recession in the Kansan 

epoch in northern Illinois.

Am. Geol., vol. xix, pp. 197-209, 237-253, pi. xi, 1897.

Describes the distribution of the stratified gravel and sand, its mode 

of deposition, and the occurrence of transported rock masses. Presents 

a map showing the Kansan stages of recession and gives the author's 

conclusions.

278 The term Pecatonica limestone.

Am. Geol., vol. xx, correspondence, pp. 66-67, 1897.

Discusses the use of the term Pecatonica. 

\

279 The physiographic development of the upper Mississippi 

valley.

Am. Geol.,-vol. xx, pp. 246-268,1897.

Describes the peneplains in southeastern Minnesota, northeastern 

Iowa, northwestern Illinois, and the canyon valleys of the upper Mississippi region.

280 The inferior boundary of the Quaternary era. 

Am. Nat., vol. xxxi, pp. 104-114, 1897. 

Discusses the evidences of the beginning of the Quaternary epoch.
42 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 156.

281 Hershey (Oscar F.). [Eeview of "The formation of the Quaternary deposits of Missouri," by James E. Todd.] 

Science, new ser., vol. v, pp. 587-588,1897.

282 The loess formation of the Mississippi valley. 

Science, new ser., vol. v, pp. 768-770,1897. 

Describes the character and origin of the loess.

283 Hill (Eobert T.). Memoir of Eobert Hay.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. viii, pp. 370-374,1897.

Gives a sketch of his life and a list of his published papers.

284 The alleged Jurassic of Texas. A reply to Prof. Jules 

Marcou.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. iv, pp. 449-469,1897.

Reviews the work on the Cretaceous series of the southwest, with 

special reference to the work and publications of Prof. Marcou in the 

same region.

285 The easternmost volcanoes of the United States.

Science, new ser., vol. vi, pp. 594-595,1897.

Describes occurrence of volcanic flows in eastern New Mexico.

286 The stratigraph'ic succession in Jamaica.

Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Rept. 1897, p. 642 (£ p.), 1898.

287 and Vaughan (T. Wayland). Geology of the Edwards plateau 

and Eio Grande plain adjacent to Austin and San Antonio, 

Texas, with reference to the occurrence of underground 

waters.

U. S. Geol. Surv., 18th Ann. Rept., Pt. II, pp. 199-321, pis. xxi-lxiv, figs. 

53-76,1898.

Describes the physiography "of the region, the character and occurrence of the Comanche and Gulf series, and the Eocene strata, and the 

occurrence of underground water.

288 Hille (P.). The western Ontario gold fields and their genesis. 

Can. Mg. Review, vol. xvi, pp. 153-158, figs. 1-11,1897. 

Describes the origin of the ore bodies.

289 Hillebrand (W. F.), Clarke (F. W.) and. Analyses of rocks, with 

a chapter on analytical methods.

See Clarke (F. W.) and Hillebrand (W. F.), No. 132.

290 Hinde (G. J.). Eminent living geologists. Dr. G. M. Dawson.

Geol. Mag., dec. 4, vol. iv, pp. 193-195,1897.

Gives a sketch of the life and work of Dr. Dawson.

291 See Dawson (J. William), No. 175.

292 Hitchcock (C. H.). Note on the stratigraphy of certain homogeneous rocks.

Abstract, Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. viii, pp. 389-390,1897. 

Describes the cle'avage and stratification planes of certain rocks of 

Vermont and New Hampshire.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1897. 43

/

293 Hitchcock (C. H.). Sketch of W. W. Matter.

Am. Geol., vol. xix, pp. 1-15, pi. 1,1897.

Gives a sketch .of his life and a list of his published writings.

294 The eastern lobe of the ice sheet. 

Am. Geol., vol. xx, pp. 27-33,1897. 

Describes recent observations in the Adirondack region.

295 The southern lobe of the Laurentian ice sheet. 

Brit. Assoc. Adv. ScL, Kept. 1897, pp. 653-654,1898. 

Contains a brief discussion of the extent of the ice sheet in northern 

United States.

296 [Review of "Annual Eeport of the Geological Survey of Canada for the calendar year 1894, new series, vol. vii."] 

Science, new series, vol. v, pp. 621-624,1897.

297 Hobbs (William H.). Note on the geology of southwestern New 

England.

Jour, of Geol., vol. v., pp. 175-177,1897.

Describes observations of the structure in southwestern Massachusetts 

and northwestern Connecticut, and its bearing on the correlation of the 

Canaan limestone with the Stockbridge, the Riga schist with the Berkshire schist, and the Egremont limestone with the Bellowspipe limestone.

298 Hollick (A.). [Eeview of "Stratigraphy and paleontology of the 

Laramie and related formations in Wyoming" by T. W. 

Stanton and F. H. Knowlton.J

Torrey Bot. Club., Bull., vol. xxiv, p. 26 (£ p.), 1897.

299 A new fossil grass from Staten Island [New York].

Torrey Bot. Club., Bull., vol. xxiv, pp. 122-124,1897. 

Describes a new species from the Tertiary beds.

300 [Eeview of "Nature,structure,and phylogeny of Dsemonelix," 

by E. H. Barbour.]

Torrey Bot. Club, Bull., vol. xxiv, pp. 266-267, 1897.

301 [Eeview of "Age of the lower coals of Henry. County, Missouri," 

." by David White.]

. Torrey Bot. Club, Bull., vol. xxiv, pp. 316-317, 1897.

302 A new fossil Monocotyledon from the Yellow gravel at Bridgeton, N. J.

Torrey Bot. Club, Bull., vol. xxiv, pp. 329-331, pis. 311-313, 1897. 

Describes a new species from the Tertiary beds.

303 Hoover (Herbert C.). Geology of the Four Mile placer mining 

district, Colorado.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixiii, p. 510, 1897.

Describes the placer mines and discusses the origin of the gold.
44 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 156.

304 Hopkins (T. 0.). Brownstones of Pennsylvania.

U. S. Geol. Surv., 18th Ann. Eept., Pt. V (cont.), pp. 1025-1043,1897. 

Describes the chemical and mineralogic composition and geologic 

occurrence of the brownstones. °

305 Origin of conglomerates of western Indiana.

Abstract, Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. viii. pp. 14-15, 1897. 

Discusses the origin of the Carboniferous conglomerate.

306 Styolites.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. iv, pp. 142-144, 1897; Stone, vol. xv, pp. 

137-139, 1897. 

Describes their occurrence and origin.

307 The building materials of Pennsylvania. I, Brownstones.

Pa. State College, Ann. Eept. for 1896, Appendix 122 pp., 26 pis., 9 

figs., 1897; Stone, vol. xv, pp. 147-155, 257-265, 364-369,1897.

Describes the general characteristics of brownstones, their lithologic 

and chemical characters in Pennsylvania, and their character and distribution in other parts of the United States.

308 and Siebenthal (0. B.). The Bedford oolitic limestone of 

Indiana.

Ind. Dept. of Geol. and Nat. Res., 21st Ann. Kept., pp. 291-427, pis. 

xix-xxxviii, 1897; U. S. Geol. Surv., 18th Ann. Eept., Pt. v (Cont.) 

pp. 1050-1057, 1897; Eeview by J. C. Branner, Jour, of Geol., vol. v, 

pp. 529-531,1897.

Describes the general stratigraphic, structural aud economic features 

of the Bedford limestone. Includes a description of the local occurrences, a discussion of the origin of oolitic limestones, a bibliography 

and geologic map.

309 Hosea (E. M.). The Newcastle mines [Colorado].

Colliery Engineer, vol. xvii, pp. 377-382, 425-429,13 figs., 1897. 

Describes the character and occurrence of coal in these mines and the 

methods of working.

310 Hovey (E. O.). A relatively acid dike in the Connecticut Triassic 

area.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. iv, pp. 287-292, figs. 1-3,1897.

Describes the occurrence of the dikes, and the petrographic characters and chemical composition of the dike rock. Presents a geological map.

I.

311 Iddings (J. P.). [Eeview of "The ancient volcanic rocks of South 

Mountain, Pennsylvania," by Florence Bascom.] 

Jour, of Geol., vol. v, pp. 213-216,1897. '

J.

312 James (Joseph F.). Manual of the paleontology of the Cincinnati 

group, Part VIII.

Cin. Soc. Nat. Hist.,JProc., vol. xix, pp. 99-118,1897. 

Continues the paper in vol. xviii, p. 140. See Bibliography and Index 

for 1896, No. 360.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1897. 45

313 Jefferson (Mark S. W.). The antecedent Colorado.

Science, new ser., vol. vi, pp. 293-295,1897. 

Discusses the origin of the Colorado River,

314 Johnson (Guy R.). The Brnbreville estate^ Tennessee.

Ana. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans , vol. xxvi, pp. 138-144,1897; Eng. and Mg. 

Jour., vol. Ixi, p. 540,1897.

Describes the geology of the region and the occurrence of the iron 

ores.

315 Johnson (W. S.), Gwillim (J. C.) and. Some ores and rocks of 

southern Slocan division, West Kootenay, British Columbia. 

See Gwillim (J. C.) and Johnson (W. S.) No. 257.

316 Jopling (James E.). The Marquette range, its discovery, development, and resources.

Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxvii, pp. 541-555, rigs. 1-11,1898. 

Includes brief notes on the iron-ore bodies and cross sections.

317 Jordan (Darvid S.). Richard Owen.

Pop. Sci. Mo., vol. li, pp. 259-265,1897.

Gives a sketch of the life and character of Richard Owen.

K.

318 Keith (Arthur). Wartburg folio, Tennessee.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Geol. Atlas of U. S., Folio No. 40,1897.

Describes the topographic features and geologic history of the 

quadrangle, the character and occurrence of the Carboniferous rocks, 

the geologic structure, and the occurrence of coal and petroleum. 

Includes topographical and geological maps.

319 Kemp (James Furman). The Leucite hills of Wyoming. 

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. viii, pp. 169-182, pi. 14,1897. 

Describes the geology of the hills and the petrographic and chemical characters of the rocks.

320 - Physiography of the eastern Adirondacks in the Cambrian 

and Ordovician periods.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. viii, pp. 408-412, pi. 51,1897. 

Describes the physiographic features of the region during Cambrian 

and Ordovician time.

321 The geology of the magnetites near Port Henry, N. Y., and 

especially those of Mineville.

. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxvii, pp. 146-203, pis. i-ix, figs. 1-12, 

1898.

Describes the general geologic features of the region, the occurrence, 

character, chemical composition, relations, and origin of the nontitaniferous ore bodies. Includes a bibliography of the subject.

322 Keyes (Charles Eollin). [Review of "Eocene deposits of the 

Middle Atlantic slope in Maryland, Delaware, and Virginia," 

by W. B. Clark.]

Jour, of Geol., vol. v, pp. 310-312,1897.
46 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, -[BULL. 156.

323 Keyes (Charles Eollin). Dual character of the Kinderhook fauna.

Am/Geol., vol. xx, pp. 167-176,1897.

Discusses the character of the Kinderhook fauna and its bearing on 

the evidence of the line separating the Carboniferous and Devonian 

systems.

324 Memorial of Charles Wachsmuth.

Iowa Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. iv, pp. 13-16,1897. 

Gives a sketch of his life.

325 Stages of the Des Moines or chief coal-bearing series of Kansas and southwest Missouri and their equivalents in Iowa.

Iowa Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. iv, pp. 22-25,1897.

Discusses the succession of the beds of the coal-bearing series of the 

region and compares them with the series in Iowa.

326 Relation of the Devonian and Carboniferous in the Upper 

Mississippi Valley. '.

St. Louis Acad.^ci., Trans., vol. vii, pp. 357-369,1897.

Discusses the separation of the Carboniferous and Devonian formations. Describes the section at Louisiana, Missouri, and gives a list of 

fossils.

327 A new method of synchronizing strata. 

Science, new ser., vol. vi, pp. 655-656,1897. 

Discusses principles of geologic correlation.

328 Distribution and character of Missouri clays.

Mineral Industry for 1896, pp. 127-137,1897.

329 Central Mary land ^granites III.

Stone, vol. xiv, pp! 126-129,226-228,1897. 

Describes their character and occurrence.

330 Biennial report of the State Geologist [Missouri].

Am. Geol., vol. xix) p. 350 (£ p.), 1897. 

Review by II. S. G[rant].

331 and Rowley (B. R.). Vertical range of fossils at Louisiana

[Missouri].

Iowa Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. iv, pp. 26-40,1897.

Describes the section at this locality and gives a list of fossils. Discusses the faunal characters of the Lower Carboniferous and the occurrence of Devonian forms in the lower portion of the Kinderhook group.

332 Kimball (James P.). Physiographic geology of the Puget Sound 

Basin [Washington].

Am. Geol., vol. xix, pp. 225-237, 304-322, pis. xii, xix, 1897. 

t Describes the physiographic and orographic changes that have occurred in the region and the character and structure of the Cretaceous, 

Tertiary, and Pleistocene strata, with remarks on the glacial phenomena. Mentions the occurrence of coal.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1897. 47

333 Kimball (James P.). Secondary occurrences of magnetite on 

islands of British Columbia by replacement of limestone and 

by weathering of eruptives.

Am. Geol., vol. xx, pp. 13-27, pis. ii-iii, 1897.

Discusses the theory of replacement, and describes the occurrence 

and character of ore bodies in the region named.

334 On the magnetite belt at Cranberry, North Carolina, and notes 

on the genesis of iron ore in general in crystalline schists.

Am. Geol., vol. xx, pp. 299-312, pi. xviii, 1897. -

Describes the character and form of the ore deposits, and discusses 

the origin of this and similar ore bodies. Gives chemical analyses of 

the ore.

c

335 Kindle (Edward M.). The relation of the fauna of the Ithaca 

group to the faunas of the Portage and Chemung.

Am. Geol., vol. xix, pp. 140-141,1897.. 

Review by T. L. W[atson].

336 Pleistocene fossils from Baffinland and Greenland.

Science, new ser., vol. v, pp. 91-93,1897.

Gives lists of species determined and describes their occurrence.

337 Kingsley (J. S.). The systematic position of the trilobites. With ' 

remarks by C. B. Beecher.

Am. Geol., vol. xx, pp. 33-40,1897.

Discusses the characteristics of and position to which trilobites 

should be assigned. Includes a partial bibliography.

338 Edward Drinker Cope.

Am. Nat., vol. xxxi, pp. 414-419,1897.

Gives an account of the life and works of Prof. Cope.

339 Klittke (M.). Die geologische Landesan fuahme der Dominion of 

Canada.

Zeit. prak. Geol., Heft 4, pp. 117-144,1897.

340 Knapp (George N.), Salisbury (R. D.) and. Surface geology. 

Eeport of progress [ISTew Jersey].

See Salisbury (R. D.) and Knapp (G. N.), No. 522.

341 Knapp (M. A.). The coal fields of Esrneralda County, Nevada.

Mg. and Sci. Press, vol. Ixxiv, p. 133,1897.

Describes the character and occurrence of the coal-bearing strata.

342 Knight (W. C.) The geology of the Popo-Agie, Lander, and Shoshone oil fields [Wyoming].

Wyoming Univ., School of Mines, Petroleum ser., Bull. No. 2,20 pp., 

1897. 

Describes the general geology of the region.

343 The petroleum fields of Wyoming.

Mineral Industry for 1896, pp. 442-450^ 1897.

Describes the geologic features of the region and the occurrence of 

the oil.
48 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 156.

344 Knowlton (F. H.). Report on a collection of fossil plants from 

the Yukon River, Alaska, obtained by Mr. J. E. Spurr and 

party during the summer of 1896.

' U. S. Geol. Surv., 18th Ann. Kept., Pt. Ill, pp. 194-196, 1898.

Gives a list of the fossils collected and discusses their bearing on the 

age of the beds.

345 The fossil plants of the Payette formation [Idaho].

U. S. Geol. Surv., 18th Ann. Kept., Pt. II, pp. 721-736, pis. xcix-cii, 

1898.

Describes a number of new species from this formation and discusses 

their bearing on its age.

346 [Review of "The flora of the Amboy clays" by J. S. Newberry, 

edited by Arthur Hollick.]

Torrey Bot. Club, Bull., vol. xxiv, pp. 94-96, 1897.

347 Stanton (T. W.) and. Stratigraphy and paleontology of the 

Laramie and related formations in Wyoming.

See Stanton (T. W.) and Knowlton (F. H.), No. 580.

348 Krusch (P.). G-oldvorkommen in Minnesota mit besouderer 

Beriicksichtigung des Rainy Lake district. 

Zeit. fur prak., Geol., Heft 3, pp. 92-94, 1897. 

See No. 548, Bull., U. S. Geol. Surv., No. 146.

349 Kiimmel (Henry B.). The Newark system. Report of progress. 

[New Jersey.]

N. J. Geol. Surv., Eept. 1896, pp. 27-88, pi. viii, 1897.

Describes the topography of the Newark area, the lithologic character and distribution of the Stockton, Lockatong, and Brunswick series 

and of the trap rocks, and discusses the structure of the region.

350 The Newark system of New Jersey.

Jour, of Geol., vol. v, pp. 541-562, 1897: Review by N. H. W[inchell], 

Am. Geol., vol. xx, pp. 134-135,1897.

Describes the physiography of northwestern New Jersey, the character and occurrence of the Newark strata, and tBeir geologic structure.

Presents a geologic map of the region.

351 [Review of "Elementary geology." by Ralph S. Tarr.] 

Jour, of Geol., vol. v, pp. 317-318,1897.

352 Kunz (George F.). On the sapphires from Montana, with special 

reference to those from Togo gulch, in Fergus County.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. iv, pp. 417-420,1897. - 

Describes their character and occurrence.

353 The genesis of the diamond.

Science, new ser., vol. vi, pp. 450-456,1897.

Discusses the origin of diamonds in a review of Prof. Lewis's papers 

on the "Genesis and matrix of the diamond."
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1897. 49

L.

354 Lakes (Arthur). Sketch of a portion of the Ounnison gold belt, 

including the Vulcan and Mammoth Chimney mines [Colorado].

Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxvi, pp. 440-448. figs. 1-2,1897.

355 Common freaks of nature.

Colliery Eng., vol. xvii. pp. 239-240,1897. 

' Describes the occurrence and origin of concretionary structures.

356 Peculiar formations in the San Juan region [Colorado]. 

Colliery Eng., vol. xvii, pp. 350-352, 3 figs., 1897. 

Describes the character and occurrence of the San Miguel conglomerate and the San Juan formation.

357 - Eico mining district [Colorado].

Colliery Eng., vol, xvii, pp. 359-360,6 figs., 1897.

Describes the occurrence of the gold and silver mines of the district.

358 - Mining sketches [Colorado].

Colliery Eng., vol. xvii, pp. 383-388, 20 figs., 1897. 

Describes the general geologic features of portions of the San Juan 

region.

359 Ore shoots of Cripple Creek [Colorado].

Colliery Eng., vol. xvii, pp. 481-482,4 figs., 1897.

Describes the occurrence of the ore veins at Cripple Creek.

360 The La Plata mountains [Colorado].

Colliery Eng., vol. xvii, pp. 74-77,101-103,18 figs., 1897. 

Describes the geologic and ore deposits of the region.

361 A study of vein formation as illustrated in Clear Creek canyon, Colorado

Colliery Eng., vol. xvii, pp. 109-110,10 figs.,.1897. 

Describes the occurrence and character of the veins.

362 A sketch of the mining fields of British Columbia and the 

great Northwest.

Colliery Eng., vol. xviii, pp. 152-157, 3 figs., 1897.

Describes the general geologic features and ore deposits of the region.

363 A mountain placer [Colorado].

Colliery Eng., vol. xviii, pp. 193-195, 5 figs., 1897. 

Describes the character and occurrence of a placer in South Park, 

Colorado.

364 Local restriction and distribution of certain ores.

Colliery Eng., vol. xviii, p. 225, 1897. 

Remarks on the local occurrences of mineral.

365 "Nigger heads," turtle stones, etc., explained.

Stone, vol. xiv, pp. 271-274, 1897. 

Bull. 156 4
50 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 156.

366 Lakes (Arthur). The undeveloped economic resources of Colorado.

Stone, vol. xiv, pp. 358-369, 1897.

Gives a description of the geologic features of portions of Colorado 

and their economic resources.

367 Lane (Alfred 0.). Grain of rocks.

Abstract, Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. viii, pp. 403-407, 1897. 

Describes the effect of the rate of cooling on the grain of rocks.

368 Nature's concentrators.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol Ixiii, pp. 542-543, 1897. 

Discusses the origin of ore deposits.

369 Lawson (Andrew C.). The geology of San Francisco peninsula 

[California].

Jour, of Geol., vol. v, pp. 173-174, 1897.

Reviews certain criticisms on the author's paper on this subject.

370 Leach (J. 0.). Keport'Of the State natural gas supervisor 

[Indiana].

Ind. Dept. of Geol. and Nat. Res., 21st Ann. Rept., pp. 428-456,1897. 

Describes the conditions of the gas industry and discusses the origin 

and occurrence of natural gas.

371 Le Conte (Joseph). Earth-crust movements and their causes.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. viii, pp. 113-126; Science, new ser., vol. v., 

pp. 321-330,1897. 

Describes the causes and character of earth movements.

372 Leonard (A. 0-.). Lead and zinc deposits of Iowa. 

Iowa Geol. Surv., voLvi, pp. 11-66,1897. 

See Bibliography and Index for 1896, No. 441.

373 Natural gas in the drift of Iowa.

Iowa Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. iv, pp. 41-47,1897.

Describes its occurrence at various localities and discusses its origin.

374 Leverett (Frank). Water resources of Indiana and Ohio.

U. S. Geol. Surv., 18th Ann. Rpt., Pt. IV, pp. 425-559, pis. xxxiii-xxxvii, 

figs. 76-77,1897; Review by W. H. Norton, Jour, of GeoL, vol. v, pp. 206- 

208; Review, Am. Geol., vol. xix, pp. 418-419,1897.

Describes the physiography, glacial history, drainage systems, and 

water supply of these states.

375 The Pleistocene features and deposits of the Chicago area 

[Illinois].

Chicago Acad. Sci., Bull., No. 2,86 pp., pis. 1-4, figs. 1-8,1887; Review 

by E. W. CQaypole], Am. Geol., vol. xx, p. 57, 1897.

Describes the physiography and glacial deposits and phenomena of 

the region.

376 [Review of "The Glacial Lake Agassiz" by Warren Upham.]

Am. Geol., vol. xx, pp. 324-328,1897.
WHKKB.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1897. 51

377 Leverett (Frank). Changes in drainage in southern Ohio.

Denison Univ., Sci. Lab., Bull., vol. ix, pt. ii, pp. 18-21,1897. 

Describes an abandoned valley in southern Ohio.

378 Lewis (Henry Carvill). Papers and notes on,the. genesis and 

matrix of the diamond.

Review by N. H. Winchell, Am. Geol., vol. xx, pp. 57-59,1897.

379 Lewis (J. F.). The Chicago-main drainage channel.

Am. Jnst. Mg. Engrs., Traus., vol. xxvii, pp. 288-332, figs. 1-24,1897. 

Includes notes on the glacial geology of the region.

380 Lewis (Joseph Voluey). Corundum and the basic magnesian 

rocks of western North Carolina.

N. C. Geol. Surv., Bull., No. 11,167 pp., 6 pis., 8 figs., 1896. 

Describes the character and distribution of the peridotites and associated rocks, and the occurrence and distribution of corundum in the 

state. Includes a bibliography of the literature of the corundum belt 

and a geological map of western North Carolina.

381 Lindahl (Josua). Description of a Devonian Ichthyodorulite, 

Heteracanthus uddeni, n. sp., from Buffalo, Iowa. 

Gin. Soc. Nat. Hist., Jour., vol. xix, pp. 9J5-98, pi. vi, 1897. 

Describes a new species and gives an emended description of the 

genus.

382 Lindgren (Waldemar). The mining districts of the Idaho basin 

and the Boise Kidge, Idaho. With a report on the fossil 

plants of the Payette formation by Frank Hall Knowlton.

U. S. Geol. Surv., 18th Ann. Rept., Pt. Ill, pp. 625-736, pis. Ixxxviii-cii, 

figs. 55-65, 1898.

Describes the general geologic history and the occurrence and character of the ore deposits and of the Tertiary and Pleistocene strata. 

Includes a report on the fossil plants of the Payette formation.

383 Truckee folio, California.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Geol. Atlas of U. S., Folio No. 39, 1897.

Describes the geologic history a"nd topography of the gold-belt region, 

the occurrence and character of the Bed Rock series, the Carboniferous, 

Jura-Trias?, Neocene, and Pleistocene strata, the character of the 

igneous rocks and the Glacial history of the region. Includes topographic and geologic maps.

384 The granitic rocks of the Pyramid Peak district, Sierra 

Nevada, Gal.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. iii, pp. 301-314, fig. 1, 1897.

Describes briefly the character and distribution of the Carboniferous 

and Jura-Trias strata, the petrographic characters of the granite, gabbro, diorite, and graiiodiorite. Gives chemical analyses of the granite 

and a geological map.

385 Monazite from Idaho.

Aui. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. iv, pp. 63-64,1897; Abstract, Eng. and Mg. 

Jour., vol. Ixiv, p. 69,1897; Mg. and Sci. Press, vol. Ixxv, p. 168,1897. 

Describes the occurrence of Mouazite.
52 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 156.

386 Lindgren (Waldemar). The granitic rocks of the Sierra Nevada. 

Abstract, Science, new ser., vol. v, p. 361,1897.

387 Filling and replacement in gold-bearing fissure veins.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixiii, p. 573,1897. ,

Describes the alteration of country rock, the process of s'licification,

and the structure of veins.

388 Logan (W. N.). The upper Cretaceous of Kansas. With an introduction by Erasmus Ha worth.

Kan. Univ. Geol. Surv., vol. i, pp. 197-234, pis. xxv-xxxiv, 1897.

Describes the general character and relations of the upper Cretaceous beds and the distribution and lithologic and faunal characters of 

the Dakota, Benton, and Niobrara subdivisions.

389 Some new cirriped crustaceans from-the Mobrara Cretaceous 

of Kansas. 

Kan. Univ. Quart., vol. vi, pp. 187-189,1897. 

Describes several new species.

390 Low (A. P.). The Labrador area.

Ottawa Nat.V vol. x, pp. 208-216,1897.

Notes discovery of iron-bearing Cambrian deposits.

M.

39L Macbride (T. H.). A pre-Kansan peat bed. 

Iowa Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. iv, pp. 63-66,1897. 

Describes the occurrence in drift beds at Oelwein, Iowa.

392 McCalley (Henry). Report on the Valley regions of Alabama 

(Paleozoic strata) Part I. On the Tennessee Valley region. 

Jour, of Geol., vol. v, pp. 307-308,1897. 

Review by Stuart Weller.

393 The Coosa Valley region [Alabama],

Ala. Geol. Surv., Kept, on the Valley regions of Alabama. Pt. II, 862 

pp., 35 pis., 18 figs., 1897. Review by T. C. C [hamberlin], Jour, of Geol., 

vol. v, pp. 646-647,1897; Review by C. W. Hayes, Science, new ser., vol. 

vi, p. 296,1897.

Describes the general physiographic features, geologic structure and 

formations, and occurrence of economic minerals, and gives detailed 

descriptions by counties.

394 The hematites of Alabama geologically considered.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixiii, pp. 43-44,1897.

Describes the geologic occurrence of the hematites and gives a section of Red Mountain.

395 The fluxing rocks of Alabama geologically considered.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixiii, pp. 115-116,1897.

Describes the occurrence of Carboniferous, Silurian, and Cambrian 

limestones.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1897. 53

396 McGee (W J). Sheetflood erosion.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. viii, pp. 87-112, pis. 10-13,1897. 

Describes the erosion of the Sonoro district, Mexico.

397 [Review of " Elementary geology," by Ralph S. Tarr.] 

Nat. Geog. Mag., vol. viii, pp. 59-60,1897.

398 [Review of "An introduction to geology," by W. B. Scott.]

Nat. Geog. Mag., vol. viii, pp. 91-92,1897.

399 [Review of ''Glaciers of North America," by Israel C. Russell.] 

Nat. Geog. Mag., vol. viii, pp. 124-125,1897.

400 [Review of "A treatise on rocks, rock weathering, and soils," 

by George P. Merrill.] 

Nat. Geog. Mag., vol. viii, pp. 126-127,1897.

401 Maas (G.). [Review of " Geological and petrograpliical studies

of the Sudbury nickel district in Canada," by T. L. Walker.] 

Zeit. fur prak. Geol., Heft 8, pp. 297-300, fig. 85,1897.

402 Mabery (Charles F.). On the composition of American petroleum. 

Am. Phil. Soc., Proc., vol. xxxvi, pp. 126-136,1897. 

Discusses the chemical composition of petroleum.

403 Marcou (Jules). Jura and Neocomiau of Arkansas, Kansas, Oklahoma, New Mexico, and Texas.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. iv, pp. 197-212,1897.

Discusses the classification and stratigraphy of the formations in the 

States named. '

404 Rules and misrules in stratigraphic classification.

Am. Geol., vol. xix, pp. 35-47,1897.

Reviews the history of geological classification and nomenclature 

and discusses the classification of Cambrian and Silurian formations of 

eastern North America adopted by other writers.

405 Rules and misrules in stratigraphic nomenclature.

Am. Geol., vol. xix, pp. 111-131,1897.

Discusses the classification and nomenclature of various geologic 

formations.

406 Note on "The easternmost volcanoes of the United States." 

Science, new ser., vol. vi, pp. 667-668,1897. 

Refers to certain statements in a paper by R. T. Hill on this subject.

407 Marsh (Othniel C.). The skull of Protoceras.

Geol. Mag., Dec. 4, vol. iv, pp. 433-439, pi. xix, figs. 1-2,1897.

408 Affinities of Hesperornis.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. iii, pp. 347-348,1897.

409 The Stylinodonta, a suborder of Eocene edentates. 

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. iii, pp. 137-146,9 figs., 1897. 

Describes and figures Stylinodon mirus and discusses the origin of 

the edentates.
54 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 156.

410 Marsh (Othniel C.). Principal characters of the Protoceratidse. 

Parti.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. iv, pp. 165-176, pis. ii-vii, figs. 1-7,1897. 

Discusses the characters of Profcoceras and Galops.

411 The Dinosaurs of North America.

Jour, of Geol., vol. v, pp. 87-88,1897. 

Reviewed by E. C. C[ase].

4.12 Dinosaurs.

Sci. Am. Suppl., vol. xliii, pp. 17828-17829, figs. 1-7,1897.

Extract from 16th Annual Report of the U. S. Geological Survey.

412a Mathews (Edward B.). Bibliography and cartography of Maryland, including publications relating to the physiography, 

geology, and mineral resources. 

Md. Geol. Surv., vol. i, pp. 229-401,1897.

413 [Beview of "Tables for the determination of minerals by 

physical properties ascertainable with the aid of a few field 

instruments based on the system of Prof. Dr. Weisbach," by 

Persifor Eraser.]

Science, new ser., vol. v, pp. 624-625,1897.

414 Matthew (G. F.). What is the Olenellus fauna?

Am. Geol., vol. xix, pp. 396-407,1897.

Discusses the relations of the Olenellus and Paradoxides faunas.

415 Abraham Gesner. A review of his scientific work.

New Brunswick Nat. I list. Soc., Bull., No. xv, pp. 3-48,1897. 

Reviews the scientific publications of Gesner aud includes his geological map of New Brunswick.

416 Description of an extinct Paleozoic insect and a review of 

the fauna with which it occurs.

New Brunswick Nat. Hist. Soc., Bull., No. xv, pp. 49-60, pis. i-ii, figs. 

' 1-4, ..397.

Describes a new species and gives an account of the associated forms.

417 Some characteristic genera of the Cambrian,,

Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Rept. 1897, pp. 657-658, 1898. 

Gives a summary of the relations of the various genera.

418 Matthew (W. D.). A revision of the Puerco fauna.

Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. ix, pp. 259-323, 20 figs., 1897. 

Reviews the characters of the fauna described from these beds and 

describes three new species.

419 Development of the foot in the Palseosyopinse.

Am. Nat., vol. xxxi, pp. 57-58, 1897. 

Gives notes on Palteosyops borealis Cope.

420 Notes on intrusive rocks near St. John, N. B., Canada. 

New Brunswick Nat. Hist. Soc., Bull., No. xv, pp. 61-64, 1897: 

Gives brief notes on the petrographic characters of the intrusive 

rocks.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1897. 55

421 Maynard (George W.). The chromite deposits of Port an Port 

Bay, Newfoundland.

Am. lust. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxvii, pp. 283-288, 1898. 

Describes the occurrence of chrome ores in this region.

422 Mendenhall (T. 0.). Life and letters of William Barton Rogers. 

Science, new ser., .vol. vi, pp. 1-9, 1897. 

Gives a sketch of the life of Prof. Rogers.

423 Mercer (Henry C.). The finding of the remains of the fossil sloth 

at Big Bone Cave, Tennessee, in 1896.

Am. Phil. Soc., Proc., vol. xxxvi, pp. 36-70, 26 figs., 1897. 

Describes the character of the remains and the strata in which they 

were found.

424 Merriam (John 0.). The geologic relations of the Martinez group 

of California at the typical locality.

Jour, of Geol., vol. v, pp. 767-775,1897.

Describes the character and relations of the group and gives a list of 

fpssils. Discusses the evidence for the separation of the group.

425 New species of Tertiary mollusca from Vancouver Island 

[British Columbia].

The Nautilus, vol. xi, pp. 64-65,1897. 

Describes a number of new species.

426 Merrill (F. J. H.). Geology of the vicinity of greater New York. 

Abstract, Science, new ser., vol. vi, pp. 815-816,1897.

427 Road materials and road building in New York.

N. Y. State Mus., Bull., vol. iv, pp. 91r131, pis. i-xiv, 1897. 

Includes a brief description of some of the road materials in New 

York.

428 Merrill (George P.). A treatise on rocks, rock weathering, and 

soils.

The Macmillan Co., New York, 8vo., xx and 411 pp., 25 pis., 42 figs.,

1897.

Review by U. S. G[rant], Am. Geol., vol. xx, pp. 273-274,1897; Review 

by W J M[cGee], Nat. Geog. Mag., vol. viii, pp. 126-127,1898; Review

by W. J. Woodworth, Science, new ser., vol. v, pp. 995-997, 1897.

429 Weathering of micaceous gneiss in Albemarle County, Virginia.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. viii, pp. 157-168,1897.

Describes the petrographie and chemical characters of the .rock and 

the process of weathering.

430 Miller (H. H.). The Segovia gold region of Nicaragua.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixiv, pp. 335-336, figs. 1-5,1897.

Describes the geologic features and the occurrence of the ore bodies.

431 Miller (S. A.) and Gurley (William F. E.). New species of crinoids, cephalopods, and other Paleozoic fossils.

111. State Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., No. 12,69 pp., 5 pis., 1897. 

Describes new species mainly from the Lower Carboniferous rocks of 

0 the Central Mississippi valley states and Montana.
56 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 156.

432 Miller (Willet G.). On some nickeliferous magnetites.

Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Kept. 1897, pp. 660-661 (-J- p.), 1898. 

Brief note .on an occurrence in Ontario.

433 Minot (Charles Sedgwick). Cephalic homologies. A contribution 

to the determination of the ancestry of vertebrates.

Am. Nat., vol. xxxi, pp. 927-943,1897. 

Discusses the ancestry of vertebrates.

434 Morris (Marshall). Kentucky bituminous rock.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixiii, p. 46,1897.

Describes its use for road making and gives a chemical analysis.

435 Mudge(E. H.). Some features of pre-Glacial drainage in Michigan. 

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. iv, pp. 383-386,1897. 

Discusses the evidences of the character and extent of pre-Glacial 

drainage in Michigan.

N.

436 Nason (Frank L.). British Columbia. The Big Bend district, 

West Kootenay.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixiii, pp. 453-454,1897. 

Describes occurrence of gold in the district.

437 Nevius (J. Nelson). Kaolin in Vermont.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixiv, p, 189, figs. 1-2,1897. 

Describes a koalin deposit at South Wallingford, Vt.

438 Newberry (J. S.). The flora of the Amboy clays. Edited by 

Arthur Hollick.'

Torrey Bot. Club, Bull., vol. xxiv, pp. 94-96,1897. 

Review by F. H. K[nowlton].

439 Newsome (John F.) and Branner (John C.). The Bed Eiver and 

Clinton monoclines [Arkansas].

Am. GeoL, vol. xx, pp. 1-13, pi. i, figs. 1-3,1897.

Describes the general physiographic features and the character and 

geologic structure of the region in which the monoclines occur.

440 Nichols (H. W.). On the genesis of claystones.

Am. GeoL, vol. xix, pp. 324-329,1897.

Discusses the origin and formation of claystones.

441 Nicolson (John T.), Adams (Frank D.) and. Preliminary notice 

of some experiments on the flow of rocks.

See Adams (F. D.) and Nicolson (J. T.), No. 8.

442 Nitze (Henry B. C.). Some late views of the so-called Taconic and 

Hurouian rocks in central North Carolina.

Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc., Jour., 1896, Pt. II, pp. 53-72,1896. 

Reviews the literature on the subject.

443 The limonites of Cherokee County, North Carolina. 

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixiii, pp. 330-331,1897. 

Describes occurrence and distribution in southwest North Carolina.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1897. 57

444 Nitze (Henry B. 0.). The genesis of the gold ores in the central 

slate belt of the Carolinas.

Bug. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixiii, pp. 628-629,1897.

' Describes the character of the country rock, the structure of the 

depositBj and the formation and filling of the fissure openings.

445 and Hanna (George B.). Gold deposits of North Carolina.

N. C. Geol. Surv:, Bull. No. 3, 200 pp., 14 pis., 19 figs., 1896.

Describes the occurrence, character, and age of the gold-bearing 

rocks, and gives local details of the occurrence of gold at the various 

mines. Discusses the genesis of the gold orea. Includes geological 

map of the State.

446 Norton (William Harmon). Artesian wells of Iowa.

Iowa Geol. Surv., vol. vi, pp. 115^28, pis. v-xxiv, figs. 29-43,1897.

Describes the requisite conditions of artesian wells, the geologic 

features of the Iowa artesian field, the records of numerous wells, and 

the chemical characters of the artesian waters. Includes a bibliography.

447 [Review of " Water resources of Illinois," by Prank Leverett.] 

Jour, of Geol., vol. v, pp. 206-208, 1897.

448 Noyes (W. A.). Composition of Indiana coals.

Ind. Dept. of Geol. and Nat. Hist., 21st Ann. Rept., pp. 97-107,1897. 

Describes the methods of analyses and in tabular form shows the 

chemical composition of coal from various mines.

o.

449 Ogilvie (W. M.). Gold mining in the Yukon district [British 

Columbia].

Can. Mg. Rev., vol. xvi, pp. 168-170, 1897.

Describes the topography and drainage of the region and the occurrence of the placers.

450 Ordonez (Ezequiel). Itineraries geologicos.

Inst. Geol. de Mexico, Bulls. Nos. 4-6, pp. 30-77, 1897. 

Describes geologic features in different parts of Mexico, including 

occurrences of Pleistocene strata and the character of igneous rocks.

.451 Eocas eruptivas [Mexico].

lust. Geol. de Mexico, Bulls. Nos. 4-6, pp. 253-270, 1897. 

Describes the occurrence and general characters of the eruptive 

rocks of Mexico.

452 Descripcion de las rocas [Sierra de Pachuca, Mexico].

Inst. ge-ol. de Mexico, Bulls. Nos. 7-9, pp. 99-126, pi. vi, 1897. 

Describes the volcanic rocks of the region.

453 Aguilera (J. G.) and. Fisiografia de la Sierra de Pachuca

[Mexico].

See Aguilera (J. G.) and Ordonez (E.), No. 15.

454 - Geologia general de la Sierra de Pachuca [Mexico]. 

See Aguilera (J. G.) and Ordouez (E.), No. 16.
58 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 156.

455 Ordonez (Ezequiel), Aguilera (J. G-.) and. Las vetas [Sierra de 

Pachuca, Mexico].

See Aguilera (J. G.) and Ordonez (E.), No. 17.

456 Ortmann (Arnold B.). The systematic position of Crangopsis 

verrniforinis (Meek) from the sub-Carboniferous rocks of 

Kentucky.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. iv, pp. 283-289,1897.

Discusses its characters and the position to which it should be 

4 assigned.

457 On a new species of palinurid, genus Linuparus, found in the 

upper Cretaceous of Dakota.

Ain. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. iv, pp. 290-296, figs. 1-4,1897. 

Describes the characters of the Paliuuridae and of Linnparus 

atavus n. sp.

458 Osborn (Henry Fairfleld). The Huerfano lake basin, southern 

Colorado, and its Wind Eiver and Bridger fauna.

Am. Mus., Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. ix, pp. 247-258,1897. 

Reviews the literature on this region, describes the character and 

distribution of the beds, and gives notes on the fauna.

459 Eeconstruction and model of Pheuacodus primawus Cope.

Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Rept. 1897, p. 684, (i p.), 1898. 

Gives a brief account of its relations. \

460 The origin of the mammalia.

Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Rept. 1897, pp. 686-687,1898.

Discusses the relations of the subdivisions of the mammalia.

461. Lambdotherium uot related to Palseosyops or the Titan other es.

Am. Nat., vol. xxxi, pp. 55-57,1897.

Describes Lambdotherium Cope and L. popoagicus Cope.

462 Wind Eiver and Huerfano beds in the Huerfano lake basiu. 

Am. Nat., vol. xxxi, pp. 966-968,1897.

Reviews the work of R. C. Hills on these beds, and gives the results 

of the author's observations.

463 Edward D. Cope.

Science, new ser., vol. v, pp. 705-717,1897.

Gives a sketch of his life, character, and publications.

464 The Ganodonta or primitive edentates with enameled teeth.

Science, new ser., vol. v, pp. 611-612,1897.

Describes their geographic distribution and osteologic characters.

P.

465 Pearce (Eichard). Occurrence of Tellurium in Montana. 

Abstract, Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixiii, p. 117,1897.

465« Tellurium from the Griffith lode, Colorado. 

Abstract, Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixiii, p. 139,1897.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1897. 59

466 Pearce (Richard). Telluride gold ores.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixiii, p. 376 (i p.), 1897. 

Brief note on the detection of tellurium in gold ores.

467 Peckham (S. F.). On the nature and origin of petroleum. 

Am. Phil. Soc., Proc., vol. xxxvi, pp. 103-112,1897. 

Reviews recent literature on the subject -and discusses the origin of 

bitumens.

468 Penfield (S. K.). On the chemical composition of hauilinite and 

its occurrence with bertrandite at Oxford County, Maine.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. iv, pp. 313-316,1897.

Describes the chemical and crystallographic characters of hamlinite 

and the crystallographic characters of bertrandite.

469 and Foote (H. W,). On bixbyite, a new mineral, and notes' 

on the associated topaz.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. iv, pp. 105-108,1897. 

Describes its crystallographic and chemical characters.

470 Note concerning the composition of ilineuite.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. iv, pp. 108-110,1897.

Describes the crystallographic and chemical characters .of ilmenite.

471 Penhallow (D. P.). Contributions to the Pleistocene flora of 

Canada.

Canada Roy. Soc., Proc. and Trans., 2d ser., vol. ii, sect, iv, pp. 59-77, 

1896.

Gives notes on the characters of the species, and in tabular form 

shows the extent and distribution of the flora.

472 Myelopteris topekausis, n. sp., a new Carboniferous plant.

Bot. Gazette, vol. xxiii, pp. 15-31, pis. ii-iii, 1897.

Describes a new species from the Carboniferous of Kansas.

473 Penrose (K. A. F., jr.). Geology and mining industry of the 

Cripple Creek district, Colorado.

See Cross (W.) and Penrose (R. A. F., jr.), No. 160.

474 Phillips (Francis 0.). On the genesis of natural gas and petroleum.

Am. Phil. Soc., Proc., vol. xxxvi, pp. 116-121,1897.

Discusses. Mendeleeff's theory as to the origin of these products.

475 On the occurrence of petroleum in the cavities of fossils.

Am. Phil. Soc., Proc., vol. xxxvi, pp. 121-126,1897.

Discusses the origin of petroleum oil found in the cavities of foasils.

476 Phillips (William B.). Mining low-grade gold ores in Alabama.

Eng. and Mg. Jonr., vol. Ixiv, pp. 185-186, figs. 1-6,1897. 

Describes the occurrence and character of certain ore bodies.

477 The southwestern extremity of the Appalachian gold fields.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixiv, p. 398,1897.

Describee the occurrence of gold in northern Alabama.
60 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 156.

478 Phillips (William B.). The gold regions of Alabama, TL S. A.

North of Eng. Inst. Mg. and Mech. Engrs., Trans., vol. xlvii, pp. 19-23, 

figs. 1-2,1897.

Describes the general character and occurrence of gold ores in this 

state.

479 Pierce (S. J.). The pre-Glacial Ouyahoga valley [Ohio].

Am. Geol., vol. xx, pp. 176-181, pi. xiii, 1897.

Presents the data of deep wells in the vicinity of Cleveland, Ohio, 

and discusses its bearing on the depth and origin of Cuyahoga valley.

480 Firsson (Louis V.). On the corundum-bearing rocks from Yogo 

gulch, Montana.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. iv, pp. 421-423,1897.

Discusses the megascopic and microscopic characters of the rocks 

and the origin of the sapphites found in them.

481 Weed (W. H.) and. Geology and mineral resources of the 

Judith Mountains of Montana.

See Weed (W. H.) and Pirsson (L. V.) No. 674.

482 Porter (J. A.). The Smuggler-Union mines, Telluride, Colorado. 

Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxvi, pp. 449-459, figs. 1-2, 1897. 

Describes the occurrence and character of the gold and silver ores in 

these mines.

483 Pratt (J. H.). On the crystallography of the Montana sapphires.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. iv^ pp. 424-428, 2 pis., 1897. a 

Describes their crystallographic characters.

484 Notes on North Carolina minerals.

Elisha Mitchell Sci. So., Jour., 1897, pt. ii, pp. 61-83, figs. 1-5,1897. 

Includes crystallographic notes and chemical analyses of wellsite, 

chabazite, anorthite, anthophyllite, enstatite, beryl, cyanite, and zircon.

485 and Foote (H. W.). On wellsite, a new mineral.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. iii, pp. 443-448,1897.

Describes the crystallographic form and physical properties of a new 

mineral from North Carolina.

486 Prosser (Charles S.). Comparison of the Carboniferous and Permian formations of Nebraska and Kansas. 

Jour, of Geol., vol. v, pp. 1-16,148-172,1897.

Reviews the previous work on these formations in Kansas and 

Nebraska. Discusses the character, succession, and correlation of the 

various subdivisions, and describes the lithologic and faunal characters 

of a number of sections.

487 The upper Permian and lower Cretaceous [Kansas].

Kan. Univ. Geol. Surv., vol. ii, pp. 51-194, pis. ix-xxiv, 1897. 

Describes the character, occurrence, correlation, and classification of 

the upper Permian and lower Cretaceous beds of Kansas.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1897. 61

488 Prosser (Charles S.). The Permian aud upper Carboniferous of 

southern Kansas.

Kan. Univ. Quart., vol. vi, pp. 149-175, pis. xviii-xix, 1897. 

Describes several sections and discusses their correlation and faunal 

characters.

489 Purdue (A. H.). [Review of "The former extension of the Appalachians across Mississippi, Louisiana, aud Texas," by J. C. 

Branuer.]

Jour, of Geol., vol. v, pp. 759-760,1897.

490 Purington (Charles Wells). Preliminary report on the mining 

industries of the Telluride quadrangle, Colorado.

U. S. Geol. Surv.,' 18th Ann. Kept., Pt. HI, pp. 751-848, pis. ciii-cxviii, 

figs. 66-74,1898.

Gives a general description of the sedimentary and igneous rocks, 

the fissures and vein systems, and the occurrence of the ore. Discusses 

the origin and age of the ore deposits.

491 - Telluride mining'district, Colorado.

Abstract, Science, new ser., vol. v, p. 890, 1897. 

Gives brief notes on the geology of the region and the occurrence of 

the ores.

R.

492 Rangel (M.). Exploitaciou de las minas [Sierra de Pachuca, 

Mexico]. . *

Inst. Geol. de Mexico, Bulls. Nos. 7-9, pp. 127-141, 1897. 

Describes the mining geology of the region.

493 Ransome (F. Leslie). The age of the California coast ranges. 

Am. Geol., vol. xix, pp. 66-67, 1897.

Discusses briefly the relations of the Coast ranges and Great Valley 

of California in pre-Miocene time.

494 [Review of "The geology of Santa Catalina island," by W. S. 

T. Smith.]

Jour, of Geol., vol. v, pp. 208-210, 1897.

494ft and Turner (H. W.). Sonoro folio, California. 

See Turner (H. W.) and Ransome (F. L.), No. 621.

495 Reid (Harry Fielding). Variations of glaciers.

Jour, of Geol., vol. v, pp. 378-383, 1897.

Gives a summary of the first annual report of the International Committee on glaciers as to the state of glaciers in various parts of the 

world.

496 [Review of " The glaciers of North America," by Israel C. 

Russell.]

Science, new ser., vol. v, pp. 660-661, 1897.
62 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 156.

497 Reid (Harry Fielding). Glacier Bay and its glaciers.

Jour, of Geol., vol. v, pp. 203-206,1897. 

Review by I. C. Kussell.

498 Rickard (T. A.). Vein walls.

Am. Inst. Mg. Eiigrs., Trans., vol. xxvi, pp. 193-241, 33 figs., 1897; 

Colliery Eng., vol. xvii, pp. 527-530, vol. xviii, pp. 7-10, 32 figs.; Can. 

Mg. Review, vol. xvi, pp. 213-217, 229-234, 33 figs.; Eng. and Mg. 

Jour., vol. Ixiii, pp. 282-284, figs. 1-9, pp. 307-309, figs. 12-26,1897.

Describes and illustrates the phenomena of vein walls in different 

mines and discusses the formation of ore bodies.

499 Enterprise mine, Eico, Colo.

Am. Inst. Mg. Eugrs., Trans., vol. xxvi, pp. 906-980, 48 figs., 1897. 

Describes the geology of the vicinity and the occurrence, character, 

and structure of the ore bodies. Discusses their origin.

500 The Lake of the Woods gold field [Ontario].

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixiv, pp. 5-8, figs. 1-3,1897. 

Describes the occurrence of gold in northwestern'Ontario.

501 Ries (Heinrich). The clay-working industry in 1896.

U. S. Geol. Surv., 18th Ann. Rept., Pt. V (cont.), pp. 1105-1168,1897. 

Describes deposits of clay in various parts of the United States.

502 The fuller's earth of South Dakota.

Am. Inst. Mg. Eugrs., Trans., vol. xxvii, pp. 333-335,1898. 

Describes its occurrence in the Black Hills.

503 The clays and clay working industry of Colorado.

Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxvii, pp. 336-340,1898. 

Describes the occurrence, character, and chemical composition of clay 

deposits in parts of Colorado.

504 Rowley (B. B.) and Keyes (C. B.). Vertical range of fossils at 

Louisiana [Missouri].

See Keyes (C. R.) and Rowley (R. R.), No. 331.

505 Ruedemann (B.). Evidence of current action in the Ordovician 

of New YTork.

Am. Geol., vol. xix, pp. 367-391, pis. xxii, 1897.

Describes the evidence of the parallel arrangement in the rocks of 

the remains of certain fossils, as bearing on the probable course of the 

currents by which they were transported. Presents a geologic map of 

the region described.

506 Development and mode of growth of Diplograptus McGoy.

Am. Geol., vol. xx, p. 136 (i p.), 1897. 

Review by N. H. W[inchell].

507 [Beview of "A handbook of the genera of the North American 

Paleozoic Bryozoa," by George B. Siinpsou.J 

Am. Geol., vol. xx, pp. 330-331,1897.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1897. 63

508 Russell (Israel Cook). Glaciers of Mount Eainier. With a paper 

on the rocks of Mount Eainier by George Otis Smith.

U. S. Geol. Surv., 18th Ann. Rept., Pt. II, pp. 355-423, pis. Ixv-lxxxii, 

1898.

Describes the physical features of the state of Washington and the 

glaciers and glacial phenomena of the region.

509 A reconnoisance in southeastern Washington.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Water Supply and Irrigation Papers No. 4, 96 pp., 

pis. i-vii, figs. 1-3, 1897.

Describes the physiography of the region, the occurrence and character of the metamorphic rocks, the Kittitas system, the Columbia lava, 

the John Day system, and the artesian waters conditions.

510 Principal features of the geology of southeastern Washington.

Mining, vol. iii, pp. 163-165,1897.

Describes the general geologic features of the region.

511 ls Plasticity " of glacial ice.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. iii, pp. 344-346, 1897. 

Discusses the relation of plasticity to the flow of glacier ice.

512 [Beview of " Glacier Bay and its glaciers," by H. F. Eeid.]

513 Glaciers of North America; a reading lesson for students of 

geography and geology. Boston and London, Ginn & Co.,

1897.

Jour, of Geol., vol. v, pp. 302-303, 1897, review by T. C. C[hamberlin]; Nat. Geog. Mag., vol. viii, pp. 124-125, 1897, review by W. J. 

M[cGee]; Science, new ser., vol. v, pp. 660-661, 1897, review by H. F. 

Reid; Am. Geol., vol. xix, p. 278 (J p.), 1897, review by N. H. W[inchell].

514 Volcanoes of North America, a reading lesson for students of 

geography and geology.

The Macmillan Company, New York, 1897. 

Review, Nature, vol. Ivii, pp. 70-71,1897.

515 Lakes of North America, a reading lesson for students of 

geography and geology.

Ginn & Co., Boston, 8vo, 125 pp.

8.

516 Sadtler (Samuel P.). The genesis and chemical relations of petroleum and natural gas.

Am. Phil. Soc., Proc., vol. xxxvi, pp. 93-102,1897. 

Discusses the origin of petroleum and natural gas.

517 [On the origin of Pennsylvania petroleum.]

Am. Phil. Soc., Proc., vol. xxxvi, pp. 136-138,1897.

In discussion of paper by David T. Day on the same subject.
64 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, IBCLL. 156.

518 Salisbury (Bollin D.). On the origin and age of the relic-bearing 

sand at Trenton, N. J.

Science, new ser., vol. vi, pp. 977-981,1897. 

Discusses the evidence as to the age of these beds.

519 [Beview of "An introduction to geology," by -W. B. Scott.]

Jour, of GeoL, vol. v, pp. 398-399,1897.

520 [Review of "Maryland Geological Survey," Vol. I.]

Jour, of GeoL, vol. v, pp. 760-761,1897.

521 and Atwood (Wallace Walter). Drift phenomena in the 

vicinity of Devils Lake and Baraboo, Wisconsin.

Jour, of Geol., vol. v, pp. 131-147, figs. 1-7,1897.

Describes glacial phenomena in the south-central portion of the 

State.

522 and Knapp (George N.). Surface geology. Eeport of progress [New Jersey].

N. J. Geol. Surv., Bept. for 1896, pp. 1-23, pis. i-vii, 1897.

Describes the character, distribution, and correlation of the Pen-0 

sauken formation, and the character and distribution of the Beacon 

Hill formation, and of the road materials in certain portions of the 

State. Includes a geologic map.

523 Sanchez (P. 0.). Sistema de fracturas [Sierra de Pachuca, 

Mexico].

-Inst. geol. de Mexico, Bulls. Nos. 7-9, pp. 81-98,1897. 

Describes the occurrence and characters of the fracture systems of 

the region.

524 Sardeson (Frederic W.). The Galena and Maquoketa series. 

Part II.

Am. Geol., vol. xix, pp. 21-35,1897.

Presents the author's classification of the series and describes their 

faunal relationships.

525 The Galena and Maquoketa series. Part III.

Am. Geol., vol. xix, pp. 91-111, pis. iv-v, 1897.

Describes a number of species of Orthis, including some new ones, 

and discusses their relations,

526 The Galena and Maquoketa series. Part IV.

Am. Geol., vol. xix, pp. 180-190,1897.

Gives a list of the species of Plectambonites and Rhynchonella occurring in these beds and a summary of facts presented in this and former 

papers on the same subject.

527 Nomenclature of the Galena and Maquoketa series.

Am. Geol., vol. xix, pp. 330-336,1897.

Discusses some of the principles of geologic nomenclature and the 

use of the names applied to the Galena and Maquoketa series.

528 On Streptelasma profundum (Owen), S. corniculum Hall.

Am. Geol., vol. xx, pp. 277-292, pis. xvi-xvii, 1897.

Discusses the author's conclusion that S. profundum shows all the 

distinctive characters of the 14 species assigned to the genus.
WEEKS..] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1897. 65

529 Sardeson (Frederic W.). On glacial deposits in the driftless area.

Am. Geol., vol. xx, pp. 392-403,1897.

Discusses the evidences of glacial phenomena in the driftless area of 

the Upper Mississippi Valley.

530 Schmidt (A.). Die Talklagerstaaten von .St. Lawrence County iin 

Staat New York.

Zeit. fur prak. Geol., Heft 1, pp. 29-30,1897. 

See Bibliography and Index for 1890, No. 637.

531 Die Goldeszange von Cripple Creek in Colorado. 

Zeit. fiir prak. Geol., Heft 3, pp. 98-99,1897. . 

See Bibliography and Index for 1896, No. 621.

532 Der Smuggler Erzgaug zu Telluride iu Colorado.

Zeit. fiir prak. Geol., Heft 3, pp. 99-100,1897. 

See Bibliography and Index for 1896, No. 550.

533 Die Gunnisou goldzone in Colorado.

Zeit. fiir prak. Geol., Heft 3, pp. 100-101,1897. 

See Bibliography and Index for 1896, No. 424.

534 Palaozoische phosphorite in Arkansas.

Zeit. fur prak. Geol., Heft 3, pp. 101-102,1897. 

See Bibliography and Index for 1896, No. 73.

535 Ueber das alter der Goldseifen dei1 Sierra Nevada in Californien.

Zeit. fiir prak. Geol., Heft 6, pp. 226-227,1897. 

See Bibliography and Index for 1896, No. 449.

530 Die Magnetit-Lagerstatten bei Port Henry i.m Staat New 

York.

Zeit. fiir prak. Geol, Heft 9, p. 318,1897.

537 Schmitz (E. J.). Copper ores in the Permian of Texas. 

Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trana., vol. xxv.i, pp. 97-108,1897. ' 

Describes the stratigraphic and lithologic features of the district and 

the occurrence and character of the ore bodies.

538 Schneider (Philip F.). A geologic fault at Jainesville, near Syracuse, N. Y.

Am Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. Hi, pp. 455-460,1897.

Describes fault phenomena in Devonian rocks of central New York.

539 Schuchert (Charles). A synopsis of American fossil Brachiopoda, 

including bibliography and synonymy.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. No. 87,464 pp., pi. i, figs. 1-6,1897.

Review by C. E. B[eecher], Am. Nat., vol. xxxi, pp. 1053-1055,1897.

Describes in tabular form the geographic and geologic distribution 

of brachiopod genera, discusses the biologic development and the classification of-the Brachiopoda, and gives an alphabetic list of genera 

and species with references and synonymy. Includes a chapter on the 

morphology of the bracbia by Charles E. Beecner, 

Bull. 156 5
66 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 156.

540 Schuchert (Charles). On the fossil phyllopod genera Dipeltis aud 

Protocaris of the family Apodidse.

U. S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. xix, pp. 671-676, pi. Iviii, 1897.

541 ScHultze (E.-A.) and Kain (C. Henry). The Santa Monica diatoinaceous deposit, with list of references to figures of species.

Torrey Bot. Club, Bull., vol. xxiv, pp. 496-504,1897. 

Gives a brief mention of the occurrence of the deposits and a reference list of species ligurecl from this deposit.

542 Scofield (W. H.), Ulrich (B. O.) and. The Lower Silurian Gastropoda of Minnesota.

See Ulrich (E. 0.) and Scofield (W. H.), No. 628.

542ft Scott (Samuel). Map of the Black Hills of South Dakota and 

Wyoming, with full descriptions of mineral resources, etc.

Ouster City, S. D. 40 pp. and geological map, 1897.

Gives brief notes on the geologic formations arid igneous rocks and 

the occurrence of minerals iu the Black Hills. Presents a geological 

map of the region.

543 Scott (W. B.). Lakes.

Sci. Am. Suppl., vol. xliii, pp. 17756-17758, 1897.

Discusses the origin of lakes in various parts of the United States. 

An abstract of a lecture before the Wagner Institute.

514 Glaciers.

Sci. Am. Suppl., vol. xliv, pp. 18005-18006,1897.

Comprises an abstract of a lecture on the constructive work of 

glaciers.

545 An introduction to geology.

The Macmillan Company, New York, 1897.

Review by R. D. Salisbury], Jour, of Geol., vol. v, pp. 398-399;

. Review by H. S. W[illiams], Am. Jour. Sci'., 4th ser., vol. iii, pp. 422-423;

Review by W J M[cGee], Nat. Geog. Mag., vol. viii, pp. 91-92, 1897.

54G Scovell (J. T.). Geology, of Vigo County, Indiana.

Ind. Dept. of Geol. and Nat. Res., 21st Ann. Rept., pp. 507-576, 1897. 

Describes the character of the Carboniferous rocks, the occurrence 

of coal, and the glacial features of the county.

547 Shaler (Nathaniel S.). Geology of the Gape God district [Massachusetts].

U. S. Geol. Surv., 18th Ann. Rept., Pt. II, pp. 503-593, pis. xcvii-civ, 

figs. 86-92,1898.

Describes the general relations, understructure, glacial deposits and 

history, and other geologic features of the Cape Cod region. / '

548 [Water supply of eastern Massachusetts.]

Abstract, Science, new ser., vol. v, p. 703 ( $ p.), 1897. ' Describes briefly the occurrence aud character of the water supply.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1897. 67

549 Shaler (Nathaniel S.), Woodworth (J. B.), and Marbut (C, F.). 

The glacial brick clays of Rhode Island.

Am. Geol., vol. xx, pp. 328-329,1897. 

Review by W. U[pham].

550 Shattuck (George B.). See Clark (W. B.), No. 128.

551 - Clark (W. B.) and. The geology of the sand hills of New 

Jersey.

See Clark (W. B.) and Shattuck (G. B.), No. 181.

552 Shimek (B.). Additional observations on the surface deposits in 

Iowa.

Iowa Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. iv, pp. 68-72,1897. 

Describes character of drift beds at various localities.

553 Simonds (Frederic W.). Professor Oh. Fred. Hartt, M. A. A 

tribute.

Am. Geol., vol. xix, pp. 69-90. pi. iii, 1897.

Gives an account of the life and work of Prof. Hartt and a bibliographic list of his papers.

554 [Review of "Marine fossils from the Coal Measures of Arkansas," by J. P. Smith.]

Science, new ser., vol. v, pp. 850-852,1897.

555 Simpson (George B.). A handbook of the genera of the North 

American Paleozoic Bryozoa. 

Am. Geol., vol. xx, pp. 330-331,1897. 

Review by R. R[uedemann].

556 Sims (H. N.). A description of a peculiar split in the mammoth 

coal seam near Ashland, Pa.

Colliery Eng., vol. xix, pp. 532,2 figs., 1897.

Describes occurrence of a syncliue between two partings of the coal 

seam.

557 Sisley (L. A.). The porphyry dike mines of Montana.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixiv, p. 399,1897.

Describes the geologic features and occurrence of gold southwest of 

Helena, Mont.

558 Skewes (Edward). The ore shoots of Cripple Creek [Colorado].

Am. lust. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxvi, pp. 553-579,1897. 

Describes the occurrence of the ore shoots and their structural 

features.

559 Slosson (Edwin E.). Analysis of Popo Agie, Lander, and Shoshone petroleum [Wyoming].

Wyoming Univ. School of Mines, Petroleum ser., Bull. No. 2, pp. 21-34, 

1897. 

Describes the chemical character and composition of the oils.
68 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 156.

500 Smith (Eugene A.). Sketch of the life of Michael Tuomey. 

Am. Geol., vol. xx, pp. 205-212, pi. i, 1897. 

Gives a sketch of his life and a list of his published papers.

501 Smith (Frauk Clemes). The occurrence and behavior of tellurium 

in gold ores, more particularly with reference to the Potsdam 

ores of the Black Hills, South Dakota.

Am. lust. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxvi, pp. 485-515, figs. 1-11,1897.

Gives analyses of the ores, a description of the action of tellurium 

as a mineralizing agent and of the microscopic characters of the associated rocks. '

502 The Potsdam gold ores of the Black Hills of South Dakota. 

Am. Inst.'Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxvii, pp. 404-428, 1898. 

Describes the occurrence, character, and origin of the so-called 

Potsdam siliceous gold and silver ores.

503 Smith (George Otis). The rocks of Mount Eainier [Washington].'

U. S. Geol. Snrv., 18th Ann. Kept., Pt. II, pp. 416-423, 1898. 

Describes the relations and characters of the granite and volcanic 

rocks of the region.

504 The geology of the Fox Islands, Maine. A contribution to 

the study of old volcanics.

Skowhegau, Me., 70 pp., 2 pis., 1896.

Eeview by F. B[ascom], Am. Geol, vol. xix, pp. 214-219, 1897.

505 Smith (James Perrin). Studies for students: Comparative study 

of paleontology and phytogeny.

Jour, of Geol., vol. v, pp. 507-524, pi. 1, 1897.

Discusses the law of acceleration of development, the nomenclature 

of stages-of growth, the groups available for ontogenetic studies and 

methods of working.

500 - The development of Glyphioceras and the phytogeny of the 

Glyphioceratidtfe.

Cal. Acad. Sci., Proc., Geology, 3d ser., vol. i, pp. 105-128, 3 pis., 1897. 

 Discusses the. classitication of the Goniatites and describes the larval 

stages of Glyphiociras incisum Hyatt.

507 Smith (William Sidney Tangier). A geological sketch of San 

Clemente Island [California].

U. S. Geol. Surv., 18th Ann. Kept., Pt. II, pp. 465-496, pis. Ixxxiv-xcvi, 

figs. 82-85,1898.

Describes the topography and the character of the eruptive rocks and 

Tertiary deposits of the island.

508 The geology of the Santa Catalina Island [California].

Cal. Acad. Sci,, Proc., Geology, 3d ser., vol. i, pp. 1-71, 3 pis., 1897. 

Keview t>y F. L. Rausome, Jour, of Geol., vol. v, pp. 208-210,1897.

Describes the topographic features of the island and the character 

and occurrence of the sedimentary and eruptive rocks. Includes a 

geologic map and notes on the Foraminifera, by Dr. George J. Hiude.
WEEKS,I PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1897. 69

569 Smith (William Sidney Tangier). [Review of "The submerged 

valleys of the coast of California, U. S. A., and of Lower 

California, Mexico," by George Davidsou.J 

Jour, of Geol., vol. v, pp. 533-534,1897.

570 A note on the migration of divides. 

Jour, of Geol., vol. v, pp. 809-812,1897.

Describes the migration of a divide on Sail Clemente Island, off the 

coast of California.

r>71 Smyth (C. H., Jr.). Pseudomorphs from northern New York.

Am. Jonr. Sci., 4th ser., vol. iv, pp. 309-312,1897.

Describes pseudomorphs of pyroxene after wallastonite and mica 

after scapolite and pyroxene.

572 Smyth (H. L.). The Eepublic trough [Michigan].

U. S. Geol. Surv., Mon., vol. xxviii, pp. 525-553, pi. xxxiv, 1897. Review 

by U. S. Grant, Jour, of Geol., vol. v, pp. 402-404,1897.

Describes the character and occurrence of the Upper and Lower Marquette series, and the position, relation, and origin of the iron ore 

deposits.

573 Magnetic observations in geological mapping.

Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxvi, pp. 640-709, 27 figs., 1897.

Describes the magnetic rocks of the Lower Huronian series in the 

Upper Peninsula of Michigan, and the instruments and methods of 

work. Gives the results of tracing magnetic rocks by the disturbances 

produced in the instruments.

574 Spencer (J. W.). On the continental elevation of the glacial 

epoch.

Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Kept. 1897, pp. 661-662,1898. 

Discusses the evidences of such elevation.

575 Spurr (Josiah Edward). Geology of the Yukon gold district, 

Alaska. With an introductory chapter on the history and 

condition of the district to 1897, by Harold Beach Goodrich.

U. S. Geol. Surv., 18th Ann. Kept., Pt. Ill, pp. 101-392, pis. xxxii-li, %s. 

7-25,1898.

Describes the occurrence, character, and distribution of the sedimentary and igneous rocks and of the auriferous veins and placer 

deposits of the region. Discusses the evidences of movement in the 

earth's crust. Includes a report by F. H. Know!ton on the fossils 

collected and a chapter on recent warpings of the region by H. B. 

Goodrich.

576 The measurement of faults.

Jour, of Geol., vol. v, pp. 723-729,1897. 

Abstract, Science, new ser., vol. v, p. 238,1897.

Describes the general methods employed and gives the author's definition of the terms used in the study of fault phenomena.

577 Squier (C. H.). Studies in the driftless region of Wisconsin.

Jour, of Geol., vol. v, pp. 825-836, figs. 1-2,1897.

Describes the occurrence of loess and the characteristics of the stratified and uustratified beds, and discusses the evidences of their glacial 

origin.
70 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 156.

578 Stanton (Timothy W.). A comparative study of the Lower Cretaceous formations and faunas of the United States.

Jour, of Geol., vol. v, pp. 579-624,1897.

Describes the general features and classification of the Lower Cretaceous strata and thelithologic and faunal characters of its subdivisions. 

Presents a bibliography of the subject.

579 On the genus Beinondia Gabb, a group of Cretaceous bivalve 

mollusks.

U. S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. xix, pp. 299-301, pi. xxvi, 1897.

580 and Knowlton (F. H.). Stratigraphy and paleontology of 

the Laramie and related formations in Wyoming.

Geol. Soc. Am., Ball., vol. viii, pp. 127-156; Review by A. Hollick, Torrey Bot. Club., Bull., vol. xxiv, p. 26 (i p.), 1897.

Describes the stratigraphic and paleontologic features of the various 

beds.

581 Stearns (Robert E.). Description of a new species of Actseon 

from the Quaternary bluifs of Spanish Bight, San Diego, 

California.

The Nautilus, vol. xi, pp. 14-15,1897. 

Describes Actaeon traskii n. sp.

582 Stewart (Alban). Restoration of Oreodon culbertsoni Leidy. 

Kans. Univ. Quart., vol. vi, pp. 13-14, pi. i, 1897.

583 Stone (George H.). To trace an invisible dike.

Colliery Eng., vol. xviii, p. 151,1897.

Describes dike phenomena at Cripple Creek, Colo.

584 Storms (W. H.). Mines of the gold belt [California].

Mg. and Sci. Press., vol. Ixxv, pp. 96,194-195,1897.

Describes the general geologic features and occurrence of gold.

T.

585 Tarr (Ealph S.). Former extension of Cornell glacier near the 

southern end of Melville Bay.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. viii, pp. 251-268, pis. 25-29, 1897. 

Describes the glacial phenomena of the region.

586 Arctic sea ice as a geological agent.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. iii, pp. 223-229, 1897. 

Describes the erosion and transportation effected by sea and 

glacier ice.

587 Difference in the climate of the Greenland and American sides 

of Davis' and Baffin's Bay.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. iii, pp. 315-321, 1897'. 

Discusses the changes of level that have taken place, and their relation to glaciation.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1897. 71

588 Tarr (Ralph S.). Former extension of Cornell glacier near the 

southern end of Melville Bay.

Jour, of Geol., vol. v, pp. 303-307, pi. 1, figs. 1-2, 1897. 

Review by T. C. Chamberlin.

589 Rapidity of weathering and stream erosion in the Arctic 

latitudes.

Am. Geol., vol. xix, pp. 131-136, pi. vi, 1897.

Describes the characteristics of weathering and stream erosion in 

this region.

590 Evidence of glaciation in Labrador and Baffin Land.

Am. Geol., vol. xix, pp. 191-197, pi. x, 1897. ' 

Describes the glacial phenomena of the region.

591 Valley glaciers of the upper Nugsuck peninsula, Greenland. 

Am. Geol., vol. xix, pp. 262-267, pi. xv, 1897. 

Describes the occurrence of local glaciers on this coast of Greenland.

592 Changes of level in the Bermuda Islands.

Am. Geol., vol. xix, pp. 293-303, pis. xvi-xviii, 1897.

Describes the physiographic and orographic features of the islands.

593 The margin of the Cornell glacier [Greenland]. 

Am. Geol., vol. xx, pp. 139-156, pis. vi-xii, 1897. 

Describes and illustrates the characteristics of this glacier.

594 Former extension of Greenland glaciers. 

Science, new ser., vol. v, p. 344,1897.

Discusses the evidence as to the extension of glaciation over the 

angular peaks.

595 The former extension of ice in Greenland.

Science, new ser., vol. v, pp. 515-516,1897. 

Discusses certain observations on this subject.

596 Former extension of ice in Greenland.

Science, new ser., vol. v, pp. 804-805,1897.

Discusses Professor Chamberlin's review of the author's paper on thia 

subject. <>

597 The glaciers of Greenland.

Sci. Amer., vol. Ixxvi, pp. 216-217, figs. 1-3,1897. 

Describes some of the glaciers of Greenland.

508 The Arctic sea ice as a geological agent.

Sci. Am. Suppl., vol. xliv, pp. 17941-17942, 1897.

599 Elementary geology.

Review by H. B. Kiimmel, Jour, of Geol., vol. v, pp. 317-318, 1897; Review by W J McGee, Nat. Geog. Mag., vol. viii, pn. 59-60, 1897; Review 

by N. H. Winchell, Am. Geol., vol. xix, pp. 277-278, 1897.
72 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BOLL. 156.

600 Taylor (Frank Bursley). Correlation of Erie-Huron beaches with 

outlets and moraines in southeastern Michigan.

Geol, Soc. Am., Bull., vol. viii, pp. 31-58, pi. 2, 1897; Review by C. H. 

Gordon. Jour, of Geol., vol. v, pp. 313-317,1897.

Describes the recent work of the author on the moraines and beaches 

of the region.

001 Moraines of.recession and their significance in glacial theory

Jour, of Geol., vol. v, pp. 421-466,1897; Am. Geol., vol. xix, correspondonce, p. 290,1897.

Describes the Ciucinnati-Mackinac moraine series, and discusses its 

vnlne as a b:isis of interpretation. Discusses the character and duration of the glacial oscillations and the effect of changes of climate on. 

the ice sheet.

602 Scoured bowlders of the Matawa valley [Ontario]. 

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. iii, pp. 208-218, 1897.

Describes the characteristics and occurrence of scoured bowlders 

which indicate the probable course of the former outlet of the Great 

Lakes.

608 Lake Adirondack.

Am. Geol., vol. xix, pp. 392-396, 1897.

Describes the general features of a probable glacial lake in northern 

New York.

604 The Mpissing-Matawa river the outlet of the Nipissing great 

lakes.

Am. Geol., vol. xx, correspondence, pp. 65-66, 1897. 

Describes the general features of the river.

605 jSTotes on the abandoned beaches of the north coast of Lake 

 Superior.

Am. Geol., vol. xx, pp. 111-128, 1897.

Reviews Prof. Lawson's publications on the subject and describes the 

author's observations on the abandoned beaches.

600 The Charnplain submergence and uplift, and their relation to 

the Great Lakes and Niagara Falls.

Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Kept. 1897, pp. 652-653, 1898. 

Discusses the evidence of the abandoned beaches.

607 Teall (J. J. H.). Differentiation in igneous magmas as a result of 

progressive crystallization.

Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Rept. 1897, pp. 661-662, 1898. 

Describes certain basalts and their bearing on the theory of differentiation of igneous magmas.

608 Tight (W. G-.). Some pre-Glacial drainage features in southern 

Ohio.

Denison Univ., Sci. Lab., Bull., vol. ix, pt. ii, pp. 22-32, pis. A, B, C, 

III, 1897. 

Describes drainage features in southern Ohio.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1897. 73

f»0!) Tight (W. G.). A pre-Glacial valley in Fairfield County [Ohio].

Denisou Univ., Sci. Lab., Bull.; vol. ix; pt. ii, pp. 33-37, pis. D, E, 

F, IV, 1897. 

Describes the drainage of the region.

610 Tilton (J. L.). Eesults of recent geological work in Madison 

County [Iowa].

Iowa, Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. iv, pp. 47-54, 1897.

Describes the character and distribution of the loess, drift, and Upper 

Carboniferous beds.

OIL Todd (J. E.). Is the loess of either lacustrine or semi-marine 

origin f

Reviews various theories regarding the origin of the loess.

612 Volcanic dust in southwestern Nebraska and in South Dakota. 

Science, new ser., vol. v, pp. 61-62,1897. 

Notes occurrence in the region.

613 The Quaternary of Missouri.

Science, new ser., vol. v, pp. 695-696 ( & p.), 1897. 

Discusses certain features of the loess deposits.

614 [Review of " Preliminary report on artesian waters of a portion 

of the Dakotas," by N. H. Darton.J

Am. Geol., vol. six, pp. 274-276, 1897.

615 The moraines of the Missouri couteau and their attendant 

deposits.

Am. Geol., vol. xx, p. 329 (fc p.), 1897. 

Review by W. U[pham].

616 Tohnan (Cyrus FivScher, jr.). [Review of "Some queries on rock 

differentiation," by G. F. Becker.j

Jour, of Geol., vol. v, pp. 393-398,1897.

617 [Review of "Some mines of Rosita and Silver Cliff, Colorado," 

by S. F. Emmons.]

Jour, of Geol., vol. v, pp. 856-857,1897.

617« Tower (George Warren, jr.), Emmons (S. F.) and. Economic 

geology of tbe Butte special district [Montana].

See Emmons (S.F.) and Tower (G W.,jr.), tfo.202.

618 Turner (Henry W.). Downieville folio, California.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Geol. Atlas of the U. S., Folio No. 37,1897.

Describes the geologic history of the gold belt of California, the 

occurreuce and character of the auriferous slate sedes, the superjaceiit 

series, the igneous rocks, the structural features of the region, and the 

occurrence of gold. Includes topographic and geologic maps.

610 Nomenclature of inetarnorphic lavas.

Science, new ser., vol. v, p. 226,1897. 

Discusses the nomenclature of these rocks.
74 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BOLL. 156.

620 Turner (Henry W.). A new amphibole-pyroxene rock and some 

orbicular rocks from California.

Abstract, Science, new ser., vol. v, p. 811 (£ p.), 1897.

621 and Ransome (F. L.). Sonora folio, California.

TJ. S. Geol. Surv., Geol. Atlas of the U. 8;, Folio No. 41, 1897.

Describes the geology of the gold belt, the topography of the region, 

the character and distribution of the sedimentary and igneous rocks, 

and the occurrence of gold. Includes topographic and geologic n>aps.

622 Tyrrell (J. B.). The glaciation of north-central Canada.

Brit. Assoc. Adv., Kept. 1897, pp. 662-663, 1898. 

Describes the glacial history of the region.

623 Genesis of Lake Agassiz.

Jour, of Geol., vol. v, pp. 78-81, 1897. 

Eeview by G. M. D[awson].

624 Udden (J. A.). A brief description of the section of Devonian 

rocks exposed in the vicinity of Bock, Island, 111., with a 

statement of the nature of its fish remains.

Cin. Soc. Hist., Jour., vol. xix, pp. 93-95, 1897.

Gives a summary description of the several beds and discusses their 

correlation with other Devonian strata in the Mississippi Valley.

625 Origin of the loess.

Am. Geol., vol. xx, correspondence, pp. 274-275, 1897. 

Makes corrections of a report of a recent paper by the author on this 

subject.

620 Ulrich (E. (.).). The Lower Silurian Lamellibrauchiata of Minnesota.

Minn. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv., Paleontology, vol. iii, pt. ii, pp. 

475-628, pis. xxxv-xlvi, 1897.

Gives the author's terminology, methods of study, and classification. 

Describes many new species.

627 The lower Silurian Ostracoda of Minnesota.

Minn. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv;, Paleontology, vol. iii, pt. ii, pp. 629- 

693, pis. xliii-xliv, figs. 46-52, 1897.

Gives a provisional classification of the Paleozoic Ostracoda, and 

describes many new species.

628 and Scofield (W. H.). The Lower Silurian Gastropoda of 

Minnesota.

Minn. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv., Paleontology, vol. iii, pt. ii, pp. 813- 

1081, pis. Ixi-lxxii, figs. 1-12, 1897.

Discusses the general characters and classification of the gastropods 

and describes many new species.
WBBKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1897. 75

629 Ulrich (E. O.), Winchell (N. H.) and. The Lower Silurian 

deposits of the Upper Mississippi province: A correlation of 

the strata with those in the Cincinnati, Tennessee, New 

York, and Canadian provinces, and the stratigraphic and 

geographic distribution of the fossils.

See Winchell (N. H.) and Ulrich (E. 0.), No. 730.

C30 Underbill (James). Vein intersections in Clear Creek County, 

Colorado.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixiv, p. 339, figs. 1-5,1897. 

Describes the vein phenomena.

631 The Seaton mine, Colorado.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixiv, p. 550, figs. 1-4,1897. 

Describes the vein system.

632Upham (Warren). Cuyahoga pre-Glacial gorge in Cleveland,

Ohio.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. viii, pp. 7-13,1897.

Gives the records of wells and discusses their bearing on the evidence 

of the pre-Glacial erosion of the region.

033 Modified drift in Saint Paul, Minnesota.

Geol. Soc. Ana., Bull., vol. viii, pp. 183-196, pi. lv, 1897. 

Describes the glacial phenomena of the vicinity.

634 [Review of " Sixteenth Annual Report of the United States 

Geological Survey."]

Am. Geol., vol. xix, pp. 210-214,1897.

635 Relation of the Lafayette or Ozarkian uplift of North America 

to Glaciation.

Am. Geol., vol. xix, pp. 339-343,1897. 

Discusses the relation of these uplifts to the glaciation of North 

America.

636 Rhythmic accumulation of moraines by waning ice-sheets.

. Am. Geol., vol. xix, pp. 411-417,1897. 

Discusses the character and mode of formation of moraines.

637 [Review of " Summary report of the Geological Survey 

department of Canada for the year 1896," by G. M. Dawson.j 

Am. Geol., vol. xix, pp. 417-418,1897.

638 [Review of " The water resources of Illinois," by Frank Leverett.J

Am. Geol., vol. xix, pp. 418-419,1897.

639 [Review of " Iowa Geological Survey, vol. vi: Report on lead, 

zinc, artesian wells, etc."]

Am. Geol., vol. xx, pp. 271-273,1897.
7G BIHLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [nru.,156.

0-10 Upham (Warren). [Review of " Geology of Johnson County, 

Iowa," by Samuel Calvin.J

Am. Geol., vol. xx, p. 273,1897. 

641 The Glacial Lake Agassiz.

Review by F. L[everett], Am. Geol., vol. xx, pp. 324-328, 1897; Review 

by T. C. C[hamberlin], Jour, of Geol., vol. v, pp. 851-853,1897.

042 [Review of " The Glacial brick clays of Rhode Island and 

southern Massachusetts," by N. S. Shaler, J. B. Wood worth, 

and G. F. Marbut.] '

Am. Geol., vol. xx, pp. 328-329,1897.

043 [Review of " The moraines of the Missouri couteau and their 

attendant deposits," by J. E. Todd.] 

Am. Geol., vol. xx, p. 329,1897.

044 [Review of "Glacial observations in the Umanak district, 

Greenland," by George H.. Barton.] 

Am. Geol., vol. xx, pp. 329-330,1897.

045 Lrrumlins containing or lying on modified drifts.

Am. Geol., vol. xx, pp. 383-387,1897. : 

Discusses the origin of these drunilins.

V.

040 Van Hise (Charles R.). Studies for students: Deformation of 

rocks V.

Jour, of Geol., vol; v, pp. 178-193, figs. 1-6,1897.

Describes the deformation of rocks by folding and the relations of 

 cleavage, jointing, and bedding.

047 Geology for quarry men.

Stone, vol. xiv, pp. 134-142, 260-264, 349-355, 487-490, 586-589; vol. xv, 

pp.42-46,126-132,274-279,370-373,1897. 

Extract from the 16th Annual Report of the U. S. Geological Survey.

048 and Bayley (William Shirley). The Marquette iron-bearing 

district of Michigan. With atlas. Including a chapter on 

the Republic Trough by Henry Lloyd Smyth.

IT. S. Geol. Surv., Mon., vol. xxviii, 608 pp., pis. i-xxv, figs. 1-27, 

atlas sheets i-xxxix, 1897. Review by U. S. Grant, Jour. Geol., vol. v, 

pp. 402-404, 1897.

Reviews the previous explorations and literature on the region; 

describes the occurrence and character of the subdivisions of the Basement complex, and the Upper and Lower Marquette series, the igneous 

rocks, and the geologic features and structures of the Republic trough. 

Includes a discussion of the general geology of the region.

049 Vaughan (T. Wayland). Additional notes on the outlying areas 

of the Comanche series in Oklahoma and Kansas.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. iv., pp. 43-50, with map, 1897.

Describes sections in various parts of the region, giving lists of fossils collected, and discusses their bearing on the relation and age of 

parts of the Comanclie series.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETEOLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1897. 77 

650 Vaughan (T. Waylaud). The asphalt deposits of western Texas.

U. S. Geol. Surv., 18th Ann. Kept., Pt. V (cent.), pp. 930-935, 18 '7. 

Describes its occurrence in the Cretaceous beds of the region.

051 Geologic notes on Kansas, Oklahoma, and Indian Territory.

Abstract, Science, new ser., vol. v, pp. 558-559,1897.

052 Hill (E. T.) and. Geology of the Edwards plateau and Rio 

Grande plain adjacent to Austin and .San Antonio, Texas, 

with reference to the occurrence of underground waters.

See Hill (R. T,) and Vaughan (T. W.), No. 287.

GS.'i Vogdes (Anthony W.-). Notes on Paleozoic Crustacea, No. 5, Carboniferous trilobites from Missouri.

Cal. Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. vi, pp. 197-198,1897.

Describes Proetus placidus n. sp., from the Choutean limestone of 

Missouri.

W.

054 Wadsworth (M. E.). The origin and mode of occurrence of the 

Lake Superior copper deposits.

Am. lust. Mg. Engrs., Trails., vol. xxvii, pp. 669-696.

Discusses the phenomena of the alteration of rock riiasses, the formation of ore deposits, and the character and relations of the Keweenawan 

and Potsdam series, and the lava flows.

(555 Walcott (Charles Doolittle). The post-Pliocene elevation of the 

Inyo range, and. the lake beds of Waucobi embaymeiit, Inyo 

County, California.

Jour, of Geol., vol. v, pp. 340-348, figs. 1-5,1897.

Presents evidence as to the occurrence of recent orographic movement 

in the region and describes the character and occurrence of the lake

beds.

050 Note on the genus Liugulepis.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. iii, pp. 404-405, 1897.

Describes Liugulepis meeki n. sp. from the Middle Cambrian.

057 Cambrian Brachiopoda: Genera Iphidia and Yorkia, with 

descriptions of each and of the genus Acrothele.

U. S. Nat. Mus., Proc. vol. xix, pp. 707-718, pis. lix-lx, 1897.

05S Eeport of the Director* U. S. Geological Survey for the fiscal 

year ending June 30, 1897.

U. S. Geol. Surv., 18th Ann. Rept., Pt. I, pp. 11-440, pis. i-iv, tigs. 

1-2, 1897.

Describes the work of the geologic, topographic, and paleoutolo»ic 

divisions of the United States Geological Survey and gives summaries 

of the results obtained by the various field parties.

Gf>9 Walker (T. L.). Geological and petrographical studies of the Sudbury nickel district [Canada].

London Geol. Soc., Quart. Jour., vol. liii, pp. 40-66, 1897; review by 

G. Maas, Zeit. fur prak. Geol., Heft. 8, pp. 297-300, fig. 85, 1897.

Describes the petrographic characters of the nickel-bearing and associated rocks and discusses the origin of the ore.
78 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BDLL. 156

660 Ward (Lester F.). Professor Fontaine and Dr. Newberry on the 

age of the Potomac formation.

Science, new ser., vol. v, pp. 411-423, 1897.

Reviews certain papers and discusses the conclusions as to the evidences of the age of the Potomac formation.

661 A new species of Eucalyptus from the Dakota group of southwestern Kansas.

Torrey Bot. Club, Bull., vol. xxiv, pp. 576-577, 2 figs., 1897. 

Describes Eucalyptus gouklii n. sp.

662 The Cretaceous formation in southwestern Kansas.

Abstract, Science, new ser., vol. vi, pp. 814-815,1897.

663 .Waring (W. George). The gold fields of Altar, Mexico.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixiii, pp. 257-258,1897. 

Describee the occurrence of gold in western Mexico.

664 Warren (B.'E.). Vein walls.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixiii, p. 424,1897. 

. Describes vein structure near Crested Butte, Colorado.

665 Some mineral veins of Gunnisou County, Colorado.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixiii, pp. 597-598,1897.

Discusses occurrence of silver-lead ore bodies near Crested Butte, 

Colo.

666 Watson (Thomas L.). Evidences of recent elevation of the southern coast of Baffinland.

Jour, of Geol., vol. v, pp. 17-33,1897.

Describes the topographic features of the region, and the occurrence 

of raised beaches and their contained fossils. Discusses their occurrence as evidence of recent elevation. Gives a partial bibliography of 

the subject.

o

667 [Review of "The relation of the fauna of the Ithaca group to 

the faunas of the Portage and Cheinung," by Edward M. 

Kindle].

Am. Geol., vol. xix, pp. 140-141, 1897.

668 Lakes with more than one outlet.

Am. Geol., vol. xix, pp. 267-270, 1897.

Reviews the literature describing such phenomena and describes 

occurrences in Baffinland.

669 A bibliography of the geological, mineralogical, and paleontological literature of the State of Virginia. 

Am. Pal., Bull., vol. 2, No. 7, p. 109, 1897.

Gives a list of journals consulted, and a bibliography arranged alphabetically by authors' names.

670 Watts (W. L.). Oil and gas yielding formations of Los Angeles, 

Ventura, and Santa Barbara counties [California].

Cal. State Mg. Bureau, Bull. No. 11, p. 94, 35 tigs., 1897.

Describes the occurrence of oil and the character and structure of 

the Tertiary beds. Gives a list of fossils determined. Includes geological sketch maps of the several districts.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1897. 79

671 Weaver (W. J.). Elver adjustment in North Carolina.

Elisha.Mitcliell Sci. Soc., Jour., 1896, pt. i, pp. 13-24, figs. 1-2,1896. 

Discusses the changes in the drainage lines of North Carolina.

671tt Weed (Walter Harvey). [Areal Geology, Butte quadrangle, 

Montana.]

U. S. Geol. Surv., Geol. Atlas of U. S., Folio No. 38,1897. 

Describes the physiography, igneous intrusions, and rocks of the 

region.

672 Laccoliths in folded strata.

Abstract, Scieuce, new ser., vol. v., pp. 811-812,1897.

673 and Pirsson (L. V.). Geology of Castle Mountain raining 

district, Montana.

Review, Jour, of Geol., vol. v, pp. 210-212,1897.

674 Geology and mineral resources of the Judith Mountains of 

Montana.

U. S. Geol. Surv., 18th Ann. Kept., Pt. Ill, pp. 446-616, pis. Ixix-lxxxvi, 

figs. 32-54b,1898. ' '

Describes the physiography, geologic history, occurrence and character of the Paleozoic and Mesozoic rocks, the detailed geology, the character and occurrence of the igneous rocks, the dynamic and structural 

geology, and the mineral resources of the.region.

075 Weeks (Fred Bougliton). Bibliography and index of North 

American geology, paleontology, petrology, and mineralogy 

for 1896.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. No. 149,152 pp., 1897.

. Contains a list of titles of papers arranged alphabetically by authors' 

names and a subject index.

676 Weller (Stuart). [Heview of "Report on the Valley Regions of 

Alabama (Paleozoic strata) Part I. On the Tennessee Valley region" by Henry McCalley.]

Jour, of Geol., vol. v, pp. 307-308,1897.

677 [Review of "Final report on the geology of Minnesota, Paleontology, vol. iii, pt. ii."]

Jour, of Geol., vol. v, p. 308,1897.

678 [Review of "Bulletins of American Paleontology, vol. i."j

Jour, of Geol., vol. v, pp. 309-310,1897.

679 Correlation of the Devonian faunas in southern Illinois. 

Jour, of Geol., vol. v, pp. 625-635,1897.

Gives a list of fossils collected in Illinois on the Mississippi River, and 

discusses the relations of the Illinois, Iowa, and New York Devonian 

faunas.

(580 On the presence of problematic fossil Medusa in the Niagara 

limestone of northern Illinois.

Jour, of Geol., vol. v, pp. 744-751, fig. a, and one plate, 1897. 

Describes the general characters of the material and the characters 

of four new species.
80 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 156.

C81 Weller (Stuart). Cryptodiscus Hall.

Jour, of Geol., vol. v, pp. 803-808, pis. A. B., 1897.

Describes material from the Niagara limestone of Wisconsin, and 

discusses its correlation with Callicrinus.

082 Wells (J. Walter). The mispickel gold ores of Deloro, Ontario.

Can. Mg. Eev., vol. xvi, pp. 120-121,1897.

Describes the character of the gold ores and their geologic occurrence.

083 Wheeler (H. A.). Clay deposits.

Jour, of Geol., vol. v, pp. 398-400,1897. 

Review by H. F. Bain.

084 White (David). Age of tbe lower coals of Henry County, Missouri.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. viii, pp. 287-304, 1897. Review by A. 

H[ollick], Torrey Bot. Club., Bull., vol. xxiv, pp. 316-317,1897.

Describes the stratigraphy of the coal beds, the composition and 

distribution of the flora, and its bearing on the age of the beds. Includes a discussion of the early Carboniferous flora.

085 [Eeview of " Zur palaozoischen Flora der Arktischen zone," 

by A. G. Nathorst, Stockholm, 1894.]

Am. Nat., vol. xxxi, pp. 43-45,1897.

080 White (Theodore G.). A contribution to the petrography of the 

Boston Basin [Massachusetts].

Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Proc., vol. xxv, pp. 117-156,5 pis., 1897.

Describes the character and occurrence of the Cambrian slates, the 

petrographic characters of the granitoid, porphyritic, and felsitic 

rocks, and the occurrence of granite dikes and contact phenomena.

087 Whiteaves (J. F.). The fossils of the Galena-Trenton and Black

Eiver formations of Lake Winnipeg and its vicinity [Canada].

Canada Geol. Surv., Paleozoic Fossils, vol. iii, pt. iii, pp. 129-242, pis.

16-22, figs. 19, 1897. Review by J. M. Clarke, Am. Geol., vol. xx, pp.

187-188,1897.

Describes the characters of the fossils collected, including a number 

of new species.

088 Note on a fish tooth from the Upper Arisaig series of Nova 

Scotia. 

Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Rept. 1897/pp. 656-657,1898. 

Discusses its bearing on the age of the beds.

089 Description of a new genus and species of cystideans from 

the Trenton limestone at Ottawa [Ontario]. 

Can. Rec. Sci., vol. vii; pp. 287-292,3 tigs., 1897. 

Describes Astrocystites ottawaensis n. sp.

090 Whitfielfl (Robert P.). Note on the hypostome of Lichas (Teratapsis) grandis Hall.

Am. Mns. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. ix, pp. 45-4:6,3 figs., 1897. 

Describes the characters of the material.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY. PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1897. 81

691 Whitfield (Robert P.). .Description of new species of Silurian 

fossils from near Fort Cassin and elsewhere on Lake Ghamplain.

Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. ix, pp. 177-184, pis. iv-v, 1897.

Describes fossils from the Fort Cassin beds of Vermont.

692 Descriptions of species of Rudistai from the Cretaceous rocks 

of Jamaica, W. I., collected and presented by Mr. E. 0. 

Nicholas.

Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. ix. pp. 185-196, pis. vi-xxii, 1897 

Describes a number of new species.

693 Observations on the genus Barrettia Woodward, with descriptions of two new species.

Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. ix, pp. 233-246, pis. xxvii-xxxviii, 1897. 

Discusses the character of the genus and describes two now species.

694 Whitten (W. M.), Bailey (B. H. S.) and. On the chemical composition of some Kansas gypsum rocks.

See Bailey (E. H. S.) and Whitten (W. M.) No. 27.

695 Wieland (George R.). Eopaleozoic hot springs and the origin of 

the Pennsylvania siliceous oolite.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. iv, pp. 262-264, fig. 1,1897. 

Discusses the origin of certain material.

696 Williams (E. H., jr.). Greenland glaciers.

Science, new ser., vol. v, p. 448, 1897.

Compares certain features of glaciation in Greenland and Pennsylvania..

697 Williams (Henry S.). On the southern Devonian formations.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. iii, pp. 393-403, with map, 1897. Review 

by E. W. C[laypole], Am. Geol., vol. xx, pp. 133-134,1897.

Describes the characteristics of the Devonian strata and discusses 

the author's hypothesis to explain the differences in the Devonian 

stratigraphy of eastern United States.

698 [Review of "An introduction to geology," by W. B. Scott.]

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. iii, pp. 422-423,1897; Science, new ser., 

vol. v, pp. 659-660, 1897.

699 Willis (Bailey). Some coal fields of Puget Sound [Washington].

U. S. Geol. Surv., 18th Ann. Rept., Pt. Ill, pp. 399-436, pis. lii-lxviii, 

figs. 26-31,1898:

Describes the physiography, stratigraphic succession, and structure 

of the region. Discusses the age of the beds and gives an account of 

the occurrence of coal.

700 Glaciation in the Puget Sound region [Washington].

Am. Geol.,vol. xix, pp. 144-145,1897; Abstract, Science, new ser., vol.v, 

pp. 238-239,1897.

Gives brief notes on the glacial phenomena of the region. 

Bull. 156 6
82 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 156.

701 Willis (Bailey). [Review of "Elementary geology," by Ealpli 8. 

Tarr.]

Science, new ser., vol. vi, pp. 599-600,1897.

702 Drift phenomena of Puget Sound and their interpretation.

Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Rept. 1897, p. 653 (f p.), 1898.

703 Williston (S. W.). The Kansas Mobrara Cretaceous.

Kan. Uuiv. Geol. Surv., vol. ii, pp. 237-246, pi. xxxv, 1897. 

Describes the general lithologic and fannal characters of the formation. .

704 The Pleistocene of Kansas.

Kan. Univ. Geol. Surv., vol. ii, pp. 299-308, figs. 12-13,1897.

Gives notes on tlie occurrence of vertebrates in the Pleistocene of 

Kansas, and discusses evidences as to the age of the Equus beds and 

the occurrence of the Goodnight and Blanco beds.

705 Restoration of Oruithostoina (Pteranodon). 

Kail. Univ. Quart.,.vol. vi, pp. 35-51, pi. ii, 1897.

Gives the author's classification and describes the characters of 

Ornithostoma.

706 Notice of some vertebrate remains from the Kansas Permian.

Kan. Univ. Quart., vol. vi, pp. 53-56, figs. 1-4,1897. 

Describes fragments of Cricotus.

707 A new plesiosaur from the Kansas Oomauche Cretaceous.

Kan. Univ. Quart., vol. vi, p. 579,1897. 

Describes Plesiosaurus gouldii, n. sp.

708 Brachysaurus, a new genus of Mosasaurs.

Kan. Univ. Quart., vol. vi, pp. 95-99, pi. viii, 1897.

Describes the characters of a new genus from the Cretaceous of South 

Dakota.

709 On the extremities of Tylosaurus.

Kan. Univ. Quart., vol. vi, pp. 99-102, pis. ix-xii, fig. 1,1897.

710 Eestoration of Kansas Mosasaurs.

Kan. Univ. Quart., vol. vi, pp. 107-110, pi. xiii, 1897; Sci. Am. Suppl., 

vol. xliv, p. 18162,3 figs., 1897. 

Describes restorations of Clidastes, Platecarpus, and Tylosaurns.

711 Eange and distribution of the Mosasaurs, with remarks on 

synonymy.

Kan. Univ. Quart., vol. vi, pp. 177-185, pi. xx, 1897. 

Describes the geologic and geographic distribution of mosasaurs and 

discusses their synonymy.

712 A new labyrithodont from the Kansas Carboniferous.

Kan. Univ. Quart., vol. vi, pp. 209-210, pi. xxi, 1897. 

Describes a tooth of particular interest, as it is from a lower horizon 

than hitherto recorded and the only one yet found in America.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1897. 83

713 Williston (S. W.). Vertebrates from the Kansas Permian.

Science, new ser., vol. v, p. 395 (i p.), 1897.

Notes on discovery of vertebrate remains from near the base of the 

Permian.

714 [Eeview of "The University Geological Survey of Kansas, 

Vol. II," by Erasmus Haworth and assistants.]

Jour, of Geol., vol. v, pp. 400-401, 1897.

71."; Winchell (Alexander N.). The age of the Great Lakes of North 

America.

Am. Geol., vol. xix, pp. 336-339, 1897.

Gives a partial bibliography of the subject, with brief notes on the 

contents of each paper.

716 The Koochiching granite.

Am. Geol., vol. xx; pp. 293-299, figs. 1-3, 1897. 

Describes the megascopic and microscopic and chemical characters of 

the granite.

717 Winchell (Horace V.). The gold fields of the Kainy Eiver district [Ontario].

Eng. and Mg. Jour.; vol. Ixiv, pp. 485-486, with geological map, 1897. 

Describes the geologic features and occurrence of the ore veins.

718 Winchell (N. H.). [Eeview of "The ancient volcanic rocks of 

South Mountain, Pennsylvania," by Florence Bascorn.] .

Am. Geol., vol. xix, pp. 139-140,1897.

719 [Keview of "Elementary Geology," by Ealph S. Tarr.]

Am. Geol., vol. xix, pp. 277-278,1897.

720 [Eeview of " Glaciers of North America," by I. C. Eussell.]

Am. Geol., vol. xix, p. 278 (ip.), 1897.

721 Some new features in the geology of northeastern Minnesota.

Am. Geol., vol. xx, pp. 41-51,1897.

Describes recent observations on the transition from crystallineschists 

to the Laurentian, the relations of the Stuutz conglomerate, and the 

nature and position of the coarse conglomerate in Puckwunge valley.

722 [Eeview of " Papers and notes on the genesis and matrix of 

the diamond," by H. 0. Lewis.] 

Am. Geol., vol. xx, pp. 57-59,1897.

723 Light in the East.

Am. Geol., vol. xx, Editorial comment, pp. 128-129,1897. 

Discusses use of the term Tac/ouic.

724: [Eeview of "The Newark system, Eeport of progress," by 

H. J3. Kiinimell.l

Am. Geol., vol. xx, pp. 134-1H5,1897.
84 , BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N, A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 156.

725 Winchell (N. H.). [Eeview of "Twenty-First Annual Eeport of 

- the Department of Geology and Natural Resources, Indiana."]

Am. Geol., vol. xx, pp. 135-136 (i p.), 1897.

720 [Review of development and mode of growth of Diplograptus McCoy, ;? by E. Kuedemann.] 

Am. Geol., vol. xx, p. 136 (£ p.), 1897.

727 - The Fisher meteorite, chemical and mineral composition. 

Am. Geol., vol. xx, pp. 316-317,1897. 

Describes its microscopic characters.

728 The Taconic according to Eenevier.

Am. Geol., vol. xx, Editorial Comment, pp. 405-407,1897. 

Discusses the Taconic question.

729 Minnesota quartzite.

Stone, vol. xiv, pp. 122-125,1897.

Extracted from Minnesota Geological and Natural History Survey.

730 and Ulrich (E. O.). The Lower Silurian deposits of the 

Upper Mississippi: A correlation of the strata with those in 

the Cincinnati, Tennessee, New York, and Canadian Provinces, and the stratigraphic and geographic distribution of 

the fossils.

Minn. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Snrv., Paleontology, vol. iii, pt. ii, pp'. 

Ixxxiii-cxxix, 1897.

Discusses the evidence for the correlation of the various subdivisions 

of the Lower Silurian group in the areas named. Gives a list of fossils 

from different horizons in the several areas.

731 Winslow (Arthur). [Eeview of geology and mining industry of 

the Cripple Creek district, Colorado, by Whitman Cross and 

E. A. F. Peurose, jr.]

Jour, of Geol., vol. v, pp. 197-203,1897.

732 Wolff (J. E.). Eeport on Archean geology [New Jersey]. 

N. J. Geol. Snrv., Kept. 1896, pp. 91-94, pi. ix, 1897. 

Describes occurrence of ebeolite-syenite.

733 and Brooks (Alfred Hulse). The age of the Franklin White 

limestone of Sussex County, New Jersey.

U. S. Geol. Surv., 18th Ann. Kept., pp. 431-457, pi. Ixxxiii, fig. 77-81, 

1898; Abstract, Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. viii, p. 397,1897.

Gives a review of previous literature, a description of the lithologic 

character and structure of the formation, and a summary and conclusions.

734 "Woodman (J. Edmund). [Eeview of "The elevated reefs of 

Florida," by Alexander Agassiz. With notes on the geology 

of southern Florida, by Leon S. Griswold.] 

Jour, of Geol., vol. v, pp. 312-313,1897.

735 Woodward (A. Smith). Edward Drinker Cope.

Nat. Science, vol. x, pp. 377-381, pi. iv, 1897. 

Gives a sketch of the life of Professor Cope.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1?97. 85

730 Woodworth (Jay Backus). Unconformities of Marthas Vineyard 

aiid of Block Island.

Geol. Soc. Ain.,-Bnll. ; vol. viii, pp. 197-212, pi. 16,1897. 

Describes the character and occurrence of the Tertiary strata ami 

the unconformities of these islands.

737 Charles Thomas Jackson.

Am. Geol., vol. xx, pp. 69-110, pi. iv, 1897.

Gives an account of the life and work of Jackson and a list of his 

published papers.

738 [Review of "A treatise on rocks, rock weathering, and soils," 

by George P. Merrill.]

Science, new ser., vol. v, pp. 995-997, 1897.

739 Woolman (Lewis). Artesian and other bored wells, and also dug 

wells, in southern New Jersey.

N. J. Geol. Surv., Kept. 1896, pp. 97-180,1897.

Gives well records of the strata penetrated, from various parts of 

the region.

740 Bored wells, mostly in northern New Jersey. 

N. J. Geol. Surv., Kept. 1896, pp. 181-200, 1897. 

Presents reports on well records of the region.

741 Stratigraphy of the Fish House black clay and associated 

gravels. Fossil horse, Uuionidte, and plant remains.

N. J. Geol. Snrv., Kept. 1896, pp. 201-254, pis. x-xviii, 1897. 

Reviews the fossil and stratigraphic evidences as to the age of the 

bed. Includes records of well borings.

742 Wortman (J. L.). The Ganodonta and their relationship to the 

Edentates.

Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. ix, pp. 59-110, 36 figs., 1897. 

Discusses the relationships of the two groups.
ADDENDA TO BIBLIOGEAPHY FOE 1896.

The papers in the foregoing bibliography which have the following 

numbers were printed in 1896, or bear that date:

21 175 193 380 .442 445

468 564 671

86
CLASSIFIED KEY TO THE INDEX.

Alabama..................................................................... 93

Alaska...................................................................... 93

Archean and Algonkiau ....^................................................ 93

Canada................................................................. 93

Appalachian region ..................................................... 93

Lake Superior region.................................................... 93

Rocky Mountain region ................................................. 93

Arizona..................................................................... 93

Arkansas.................................................................... 93

Baffinland .................................................................. 93

Bermuda Islands............................................................ 94

Bibliography ................................................................ 94

Biography.................................................................. 94

California ................................................................... 91

Cambrian................................................................... 95

Canada................................................................. 95

Appalachian region .................................. ................... 95

Lake Superior region.................................................... 95

South Dakota........................................................... 95

Rocky Mountain region ......................... 1...........t............ 95

Canada..................................................................... 95

General................................................................. 95

British Columbia.................. ................................ ...... 95

New Brunswick.......................................................... 95

Newfoundland.......................................................... 95

Nova Scotia............................................................. 95

Ontario................................................................. 95

Quebec ................................................................. 95

Carboniferous (including Permian).......................................... 96

Classification........................................................... 96

Correlation.......................................... ................... 96

New England........................................................... 96

Appalachian region ...................................................... 96

Mississippi Valley....................................................... 96

Rocky Mountain region ................................................. 96

Texas .................................................................. 96

Pacific Coast region............................................. ........ 96

Mexico ................................................................. 96

Chemical analyses .......................................................... 96

Classification............................................................... 98

Colorado ................................................................... 98

Connecticut ........................ v ....................................... -98

Correlation.'..........................:..................................... 98

87
88 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BOLL. 156.

Pago.

Cretaceous.................................................................. 98

General............ .............'... ..................................... 98

Nomenclature........................................................... 99

Atlantic Coast region .............................................. ..... 99

Appalachian region ................ ..................................... 99

Mississippi Valley ...............'............,.......................... 99

Southwestern region .................................................... 99

Great Plains region .................... ................................ 99

Rocky Mountain region ....... .......................................... 99

Pacific Coast region.................'.................................... 99

Mexico ................................................................. 99

Delaware .............. ..^. ................................................. 99

Devonian................................................................... 99

Appalachian region ............................. . t. ..................... 99

Mississippi Valley ...................................................... 99

Arkansas ............................................................... 99

Rocky Mountain region................................................. 99

Dynamical geology.......................................................... 99

Economic geology........................................................... 100

General................................................................. 100

Alabama................................................................ 100

Alaska .................................................................^ 100

Arizona. .................................................................. 100

Arkansas ............................................................... 100

California ............................................................... 100

Canada................................................................. 100

Colorado................................................................ 101

Georgia................................................................. 101

Idaho..... .............................................................. 101

Indiana. ................................................................ 101

Iowa .....'............................................................... 101

Kansas ................................................................. 101

Kentucky............... ................................................ 101

Maryland............................................................... 101

Massachusetts .......................................................... 101

Mexico.................................................................. 101

Michigan .. ;............................................................ 101

Missouri................................................................ 101

Montana................................................................ 101

Nevada................................................................. 101

New Jersey .......................:....-................................. 101

New Mexico............................................................. 101

New York...................................'..............:.............' 101

Nicaragua .............................................................. 101

North Carolina.... ...................................................... 101

Ohio.................................................................... 102

Pennsylvania........................................................... 102

South Carolina.......... ...... .......................................... 102

South Dakota........................................................... 102

Tennessee ................................................................ 102

Texas ................................................................... 102

Vermont................................................................ 102

Virginia ..............'................................................... 102

Washington ............................................................ 102

Wyoming............................:;................................. 102

Products described...................................................... 102
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1897. 89

 Page.

Geological maps ......................................................... *.. 103

Georgia........................... ......... ................................. 104

Glacial geology.......'.................................................'...-... 104

General.... ..........................;.................................. 104

New England ........................................................... 104

Greenland .............................................................. 104

Lake Superior region ................................................... 104

Mississippi Valley....................................................... 104

Pacific Coast region..................................................... 104

Mexico ................................................................. 105

Greenland .................................................................. 105

Idaho....................................................................... 105

Illinois ..................................................................... 105

Indiana..................................................................... 105

Iowa ....................................................................... 105

Jamaica .................................................................... 106

Juratrias ................................................................... 106

Alaska ................................................................. 106

Atlantic Coast region ..............................'..................... 106

Southwestern region.................................................... 106

Great Plains ............................................................ 106

Rocky Mountain region................................................. 106

Pacific Coast region..................................................... 106

Mexico.................................................................. 106

Kansas....... .............................................................. 106

Kentucky.................................................................... 106

Labrador................................................................... 106

Louisiana .................................................................. 107

Maine ...................................................................... 107

Maryland.........................................................'.......... 107

Massachusetts .............................................................. 107

Mexico ..................................................................... 107

Michigan................................................................... 107

Mineralogy................................................................. 107

General................................................................. 107

Minerals described...................................................... 108

 Minnesota .................................................................. 108

 Mississippi .*................................................................. 108

Missouri.................................................................... 108

Montana.............................................................. i...... 108

Nebraska................................................................... 108

Nevada..................................................................... 108

New Hampshire- ............................................................ 108

New Jersey................................................................. 109

New Mexico ................................................................. 109

New York ...................................................... .'..i........ 109

Nicaragua ................................ I.................................. 109

Nomenclature .............................................................. 109

North Carolina ............................................................. 109

Ohio........................................................................ 109

Oklahoma .................................................................. 109

Oregon ..................................................................... 109

Paleontology ................................................................. 109

General................................................................. 109

Cambrian.............................. J................................ 110
90 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BDLL. 158.

Paleontology Continued. Page.

Silurian ................................................................ 110

Devonian............................................................... 110

Carboniferous (including Permian)...................................... 110

Juratrias ............................................................... 110

Cretaceous.............................................................. Ill

Tertiary................................................................ Ill

Pleistocene ............................................................. Ill

Species described ....................................................... Ill

Pennsylvania............................................................... 124

Petrology.........................................1......................... 125

General................................................................. 125

Alaska.................................................................. 125

California .............................................................. 125

Canada.................................................................. 125

Colorada................................................................. 125

Connecticut ............................................................. 125

Kansas ................................................................. 125

Iowa ................................................................... 125

Maryland ...............................\............................... 125

Massachusetts .......................................................... 125

Mexico ......................... v ......----...--....:..--...-.......'.-.. 125

Michigan................................................................ 125

Minnesota .............................................................. 125

Montana................................................................ 125

New Hampshire......................................................... 125

New Jersey............................................................. 125

New York ............................................................... 125

North Carolina......................................... ^................ 125

Pennsylvania........................................................... 125

South Dakota........................................................... 125

Virginia................................................................ 125

Washington ............................................................ 125

Wisconsin .............................................................. 125

Wyoming............................................................... 125

Books described......................................................... 125

Physiographic geology...................................................... 127

Pleistocene................................................................. 127

General.........................................................:....-.. 127

Atlantic Coast region ................................................... 127

Mississippi Valley.............. ............I............................ 127

Great Lakes region..................................................... 127

Great Plains............................................................ 127

Rocky Mountain region.................'................................ 127

Pacific Coast region..................................................... 127

Mexico................................................................... 127

Rhode Island................................................................ 127

Silurian............................ ........................................ 128

Classification............................................................ 128

Correlation............................................................. 128

Nomenclature............................................................ 128

Canada.........................................---..-.....-.-..--...... 128

Appalachian region..................................................... 128

Mississippi Valley....................................................... 128

Rocky Mountain region............. ..................................... 128

South Carolina............................................................. 128
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1897. 91

South Dakota............. ...... ............................................ 128

Tennessee .................................................................. 128

Tertiary .................................................................... 128

General ................. :................................................ 128

Correlation .............................................................. 128

Alaska ..................... ........................................... 128

Atlantic Coast region ................................................... 129

Appalachian region ..................................................... 129

Rocky Mountain region ................................................. 129

Great Plains............ ................................................ 129

Southwestern region .................................................... 129

Pacific Coast region ..................................................... 129

Mexico .................................................................. 129

Texas ................................. .v.. .................................. 129

Utah.................... ................................................... 129

Vermont .............................'....................................... 129

Virginia.............................-........--.-...-----....-.-...-- ..... 129

Washington ................................................................ 129

West Virgiui a .............................................................. 129

Wisconsin ............'........................-.--.......................... 130

Wyoming .................................................................. 130

INDEX.

[The numbers refer to the entries in the Bibliography.]

Admiralty group, Adams, No. 2.

Aftonian, Calvin, No. 104.

Aftonian stage, Beyer, No. 66.

A.jibik quartzite, Smyth, No. 572.

Ajibik quartzite, Van Hise and Bayley, .No. 648.

Alabama.

Alabama and Georgia gold fields, Brewer,

No. 87.

Apalachiuu gold fields, Phillips, No. 477. 

Auriferous quartz bodies in Alabama, Brewer,

No. 91. 

Cancellaria from Alabama Eocene, Aldrich,

No. 19.

Clay-working industry, Hies, No. 501. 

Coal industry of Southeastern States, Head,

No. 272.

Coosa Valley region, McCalley, No. 393. 

Copper mining in Alabama, Brewer, No. 92. 

Fluxing rocks of Alabama, McCalley, Ko. 395. 

Gold fields of the South, Brewer, No. 93. 

Gold ores in Alabama, Phillips, No. 476. 

Gold regions of Alabama, Phillips, No. 478. 

Hematites of Alabama, McCalley, No. 394. 

Metal mining in Alabama, Brewer, No. 88. 

Alaska.

Fossil plants from Yukon River, Knowlton,

No. 344. 

Geology of Yukon gold district, Spurr, No.

575.

Gold fields of southern Alaska, Becker, No. 51. 

Gold in granite and plutonic rocks, Blake,

Xo. 68. 

Notes on hypersthene-andeaite, Gushing, No.

161.

Recent warpings, Goodrich, No. 235. 

Albertan, Calvin, No. 104. 

A Idrich limestone, McCalley, No. 393. 

Anacacho formation, Hill and Vaughan, No. 287. 

Andcrsoii sandstone, Keith, No. 318. 

Aiitietam formation, Clark, No. 129. 

Archean and Algonkian. 

Canada. 

Greuvillo and Hastings series, Adams and

Barlow, Nos.5,6.

Grenville and Hastings series, Adams, Barlow, and Ells, No. 7. 

Notes on Grenville-Hastings series, Ells, No.

195.

Opening address, Dawson, No. 172. 

Bocks of the Laurentian, Adams, No. 1.

Archean and Algonkian ContiDued. 

Appalachian region. 

Coosa Valley region, McCalley, No. 393. 

Franklin white limestone, Wolff and BrooTtH,

Ko.7;i3.

Gold fields of the South, Brewer, No. 93. 

Outline of Physical features of Maryland,

Clark, No. 129.

Taconic and Huronian rocks, Nitze, No. 442. 

Lake Superior region. 

Geology of northeastern Minnesota, "Winchell,

No. 721.

Geology of the Nipissing-Algoma line, Burwash, No. 101. 

Lake Superior copper deposits, Wadsworth,

No. 654.

Magnetic observations, Sruyth, No. 573. 

Marquette district, Van Hise and Bayley, No.

648.

.Republic trough, Smyth, No. 572. 

Sioux quartzite, Beyer, No. 65. 

Rocky Mountain region.

Potsdam gold ores, Smith, No. 562. 

Pueblo folio, Gilbert, No. 230. 

Geology of Mexico, Bain, No. 31. 

Arizona.

Arizona copper deposit, Blake, No. 70.

Fortuna gold mine, Blake, No. 69.

Gold in granite and plutonic rocks, Blake,

No. 68.

1'ea.rce mining district, Endlich, No. 203. 

Arkansas.

Bauxite deposits of Arkansas, Branner, No.

78. 

Cement materials of Arkansas, Brauncr, No.

81.

Jura and Neocomian, Marcou, No. 403. 

Paleozoic area of Arkansas, Ashley, No. 24. 

Phosphate deposits of Arkansas, Branner,

No. 80. 

Red River and Clinton monoclines, Newsom

and Branner, No. 439.

Review of marine fossils from Coal Measures, Simonds, No. 554. 

Arundel formation, Clark. No. 129. 

Arundel, Clark and Bibbinn, No. 130. 

Austin chalk, Hill and Vaughan, No. 287. < 

Baffinland.

Evidence of glaciation, Tarr. No. 590. 

Lakes with more than one outlet, "Watson, 

No. 068.

93
94 ' BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 156.

Baffinland Continued.

Pleistocene fossils from Bafflnland, Kindle,

No. 336.

Kecent elevation, Watson, No. 666. 

Baugor limestone, McCalley, No. 393. 

Barnstablo series, Shaler, No. 547. 

Barton Creek, Cragin, No. 153. 

Basal sandstone, Berkey, No. 64. 

Basal sandstone, Norton, No. 446. 

Basement complex, Van Hise andBayley, No. 648. 

Basement series, Smith, No. 568. 

Bayard formation, Clark, No. 129. 

Beacon Hill formation, Salisbury and Knapp, No.

522. 

Bedford limestone, Hopkins and Siebentlial, No.

308.

Bed Rock series, Lindgren, No. 383. 

Bed Eock series, Turner, No. 618. 

Bed Eock series, Turner and Eansoine, No. 621. 

Bellerophou bed, Sardeson, No. 524. 

Bellowspipe limestone, Hobbs, No. 297. 

Beloit formation, Sardeson, No. 524. 

Beuton, Hawortb, No. 263. 

Benton, Logan, No. 388.

Beuton formation, "Weed and Pirssou, No. 674. I 

Berkshire schist, Hobbs, No. 297. 

Bermuda Islands.

Changes of level, Tarr, No. 592. 

Bibliography.

A. del Castillo, Aguilera, No. 11.

Age of Great Lakes, Wiuchell, No. 715.

American fossil Brachiopoda, Schuchert, No.

539.

Artesian waters of Iowa, Norton, No. 4-46. 

Bauxite deposits of Arkansas, Branner, No.

78. 

Beford limestone, Hopkins and Siebenthal,

No. 308. 

Bibliography and cartography of Maryland,

Mathews, No. 412a.

Bibliography and index of North American 

geology, paleontology, petrology, and mineralogy for 1896, "Weeks, No. 675. 

Bibliography of geological, nrineralogical, and 

paleontological literature of Virginia, Watson, No. 669.

Ch. Fred Hartt, Simonds, No. 553. 

Charles Thomas Jackson, Wood worth, No. 737. 

Corundum and basic magnesian rocks, Lewis,

No. 380. 

Geology of Government explorations, Emmous, No. 201. 

Indiana caves and their fauna, Blatcbley, No.

72.

Life of Michael Tuomey, Smith, No. 560. 

Lower Cretaceous formations, Stantou, No.

578. 

Magnetites near Port Henry, N. T., Kemp,

No. 321.

Memoir of Eobert Hay, Hill, No. 283. 

Northern Black Hills, Frazer, No. 226. 

Eecent elevation of Baftinland, Watson, No.

666. 

Santa Monica diatomaceous deposit, Schultze

and Kain, No. 541.

Sketch of W. W. Mather, Hitchcock, No. 293. 

Systematic position of trilobites, Kingsley, 

No. 337.

Bibliography Continued.

Wachsmuth, Charles, Calvin, No. 102. 

Bijiki schist, Van Hise and Bayley, No. 648. 

Biography.

A. del Castillo, Aguilera, No. 11.

Abraham Gesner, Matthew, No. 415.

Ch. Fred Hartt, Simonds, No. 553,

Charles Thomas Jackson, Woodworth, No.737.

Charles Wachsmuth, Calvin, No. 102.

Edward Drinker Cope, Gill, No. 232.

Edward Drinker Cope, Kingsley, No. 338.

Edward D. Cope, Osborn, No. 463.

Edward Drinker Cope, Woodward, No. 735.

Eminent living geologists, Dr. G. M. Dawson, 

Hinde, No. 290.

Life of Michael Tuomey, Smith, No. 560.

Memoir of N. J. Giroux, Ells, No. 194.

Memoir of Eobert Hay, Hill, No. 283. 

 Memorial of Charles Wachsmuth, Keyes, No. 

324.

Eichard Owen, Jordan, No. 317.

Sketch of W. W. Mather, Hitchcock, No. 293.

William Barton Eogers, Mendenhall, No. 422. 

Birch Creek series, Spurr, No. 575. 

Birdseye, Marcou, No. 404. 

Birdseye, Winchell and Ulrich, No. 730. 

Black Eiver, Marcou, No. 404. 

Black Eiver, Winchell and Ulrich, No. 730. 

Black shale, McCalley, No. 393. 

Bowlder clay, Dawson, No. 170. 

Briceville shale, Keith, No. 318. 

Brunswick series, Kiimmel, Nos. 349, 350. 

Bryu Mawr gravel, Bascom, No. 44. 

Buchanau, Calvin, No. 104. 

Buff limestone, Sardeson, No. 524. 

Buff limestone, Winchell and Dlrich, No. 730. 

Burlington limestone, Keyes and Eowley, No. 331. 

Calaveras formation, Lindgren, No. 383. 

Calaveras formation, Turner, No. 6] 8. 

Calaveras formation, Turner and Eansome, No.

621. 

Calciferous, Marcou, No. 404.

California.

A new arnphibole-pyroxene rock, Turner, No.

620. 

Age of California Coast ranges, Eansome, No.

493.

Clay-working industry, Eies, No. 501. 

Contact metamorphism, Fairbanks, No. 206. 

Cretaceous Mollusca, Cooper, No. 148. 

Downieville folio, Turner, No. 618. 

Geologic relations of Martinez group, Merriam, No. 424.

Geology of San Francisco peninsula, Fairbanks, No. 205. 

Gold in granite and plutonic rocks, Blake,

No. 68. 

Granitic rocks of Pyramid Peak district,

Lindgren, No. 384. 

Granitic rocks of Sierra Nevada, Lindgren,

No. 386.

Hornblende-basalt, Diller, No. 179. 

Migration of divides, Smith, No. 570. 

Mines of the gold belt, Storms, No. 584: 

New species of Actfeon, Stearns, No. 581. 

Oil and gas yielding formation, Watts, No. 670.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1897. 95

California Continued.

Oscillations of coast of California, .Fairbanks,

No. 208. 

Outlines of geology of California, Fairbanks,

No. 209. 

Post-Pliocene elevation of Inyo range, Walcott, No. 655. 

Review of geology of Santa Catalina Island,

Ransome, No. 4 34. 

San Clcmente Island, Smith, 567. 

Santa Catalina Island, Smith, No. 568. 

Santa Monica diatomaceous deposit, Schultze

and Kain, No. 541.

Sonora folio, Turner and Ransome, No. 621. 

Submerged valleys of California, Davidson,

No. 167.

Tin deposits at Temescal, Fairbanks, No. 207. 

Topography of California, Drake, No. 182. 

Truckee folio, Lindgren, No. 383. 

Cambrian. 

Canada. 

Geology of southwestern New England,

Hobbs, No. 297. 

Labrador area,.,.Low, No. 390. 

Petrography of Boston basin, White, No. 686. 

Stratigraphic classification, Marcou, No. 404. 

Appalachian region. 

Coosa Valley region, McCalley, No. 393. 

Fluxing rocks of Alabama, McCalley, No. 395. 

Gold fields of the South, Brewer, No. 93. 

Outline of physical features of Maryland,

Clark, No. 129.

Physiography of Adirondacks, Kemp, No. 320. 

Stratigraphic classification, Marcou, No. 404. 

Lake Superior region.

Geology of St. Croix Dalles, Berkey, No. 64. 

Lake Superior copper deposits, Wadswortb,

No. 654. 

South Dakota.

Potsdam gold ores, Smith, No. 562. 

Rocky Mountain region. 

Geology of Judith Mountains, "Weed and

Pirsbon, No. 674.

Camerella bed, Sardesou, No. 524. 

Canada. 

General. 

Die geologische Landesanfuchme der Canada,

Klittke, No. 339. 

Fossils of Galena-Trenton and Black River,

Whiteavo-s, No. 687. 

Glaciation of Canada, Tyrrell, No. 622. 

Grenville and Hastings series, Adams and

Barlow, Nos. 5, 6.

Grenvillo aud Hastings series, Adams, Barlow, and Ells, No. 7. 

Lower Silurian deposits, "Winchell and Ulrich,

No. 730. 

Notes on Grenville-Hastings series, Ells, No.

195.

Opening address, Dawwon, No. 172. 

Paleoutology of post-Pliocene deposits, Ami,

No. 22. 

Physical geography and geology of Canada,

Daw son, No. 173. 

Pleistocene flora of Canada, Penhallow, No.

471. '

Canada Continued. 

General Continued.

Pre-Glacial decay of rocks, Chalmers, No. 112. 

Hocks of the Laurentian, Adams. No. 1. 

Stratigraphic classification, Marcou, No. 404. 

British Columbia. 

Big Bend district, Nason, No. 436. 

Bowlder clays of the Great Plains, Dawsou,

No. 170. 

Gold mining in Yukon district, Ogilvie, No.

449.

Klondike gold fields, Bratnober, No. 86. 

Mining districts in British Columbia, Cardman, No. 261. 

Mining fields of British Columbia, Lakes. No.

362. 

New species of Tertiary Mollusca, Merriain,

No. 425. 

Ores of Slocan division, Gwillim and Johnson,

No. 257. 

Secondary occurrences of magnetite, Kimball,N0.333. 

New Brunswick.

Abraham Gesner, Matthew, No. 415. 

An extinct Paleozoic insect, Matthew, No. 416. 

Notes ori intrusive rocks, Matthew, No. 420. 

Newfoundland.

Chroinite deposits, Maynard, No. 421. 

Nova Scotia.

Analyses of Nova Scotia coals, Gilpin, No. 234. 

Carboniferous Entomostraca, Dawson.No. 174. 

Fish tooth from Arisaig series, Whiteaves,

No. 688.

Typical sections in Nova Scotia, Bailey, No. 28. 

Ontario. 

Abandoned beaches of Lake Superior, Taylor,

No. 605.

Anthraxolite, Coleuian, No. 145. 

Bowlders of Mattawa valley, Taylor, No. 602. 

Chemical composition of authraxolite, Ellis,

No. 193. 

Fossils of the Ottawa Paleozoic basin, Ami,

No. 21. '

Geology of Admiralty group, Adams, No. 2. 

Geology of the Nipissing-Algoma line, Burwash, No. 101.

Glacial deposits at Toronto, Coleman, No. 143. 

Gold fields of Rainy River district, Wincholl,

No. 717.

Gold ores of Deloro, Wells, No. 682. 

Granites and associated arkoses, Barlow and

Ferrier, No. 40. 

Lake of the Woods gold field, Rickard, No.

500.

New genus of cystideans, Whiteaves, No. 689. 

Nickeliferous magnetites, Miller, No. 432. 

Nipisaing-Mattawa outlet, Taylor, No. 604. 

Paleozoic outliers in Ottawa basiu, Ells, No.

193.

Report of Bureau of Mines, Blue, No. 73. 

Sudbury nickel district, Walker, No. 659. 

West Ontario gold fields, Coleman, Nos. 144,

146.

Western Ontario gold fields, Hille, No. 288. 

Quebec. 

Diflerential rising along Bell River, Bell,

No. 62.
96 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 156.

Canada Continued. 

Quebec Continued. 

Fossils of the Ottawa Paleozoic basin, Ami,

No. 21. 

Fossil sponges from Quebec group, Dawson,

No. 175.

Geology about Montreal, Dresser, No. 184. 

Gold bearing deposits of Quebec, Chalmers,

No. 113. 

Granites and associated arkoses, Barlow and

Ferrier, No. 40.

Occurrence of caucrinite, Barlow, No. 30. 

Paleozoic outliers in Ottawa basin, Ells, No.

193.

Problems in Quebec geology, Ells, No. 192. 

Cape Cod series, Shaler, No. 547. 

Caprina limestone, Cragin, No. 153. 

Caprotina limestone, Cragin, No. 153. 

Carboniferous (including Permian). 

Classification. 

Des Moines coal-bearing series, Keyes, No.

325.

Correlation. \ 

Carboniferous and Permian formations, Prosser, No. 486.

Paleozoic area of Arkansas, Asbley, No. 24. 

Upper Permian and Lower Cretaceous, Pros- ; 

ser,No.487. ; New England. \ 

Geology of Newport Neck and Conanicut,

Crosby, No. 154. 

Appalachian region. 

Coosa Valley region, McCalley, No. 393. 

Fluxing rocks of Alabama, McCalley, No. 394. 

Outline of physical features of Maryland, . Clark, No. 128«. 

Mississippi Valley. 

Age of lower coals of Missouri, White, No.

684. 

Bedford limestone, Hopkins and Siebenthal,

No. 308.

Carboniferous and Permian formations, Pros- .

ser, No. 486. . j

Des Moines coal-bearing series, Keyes, No. j

325. . ' !

Fossils at Louisiana, Keyes and Eowley, No. '

331. 

Geological work in Madison County, Iowa,

Tilton, No. 610.

Kinderhook fauna. Keyes, No. 323. 

Origin of conglomerates, Hopkins, No. 305. ; Paleozoic area of Arkansas, Asbley, No. 24. 

Permian and Upper Carboniferous, Prosser. I 

No. 488. | 

Eolation of Devonian and Carboniferous, ' Keyes, No. 326.

Upper Permian and Lower Cretaceous, Prosser, No. 487.

Rocky Mountain region.

Geology of Judith Mountains, "Weed and 

Pirsson, No. 674.

Pueblo foho, Gilbert, No. 230. 

Texas.

Copper ores in the Permian, Schmitz, No. 537. 

Pacific Coast region.'

Downieville folio, Turner, No. 618.

Carboniferous (including Permian) Continued. 

Pacific Goast region Continued. 

Granitic rocks of Pyramid Peak district,

Lindgren, No. 384. 

Mexico.

Geology of Mexico, Bain, No. 31. 

Carlisle shake, Gilbert, No. 230. 

Carters Creek, Winchell and Ulrich, No. 730. 

Castillo (Antonio del), Aguilera, No. 11. 

Cave Creek formation, Cragin, No. 151. 

Ceratops beds, Stanton and Knowlton, No. 580. 

Chazy, Marcou, No. 404. 

Chazy, AVinchell and Ulrich, No. 730. 

Chemical analyses.

Absarokite, Clarke and Hillebrand, No. 132. 

Actinolite-magnetite-schist, Clarke and Hillebrand, No. 132.

Araphibolite, Clarke and Hillebrand, No. 132. 

Analcite, Clarke and. Hillebrand, No. 132. 

Analcite-basalt, Cross, No. 159. 

Andesite, Becker, No. 51. 

Andesito, Clarke and Hillebrand, No. 132. 

Andesite. Smith, Nos. 567,568. 

Anortbite, Pratt, No. 484. ° 

Anthophyllite, Pratt, No. 484. 

Anthraxolite, Ellis, No. 191. 

Aplite, Clarke and Hillebrand, No. 132. 

Aporhyolite, Clarke and Hillebrand, No. 132. 

Artesian water, Norton, No. 446. 

Asphalt, Vaughan, No. 650. 

Augite-andesite, Clarke and Hillebrand, No.

132. 

Augite-vogesile, Clarke and Hillebraud, No.

132.

Banakite, Clarke and Hillebrand, No. 132. 

Basalt, Becker, No. 51. 

Bauxite, Branner, No. 78. 

Biotite-diorite, Clarke and Hillebrand, No. 132. 

Biotite-granite, Clarke and Hillebrand, No.

132. 

Biotite-granite, Van Hise and Bay ley, No. 048. 

Bixbyite, Penfield and Foote, No. 469. 

Boltonite, Clarke and Hillebrand, No. 132. 

Broilzite, Clarke and Hillebrand, No. 132. 

Brownstones, Hopkins, No. 307. 

Camptouite, Clarke and Hillebrand, No. 132. 

Caucrinite, Clarke and Hillebrand, No. 132. 

Chabazite, Pratt, No. 484. 

Chalk, Branner, No. 81. 

Chert, Clarke and Hillebrand, No. 132. 

Chromite ore. Maynard, No. 421. 

Clay, Clarke and Hillebrand, No. 132. 

Clay, Keyes, No. 328. 

Clay, Eies, Nos. 501, 503. 

Clays, Branner, No. 81. 

Coal,Gilpin,No.234. 

Coal, Head, No. 272. 

Coal, Hosea, No. 309. 

Coal, Knapp, No. 341. 

Coal, Noyes, No. 448. 

Coal, "Willis, No. 699. 

Cordierite-hornfels, Clarke and Hillebrand,

No. 132.

Cortlandite, Clarke and Hillebrand, No. 132. 

Dacite, Clarke and Hillebrand, No. 132. 

Dacite, Smith, No. 567.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1897. 97

Chemical analyses Continued. 

Diabase, Becker, No. 51. 

Diabase, Clarke and Hillebrand, No. 132. 

Diallage, Clarke and Hillebrand, No. 132. 

Diallage-gabbro, Clarke and Hillebrand, No.

132.

Dike rock, Hovey, No. 310. 

Diopside, Clarke and Hillebrand, No. 132. 

Diopside, Cross, No. 158. 

Diorite, Becker, No. 51. 

Diorite, Clarke and Hillebrand, No. 132. 

Diorite, Purington, No. 490. 

Dolerite, Clarke and Hillebrand, No. 132. 

Dolomite, Clarke and Hillebrand, No. 132. 

Dunite, Clarke and Hillebrand, No. 132. 

EliBolite-syenite, Clarke and Hillebrand, No.

132.

Enstatite, Clarke and Hillebrand, No. 132. 

Eustatite, Lewis, No. 380. 

Enstatite, Pratt, No. 484. 

Fire clay, Gilbert, No. 230. 

Fuller's earth, Kies, No. 502.

Gabbro, Bccker, No. 51.

Gabbro, Clarke and Hillebrand, No. 132.

Gabbro, Sraitb, No. 567.

Gabbro-diorite.Clarkeand Hillebrand, No. 132.

Gneiss, Clarke and Hillebrand, No. 132.

Gneiss, Merrill, No. 429.

Gneiss, VaiiHise and Bayley, No. 648.

Granite, Becker, No. 51.

Granite, Clarke and Hillebrand, No. 132.

Granite, Gwillim and Johnson, No. 257.

Granite, Lindgren, No. 38-1.

Granite, Winchell, No. 716.

Granite porphyry, Clarke and Hillebrand, No. 

132.

G ranitite, Clarke and Hillebrand, No. 132.

Granitite, Van Hise and Bayluy, No. 648.

Grnnodiorite, Clarke and Hillebrand, No. 132.

Greenstone, Van Hise and Bayley., No. 648.

Grunerite-magnetite-schist, Clarke and Hillebrand, No. 132.

Gypsum, Grimsley, No. 250.

Gypsum rock, Bailey and Whitten, No. 27.

Hamlinito, Peufield, No. 468.

llornblende-andesite, Clarke and Hillebrand, 

No. 132.

Hornblende-basalt, Diller, No. 179.

Hornblende-granite, Clarke and Hillebrand 

No. 132.

Hydronephelite, Clarke and Hillebrand, No. 

132.

Hypersthene-andesite, Smith, No. 563.

Hypersthene-gabbro, Clarke and Hillebrand, 

No. 132.

Ihneuite, Penfleld and Foote, No. 470.

Iron ore, Alien, No. 20.

Iron ore, Gilpin, No. 234.

Iron ore, Kemp, No. 321.

Iron ore, Van Hise and Bayley, No. 648.

Jaspilite, Van Hise and Bayley, No. 648.

Kaolin. Branner, No. 78.

Keratophyr, Clarko and Hillebrand, No. 132.

Kersantite, Clarke and Hillebrand, No. 132.

Labradorite-porphyrite, Clarke and .Hillebrand, No. 132.

Lamprophyre, Clarke and Hillebrand, No. 132.

Bull. 156 7

Chemical analyses Continued.

Lepidomelane, Clarke and Hillebrand, No. 132.

Leucite, Clarke and Hillebrand, No. 132.

Leucitite, Cross, No. 158.

Llierzolite, Clarke and Hillebrand, No. 132.

Limestone, Clarko and Hillebrand, No. 132.

Limestone, Gilbert, No. 230.

Limonite, Nitze, No. 443.

Madupite, Cross, No. 158.

Magnetite, Kimball, Nos. 333,334.

Manganese, Catlett, No. 111.

Meteorite, Berkey, No. 63.

Meteorite, Clarke and Hillebrand, No. 132.

Meteorite, Foote, No. 223.

Mica-andesite, Clarke and Hillebrand, No. 132.

Mica-leucitite, Clarke and Hillebrand, No. 132.

Mica-peridotile, Clarke and Hillebrand, No.

132.

Mica-schist, Clarke and Hillebrand, No. 132. 

Micropcrthite-hornfels, Clarke and Hillebraud.No. 132.

Miuette, Clarke and Hillebnind, No. 132. 

Missourite, Clarke and Hillebrand, No. 132. 

Missourite, Cross, No. 158. 

Monchiquite, Clarke and Hillebrand, No. 132. 

Monchiquite, Cross, No. 159. 

Mouzoiiite, Clarke and Hillebrand, No. 132. 

Novacnlite, Clarke and Hillebrand, No. 132. 

Obsidian, Clavke and Hillebrand, No. 132. 

Olivine diabase, Beyer, No. 65. 

Olivine diabase, Walker, No. 659. 

Olivine-gabbro, Clarke and Hillobrand, No.

132.

Orendite, Cross, No. 158. 

Ottrelite-phyllite, Clarke and Hillebrand, No.

132.

Ouachitite, Clarke and Hillebrand, No. 132. 

Pearlite, Clarke ami Hillebrand, No. 132. 

Peridotite, Clarke and Hillebrand, No. 132. 

Peridotite, Van Hiso and Bayley, No. 648. 

Petroleum, Slosson, No. 559. 

Petroleum oil, Watts, No. 670. 

Phlogopite, Cross, No. 158. 

Phonolite, Clarke and Hillebrand, No. 132. 

Phosphate, Branner, No. 80. 

Phyllite, Clarke and Hillebrand, No. 132. 

Picrite, Clarke and Hillebrand, No. 132. 

Pitchstone, Clarke and Hillebrand, No. 132. 

Pitchstone, Emerson, No. 198. 

Plagioclase basalt, Cross; No. 159. 

Porphyrite, Clarko and Hillebrand, No. 132. 

Porphyrite, Smith, No. 568. 

Pyroxene-audesito, Clarke and Hillobrand,

No. 132.

Pyroxene-mica-diorite, Clarke and Hillebrand, No. 132. 

Pyroxene-schist, Clarke and Hillebrand, No.

132.

Pyroxenite, Clarke and Hillebrand, No. 132. 

Quartz-alunite rock, Clarke and Hillebrand,

No. 132. 

Quartz-diappore rock, Clarke and Hillebrand,

No. 132.

Quartzite, Clarke and Hillebraud, No. 132. 

Quartz-mica-diorite, Clarke and Hillebrand,

No. 132.
98 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 156.

Chemical analyses Continued.

Quartz-pentallarite, Clarke and Hillebrand, 

No. 132.

Quartz porphryry, Clarke and Hillebrand, 

No. 132.

Quartz-schist, Clarke and Hillebrand, No. 132.

Rhyolite, Clarke and Hillebrand, No. 132.

Rhyolite, Smith, No. 567. 

. Sandstone, Clarke and Hillebrand, No. 132.

Saussnritegabbro, Clarke and Hillebrand, No. 

132.

Schist, Becker, No. 51.

Schist, Van Hise and Bayley, No. 648.

Sericite-schist, Clarke and Hillebrand, No. 132.

Sericite-schist, Nitze, No. 442.

Serpentine, Clarke and Hillebrand, No. 132.

Shale, Clarke and Hillebrand, No. 132.

Shale, Gilbert, No. 230.

Shonkinite, Clarke and Hillebraud, No. 132.

Shoshonite, Clarke and Hillebrand, No. 132.

Slate, Clarke and Hillebrand, No. 132. 

' Slate, Duden, No. 186.

Soda-granite, Clarke and Hillebrand, No. 132.

Sodalite,Clarke and Hillebrand, No. 132.

Spherulite, Clarke and Hillebrand, No. 132.

Spilosite, Clarke and Hillebrand, No. 132.

Syenite, Becker, No. 51.

Syenite, Clarke and Hillebrand, No. 132.

Theralite, Clarke and Hillebrand, No. 132.

Tinguaite, Clarke and Hillebrand, No. 132.

Tinguaite, Weed and Pirsson, No. 674.

Tonalite, Clarke and Hillebrand, No. 132.

Trachyte, Clarke and Hillebrand, No. 132.

Volcanic breccia, "Walker, No. 659.

Water, Barton, No. 165.

Water, Leverett, No. 374.

Water, mine, Emmons, No. 199.

Websterite, Clarke and Hillebrand, No. 132.

Wehiiite, Clarke and Hillebrand, No. 132.

Wellsite, Pratt, No. 484.

Wyomingite, Clarke and Hillebrand, No. 132.

Wyomingite, Cross, No. 158. 

Cherokee shales, Keyes, No. 325.

Chesapeake formation, Clark, No. 129. 

Cheyenne sandstone, Prosser, No. 487. 

Chico-Tejon, Marcou, No. 405. 

Chouteau limestone, Keyes and Kowley, No. 331. 

Cimarron series, Cragin, No. 151. 

Cimarron series, Prosser, No. 487. 

Cincinnati, Winchell'and Ulrich, No. 730. 

Clarksburg formation, Van Hise and Bayley, No,

648., 

Classification.

Rules and misrules, in stratigraphic classification, Marcou, Nos. 404,405.

Upper Permian and Lower Cretaceous, Prosser, No. 487.

Clinton, Foerste, No. 219.

Clitambouites bed, Winchell and Ulrich, No. 730. 

Coal Measures, McCalley, No. 393. 

Colorado.

A mountain placer, Lakes, No. 363.

Analcite-basalt, Cross, No. 159.

Clay-working industry, Hies, Nos. 501, 503.

Denver formation, Davis, No. 169.

Enterprise mine, Rickard, No. 499,

Colorado Continued.

Founnile placet mining district, Hoover, No.

303.

Gunnison gold belt, Lakes, No. 354. 

Hahna Peak, Draper, No. 183. 

Huerfano lake basin, Osborn, No. 458. 

La Plata Mountains, Lakes, No. 360. 

Mineral veins of Gunnison County, Warren,

No. 665. 

Mines of Rosita and Silver Cliff, Emmons, No.

199. 

Mining industries of Telluride quadrangle,

Purington, Nos. 490,491. 

 Mining sketches, Lakes, No. 358. 

Newcastle mines, Hosea, No. 309. 

Ore shoots of Cripple Creek, Lakes, No. 359. 

Ore shoots of Cripple Creek, Skewes, No. 558. 

Peculiar formation in San Juan region, Lakes,

No. 356.

Pueblo folio, Gilbert, No. 230. 

Rico mining district, Lakes, No. 357. 

Sandstone dikes of Ute Pass, Crosby, No. 156. 

Seaton mine, Underbill, No. 631. 

Smuggler Union mines, Porter, No. 482. 

To trace an invisible dike, Stone, No. 583. 

Undeveloped resources of Colorado, Lakes.

No. 366.

Vein intersections, Underbill, No. 630. 

Vein walls, Warren, No. 664. 

Wind River and Huerfano beds, Osborn, No.

462.

Columbia formation, Clark, No. 128a. 

Columbia lava formation, Russell, No. 509. 

Comanche, Prosser, No. 487. 

Comanche, Stanton, No. 578. 

Comanche Peak limestone, Hill and Vaughan,

No. 287.

Comanche series, Hill and Vaughan, No. 287. 

Connecticut.

Acid dike in Triassic area, Hovey, No. 310. 

Building materials of Pennsylvania, Hopkins, No. 307. 

Geology of southwestern New England,

Hobbs, No. 297.

Triassic formation,-Davis, No. 168. 

Coosa shale, McCalley, No. 393. 

Cope (Edward Drinker), Gill, No. 232. 

Cope (Edward D.), Osborn, No. 463. 

Cope (E. D.), Kingsley, No. 338. 

Cope (Edward Drinker), Woodward, No. 735. 

Copper-bearing series, Daweon, No. 172. 

Correlation.

Geology of southwestern New England,

Hobbs, No. 297. 

Marquette district, Van Hise and Bayley, No.

648. 

New method of synchronizing strata, Keyes,

No. 327.

Cottonwood formation, Prosser, No. 486. 

Cretaceous. General. 

Lower Cretaceous formations, Stanton, No.

578.

Upper Cretaceous formations, Clark, No. 128. 

Nomenclature.

Names for Caprina and Capritina bearing 

beds, Cragin, No. 153,
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1897. 99

Cretaceous Continued. 

Atlantic Coast region.

A.rtesian and other wells, "Woolman, No. 739. 

Geology of the sand hills, Clark and Shattuck,

No. 131. 

Geology of Yukon gold district, Spurr, No.

575. 

Outline of physical features of Maryland,

Clark, No. 128<i.

Fotomac group in Maryland, Clark and Bibbins, No. 130. 

Relation of streams to Bryn Mawr gravel,

Bascom, No. 44.

Unconformities of Marthas Vineyard, Woodworth, No. 736.

Upper Cretaceous formations, Clark, No. 128. 

Appalachian region.

Coosa Valley region, McCalley, No. 393. 

Mitsisnppi Valley.

Sioux quartzite, Boyer, No. 65. 

Southwestern region. 

Alleged Jurassic of Texas, Hill, No. 284. 

Asphalt deposits, Vaughan, No. 650. 

Cimarron series, Cragin, No. 151. 

Comanche series, Vaughan, No. 649. 

Fossils of the Comanche, Cragin, No. 152. 

Geology of Edwards plateau, Hill and

Vaughan, No. 287.

Jura and Neooom'an, Marcou, No. 403. 

Great Plains region. .

Cretaceous formation in southwestern Kansas, Ward, No. 662. 

Kansas Niobrara Cretaceous, Williston, No.

703.

Underground waters, Haworth, No. 263. 

Upper Cretaceous of Kansas, Logan, No. 388. 

Upper Permian and Lower Cretaceous, Prosser, No. 487.

Rocky Mountain region. 

Geology of Judith Mountains, Weed and

Pirsson, No. 674.

Huerfano lake basin. Osborn, No. 458. 

Larauiie and related formations, Stanton and

Knowlton, No. 580. 

Pacific Coast region. 

Physiographic geology of Puget Sound basin,

Kimhall, No. 332. 

Mexico.

Itineraries geologicos, Aguilera, No. 13. 

Geology of Mexico, Bain, No. 31. 

Crosswicks clays, Clark, No. 128. 

Ctenodonta bed, Winchell and Ulrich, No. 730. 

Cuchara beds, Osborn, No. 458. 

Dakota, Haworth. No. 263. 

Dakota, Logan, No. 388. 

Dakota formation, Weed and Pirsson No. 674. 

Dakota sandstone, Gilbert, No. 230. 

Dakota sandstone, Prosser, No. 487. 

Dawson (C. M.), Hinde, No. 290.. 

Day Creek formation, Cragin, No. 151. 

Delaware.

Upper Cretaceous formations, Clark, No. 128. 

Del Rio clays, Hill and Vaughan, No. 287. 

Denver formation, Davis, No. 169. 

Des Moines series, Keyes, No. 325. 

Des Moines shale, Tilton, No. 610.

Devonian. ; 

Appalachian region.

Coosa Valley region, McCalley, No. 393. ' , 

Outline of physical features of Maryland,

Clark, No. 128a. 

Southern Devonian formations, Williams, No.

697.

Mitsitsippi Valley. 

Devonian rocks, Udden, No. 624. 

Fossils at Louisiana, Keyes and Row ley, No. 

. 331. 

Kiuderhook fauna, Keyes, "No. 323.

Relation of Devonian and Carboniferous,

Keyes, No. 328.

State Quarry limestone, Calvin, No. 103. 

Arkansas. 

Phosphate deposits of Arkansas, Branner,

No. 80.

Rocky Mountain region.

Geology of Judith Mountains, Weed and Pirason, No. 074.

Diplograptus bed, Sardeson, No. 524. 

Dog Creek formation, Cragin, No. 151. 

Dresbach sandstone, Berkey, No. 64. 

Dynamical geology.

Age of Californiacoast ranges, Ransome, No.

493.

Antecedent Colorado, Jefferson, No. 3i:i. 

A study of vein formation, Lakes, No.361. 

Bacteria and the decomposition of rocks,

Branner, No. 76.

Champlain submergence, Taylor, No. 606. 

Changes of level in Bermuda Islands, Tarr,

No. 592.

Climate of Greenland, Tarr, No. 587. 

Common freaks of nature. Lakes, No. 355. 

Computing diffusion, Becker, No. 54. 

Contact metamorphism, Fairbanks, No. 206. 

Continental elevation, Spencer, No. 574. 

Crater Lake, Diller, No. 178. 

Cuyahoga pre-Glacial gorge, Upham, No. 632. 

Deformation of rocks, Van Hise, No. 646. 

Denver formation, Davis, No. 169. 

Differential rising along Bell River, Bell, No.

62.

Dikes of Gogebic range, Boss, No. 75. 

Downieville folio, Turner, No. 618. 

Earth crust movements and their causes,

Le Conte, No. 371. 

Erosion at base level, Campbell, No. 106. 

Experiments on the flow of rocks, Adams and

Nicolson, No. 8.

Fault in glacial gravel, Head, No. 273. 

Filling and replacement In gold-hearing fissure veins, Lindgren, No. 387. 

Formation of natural bridges, Fowke, No. 224. 

 Geologic fault near Jamesville, Schneider, No.

538.

Geology of Cape Cod district, Shaler, No. 547. 

Geology of Judith Mountains, Weed and

Pirsson, No. 674.

Geology of Yukon gold district, Spurr, No. 575. 

Grain of rocks, Lane, No. 367. 

Hypotheses bearing on climatic changes,

Chamberlin, No. 119.
100 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 156.

Dynamical geology Continued.

Is loess of lacustrine or semimarine origin, 

. Tilton, No. 611.

Laccoliths in folded strata, Weed, No. 672. 

Lake Superior copper deposits, Wadsworth,

No. 654.

Los vetas, Aguilera and Ordonez, No. 17. 

Marquetto district, Van Hiae and Bay ley, No.

648.

Measurements of faults, Spurr, No. 576. 

Migration of divides, Smith, No. 570. 

Newark system, Kiimmel, Nos. 349, 350. 

Oscillations of coast of California, Fairbanks,

No. 208.

Paleozoic area of Arkansas, Ashley, No. 24. 

Physiographic geology of Puget Sound basin,

Kimball, No. 332. ' 

Post-Pliocene elevation of Inyo range, Walcott, No. 655.

Pre-Glacial decay of rocks, Chalmers, No. 112. 

 Pueblo folio, Gilbert, No. 230. 

Eecent earth movements, Gilbert, No. 229. 

Eecent elevation of Baffinland, Watson, No.

666.

Eecent warpings, Goodrich, No. 235. 

Eed River and Clinton monoclines, Newsom

and Branner. No. 438. 

Eolation of Ozarkian uplift to glaciation,

Upham, No. 635.

Eiver adjustments, Weaver, No. 671. 

Eocks of the Laurentian, Adams, No. 1. 

Sandstone dikes of TJte Pass, Crosby, No. 156. 

Santa Catalina Island, Smith, No. 568. 

Sheet-flood erosion, McGee, No. 396. 

Sistema de fracturas, Sanchez, No. 523. 

Solution of silica under atmospheric conditions, Hayes, No. 269. 

Study of natural palimpsests, Grimsley, No.

252.

Styolites, Hopkins, No. 306. 

Submerged valleys of California, Davidson,

No. 167.

Subterranean temperatures, Hallock, No. 259. 

Triassic formation, Davis, No. 168. 

Truckee folio, Lindgren, No. 383. 

Unconformities of Marthas Vineyard, Woodworth, No. 736.

Vein intersections, Underbill, No. 630. 

Vein walls, Eickard, No. 498. 

Wartburg folio, Keith, No. 318. 

Weathering and stream,erosion, Tarr, No. 589. 

Weathering of micaceous gneiss, Merrill, No.

429.

Eagle Ford shales, Hill and Vaughan, No. 287. 

Eagle Pass formation, Hill and Vaughan, No. 287.

Economic geology. 

General.

Clay-working industry, Eies, No. 501.

Coal industry of Southeastern States, Head, 

No. 272.

Composition of American petroleum, Mabery, 

No. 402.

Filling and replacement in gold-bearing lissure veins, Lindgren, No. 387.

Genesis of natural gas and petroleum, Phillips, No. 474.

Economic geology Continued. 

General Continued. 

Gold in granite and plutonic rocks, Blake, No.

68. 

Nature and origin of petroleum, Peckham,

No. 467. '

Nature's concretions, Lane, No. 368. 

Origin of loess, Udden, No. 625. 

Origin of loess of Mississippi Valley, Chainberlin, No. 120.

Petroleum and natural gas, Sad tier, No. 516. 

Petroleum in cavities of fossils; Phillips, No.

475.

Vein walls, Eickard, No. 498. 

Witwatersrand banket, Becker, No. 52. 

Alabama. 

Alabama and Georgia gold fields, Brewer, No.

87.

Appalachian gold fields, Phillips, No. 477. 

Auriferous quartz bodies in Alabama, Brewer,

No. 91.

Coosa Valley region, McCalley, No. 393. 

Copper mining in Alabama, Brewer, No. 92. 

Fluxing rocks of Alabama, McCalley, No. 395. 

Gold fields of the South, Brewer, No. 93. 

Gold ores in Alabama, Phillips, No. 476. 

Gold regions of Alabama, Phillips, No. 478. 

Hematites of Alabama, McCalley, No. 394. 

Metal mining in Alabama, Brewer, No. 88. 

Alaska.

Geology of Yukon gold district, Spurr, No. 575. 

Gold fields of southern Alaska, Becker, No. 51.. 

Arizona.

Arizona copper deposit, Blake, No. 70. 

Fortuna gold mine, Blake, No. 69. 

Pearce mining-district, Endlich, No. 203. 

Arkansas.

Bauxite deposits of Arkansas, Branner, No. 78. 

Cementmaterialsof Arkansas, Branner,No.81. 

Paleozoic area of Arkansas, Ashley, No. 24. 

Phosphate deposits of Arkansas, Brauner, No.

80.

California.

Downieville folio, Turner, No. 618. 

Mines of gold belt, Storms, No. 584. 

Oil audgas yielding formations, Watts, No.670. 

Outlines of geology of California, Fairbanks,

No. 209.

Sonora folio, Turner and Eansome, No. 621. 

Tin deposits at Temescal, Fairbanks, No. 207. 

Truckee folio, Lindgren, No. 383. 

Canada.

Anthraxolite, Coleman, No. 144. 

Big Bend district, Nason, No. 436. 

Chrornite deposits, Maynard, No. 421. 

Gold-bearing deposits of Quebec, Chalmers,

No. 113. 

Gold fields of Eainy Eiver district, Winchell,

No. 717. 

Gold mining in Yukon district, Ogilvie, No.

449.

Gold ores of Deloro, Wells, No. 682. 

Klondike gold fields, Bratnober, No.'SO. 

Lake of the Woods gold field, Eickard, No.

500.

Mining districts of British Columbia, Hardman, No. 261.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1897. 101

Economic geology Continued. 

Canada Continued. 

Mining fields of British Columbia, Lakes,

No. 362.

Nickeliferous magnetites, Miller, No. 432. 

Ores of southern Slocan, G-willim and Johnson, No. 257.

Report of Bureau of Mines, Blue, No. 78. 

Secondary occurrences of magnetite, Kimball, No. 333.

Sudbury nickel district, "Walker, No. 059. 

Western Ontario gold fields, Hille, No. 288. 

"West Ontario gold regions, Colemari, Nos.

143, 145. ' 

.Colorado.

A mountain placer, Lakes, No. 363. -- 

Camp Ployd mining district,Gennnell.No. 228. 

Clays and clay-working industry, Ries, No.

503.

Enterprise mine, Rickard, No. 499. 

Four Mile placer mining district, Hoover, No.

303.

Guunison gold belt, Lakes, No. 354. 

Halms Peak, Draper, No. 183. 

La Plata mountains, Lakes, No. 360. 

Mineral veins of Gunnison County, Warren,

No. 665. 

Mines of,, Rosita and Silver Cliff, Einmons,

No. 199. 

Mining industries of Telluride quadrangle,

Puriugton, Nos. 490,491. 

Newcastle mines, Hosea, No. 309. 

Ore .shoots of Cripple Creek, Lakes, No. 359. 

Ore shoots of Cripple Creek, Skewes, No. 558. 

Pueblo folio, Gilbert, No. 230, 

Rico mining district, Lakes, No. 357. 

Seatou mine, Underbill, No. 631. 

Smuggler Union mines, Porter, No. 482. 

Telluride gold ores, Pearce, No. 466. 

Vein walls, Warren, No. 664. . 

Georgia. 

Alabama and Georgia gold fields, Brewer,

No. 87. '

' Gold fields of the South, Brewer, No. 93. 

Gold mining in Georgia, Brewer, No. 89. 

Villii Rica mining district, Brewer, No. 90. 

Idaho. 

Mining districts of Idaho basin, Lindgren,

No. 382.

Indiana.

Bedford limestone, Hopkins and Siebenthal, 

No. 308.

Geuesee shale of Indiana, Duden, No. 186.

Geology of Vigo County, Scovell, No.546.

Indiana coals, Noyes, No. 448.

Natural gas, Leach, No. 370.

Petroleum industry, Blatchley, No. 71.

Water resources, Levorett, No. 374. 

Iowa.

Artesian wells of Iowa, Norton, No. 446.

DOS Moines coal bearing series, Keyes, No. 325.

Natural gas in drift, Leonard, No. 373. 

Kansas.

Des Moines coal bearing series, Keyes, No. 325.

Gypsum deposits, Grimsley, Nos. 250,251.

Underground waters, Haworth, No. 263.

Economic geology Continued. 

Kentucky.

Bituminous rock, Morris, No. 434. 

Maryland. 

Outline of physical features of Maryland,

Clark, No. 129. 

Massachusetts. 

Water supply of eastern Massachusetts, Shaler, No. 548. 

Mexico.

Exploitacion de las minas, Rangel, No. 492. 

Gold fields of Altar, Waring, No. 663. 

Itineraries geologicos, Buelna, No. 99. 

Los vetas, Aguilera and Ordonez, No. 17. 

Mining in Oaxaca, Clark, No. 123. 

Sinopsis de geologia Mexicana, Aguilera, No. 

14.

Michigan. 

Lake Superior copper deposits, Wadsworth,

No. 654.

Marquette range, Jopling, No. 316. 

Marquette district, Van Hise and Bayley, No.

648. Q

Republic trough, Smyth, No. 572. 

Missouri. 

Age of lower coals of Henry County, White,

No. 684.

Des Moines coal bearing series, Keyes, No. 325. 

Missouri clays, Keyes, No. 328. 

Montana. 

Geology of Butte district, Enimons and Tower,

No. 202. 

Geology of Judith Mountains, Weed and Pirsson, No. 674.

Golden Leaf mine, Barrel!, No. 41. 

Porphyry dike mines, Sisley, No. 557. 

Nevada. 

Coal fields of Esmeralda County, Knapp, No.

341.

New Jersey.

Artesian and other bored wells, Woolman, 

No. 739.

Bored wells in northern New Jersey, Woolman, No. 740.

Surf ace geology, Salisbury and Knapp, No.522. 

New Mexico.

Geology of a mining camp, Herrick, No. 274.

Mogollon range, Andersen, No. 23.

Turquoise mining, Fenderson, No. 216. 

New York.

Magnetites near Port Henry, Kerap, No. 321.

Road materials, Merrill, No. 427. 

Nicaragua.

Segovia gold region, Miller, No. 430. 

North Carolina.

Corundum and basic magnesian rocks, Lewis, 

No. 380.

Gold deposits of North Carolina, Nitze and 

Hamia, No. 445.

Gold ores of the Carolinas, Nitze, No. 444.

Limonites of Cherokee County, Nitze, No. 443.

Magnetite belt, Kimball, No. 334. 

Ohio.

Water resources, Leverett, No. 374.
102 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A, GEOLOGY, [BULL. 156.

Economic geology Continued. 

Pennsylvania. 

Brownstones of Pennsylvania, Hopkins, No.

304. 

Building materials of Pennsylvania, Hopkins,

No. 307.

Fault in Mammoth coal bed, Engel, No. 204. 

Origin of Pennsylvania petroleum, Day, No.

177. 

Origin of Pennsylvania petroleum, Sadtler,

No. 517.

Split ia Mammoth coal seam, Sims, No. 556. 

South Carolina.

Gold ores of the Carolinas, Nitze, No. 444. 

South Dakota. 

Black Hills, Scott, No. 542a. 

Fuller's earlh,' Hies, No. 502. 

New developments in boring, Darton, No. 165. 

Northern Black Hills, Frazer, No. 226. 

Potsdam gold ores, Smith, No. 562. 

Tellurium in gold ores, Smith, No. 561. 

Tennessee.

Embreville estate, Johnson, No. 314. 

Phosphate mining in Tennessee, Brown, No.

96.

Wartburg folio, Keith, No. 318. 

Texas.

Asphalt deposits, Vaughan, No. 650. 

Copper ores in the Permian, Schmitz, No. 537. 

Geology of Edwards plateau, Hill and

Vaughan, No. 287. 

Texas oil horizons, Durable, No. 187. 

Vermont.

Kaolin in Vermont, Nevius, No. 437. 

Virginia. 

Manganese deposits of Virginia, Catlett, No.

111.

Washington.

Coal fields of Puget Sound, Willia, No. 699. 

Physiographic geology of Puget Sound basin,

Kimball, No. 332. 

Eeconnoissance in "Washington, Kussell, No.

509.

Wyoming.

Geology of the oil fields, Knight, No. 342. 

Petroleum fields, Knight, No. 343. 

Products described. 

Anthraxolite, Coleman, No. 145. 

Antimony, Ashley, No. 24. 

Artesian water, Haworth, No. 263. 

Artesian waters, Gilbert, No. 230. 

Artesian wells, Darton, No. 165. 

Artesian wells, Hill and Vaughan, No. 287. 

Artesian wells, Norton, No. 446. 

Artesian wells, Russell,No.509. 

Artesian wells, Woolmau, Nos. 739, 740. 

Bauxite, Branner, No. 78. 

Bauxite, McCalley, No. 393. 

Building materials, Blue, No. 73. 

Building stone, Gilbert, No. 230. 

Building stone, Hopkins and Siebenthal, No.

308.

Building stones, Hopkins, Nos. 304,307. 

Building stones, McCalley, No. 393. 

Cement, Branuer, No. 81. 

Chromite, Maynard, No. 421.

Economic geology. Continued. 

Products described Continued. 

Clay, Gilbert, No. 230. 

Clay, Keyes, No. 328. 

Coal, Head, No. 272. 

Coal, Hosea, No-. 309. 

Coal, Keith, No. 318. 

Coal, Kimball, No. 332. 

Coal, McCalley, No. 393. 

Coal, Noyes, No. 448. 

Coal, Purington, No. 490. 

Coal, Scovell, No. 546. 

Coal, Sims, No. 556. 

Coal, White, No. 684. 

Coal, Willis, No. 699. 

Copper, Blake, No. 70. 

Copper, Blue, No. 73. 

Copper, Brewer, No. 92.. 

Copper, Emmons and Tower,'No. 202. 

Copper, Schmitz, No. 537. 

Copper, Wadsworth, No. 654. 

Corundum, Blue, No. 73. 

Corundum, Lewis, No. 380. 

Fluxing rocks, McCalley, No. 395. 

Gold, Andersen, No. 23. 

Gold, Barrell, No. 41. 

Gold, Becker, Nos. 51,52. 

Gold, Blake, No. 69. 

Gold, Blue, No. 73. 

Gold, Bratnober, No. 86. 

Gold, Brewer, Nos. 87, 88,89,90,91,93. 

Gold, Buelna, No. 99. 

Gold, Chalmers, No. 113. 

Gold, Coleman, Nos. 144,146. 

Gold, Draper, No. 183. 

Gold, Emmons and Tower, No. 202. 

Gold, Endlich, No. 203. 

Gold, Frazer, No. 226. 

Gold, Gemmell, No. 228. 

Gold, Gwillim and Johnson, No. 257. 

Gold, Hardman, No. 261. 

Gold, Hoover, No. 303. 

Gold, Lakes, Nos. 354,357,359,363. 

Gold, Lindgren, Nos. 382, 383. 

Gold, Miller, N 0.430. 

Gold, Nasou, No. 436. 

Gold, Nitze, No. 444. 

Gold, Nitze and Hanna,No.4"45. 

Gold, Ogilvie, No. 449. 

Gold, Pearce, N o. 466. 

Gold, Phillips, Nos. 476, 477,478. 

Gold, Purington, Nos. 490,491. 

Gold, Kickard, Nos. 499,500. 

Goid,Sisley,No.557. 

Gold, Skewes, No. 558. 

Gold, Smith, Nos. 561, 562. 

Gold/Spurr, No. 575. 

Gold, Storms, No. 584. 

Gold, Turner, No. 618. 

Gold, Turner and Ransome, No. 621. 

Gold, Underbill, No. 631. 

Gold, Waring, No. 663. 

Gold, Weed and Pirsson, No. 674. 

Gold, Wells, No. 682. 

Gold, Winchell, No. 717. 

Graphite, Blue, No. 73.

(
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1897. 103

Economic geology Continued. 

Products described Continued. 

Gypsum, Gilhert, No. 230. 

Gypsum, Grimaley, Nos. 250,251. 

Gypsum rock, Bailey and Whitten, No. 27. 

Iron, Blue, No. 73. 

Iron, Johnson, No. 314. 

Iron, Jopling, No. 316. 

Iron, Kemp, No. 321. 

Iron, Kiraball, No. 333. 

Iron, McCalley, Nos. 393,394. 

Iron, Nitze. No. 443. 

Iron, Smyth, No. 572. 

Iron, Van Hise and Bayley, No. 648. 

Iron, native, Alien, No. 20. 

Kaolin, Nevius, No. 437. 

Lead, Herirck, No. 274. 

Lead, Warren, No. 665. 

Loess, Chatnherlin, No. 120. 

Loess, Udden, No. 625. 

Manganese, Catlett, No. 111. 

Manganese, McCalley, No. 393. 

Marble, McCalley, No. 393. 

Mica, Blue, No. 73. 

Nickel, Blue, No. 73. 

Nickel, Miller, No. 432. 

Natural gas. Blue, No. 73. 

Natural gas, Leach, No. 370. 

Natural gas, Leonard, No. 373. 

Natural gas, Phillips, No. 474. 

Natural gas, Sadtler, No. 510. 

Petroleum, Blatchley, No. 71. 

Petroleum, Blue, No. 73. 

Petroleum, Day, No. 177. 

Petroleum, Durable, No. 187. 

Petroleum, Keith, No. 318. 

Petroleum, Knight, Nos. 342, 343. 

Petroleum, Mabery, No. 402. 

Petroleum, Peckham, No. 467. 

Petroleum, Phillips, Nos. 474, 475. 

Petroleum, Sadtler, Nos. 516, 517. 

Petroleum, Watts, No. 670. 

Phosphate, Branner, No. 80. 

Phosphate, Brown, No. 96. 

Road material, Morris, No. 434. 

Eoad material, Salisbury and Knapp, No. 522. 

Eoad materials, McCalley, No. 393. 

Eoad materials, Merrill, No. 427. 

Siliceous dolomite, McCalley, No. 393. 

Silver, Barrell, No. 41. 

Silver, Buelna, No. 99. 

Silver, Clark, No. 123. 

Silver, Draper, No. 183. 

Silver, Einrnons, No. 199. 

Silver, Emmons and Tower, No. 202. 

Silver, Gwillim and Johnson, No. 257. 

Silver, Hardman, No. 261. 

Silver, Herrick, No. 274. 

Silver, Lakes, No. 357. 

Silver, Porter, No. 482. 

.Silver, Purington, Nos. 490,491. 

Silver, Eickard, No. 499. 

Silver, "Warren, No. 665. 

Slate, Beyer, No. 65. 

Tin, Fairbanks, No. 207. 

"Water supply, Hill and Vaughan, No. 287.

Economic geology Continued. 

Products described Continued.

"Water supply, Leverett, No. 374.

Water supply, Shaler, No. 548. 

Edwards limestone, Hill and Vaughan, No. 287. 

Egremont limestone, Hobbs, No. 297. 

Elkgarden formation, Clark, No. 128a. 

Elliptocephalus zone, Marcou, No. 404. 

Equus beds, Haworth and Beede, No. 268. 

Equus beds, Williston, No. 704. 

Fairfax formation, Clark, No. 129. 

Fish House black clay, Woolman, No. 741. 

Florencia formation, Hershey, No. 275. 

Fort Cassin beds, Whitfield, No. 691. 

Fort Hays limestone, Logan, No. 388. 

Fort Payne chert, McCalley, No. 393. 

Fort Scott limestone, Keyes, No. 325. 

Fort Worth limestone, Hill and Vaughan, No. 287. 

Fortymile series, Spurr, No. 575. 

Fountain formation, Gilbert, No. 230. 

Franciscan series, Fairbanks, No. 205. 

Francouia sandstone, Berkey, No. 64'. 

Franklin white limestone, Wolff and Brooks, No.

733.

Frostburg formation, Clark, No. 129. 

Eucoid bed, Sardeson, No. 524. 

Fucoid bed, Winchell and Ulrich, No. 730. 

Fundamental gneiss, Adams and Barlow, No. 5. 

Fusispira bed, Winchell and Ulrich, No. 730. 

Fusulina limestone, Prosser, No. 486. 

Galena, Sardeson, Nos. 524,526,527. 

Galena-Trenton, Norton, No. 446. 

Geological maps. (Includes geological maps of 

the whole or any part of the States mentioned.)

Alabama, Phillips, No. 478. .

Alaska, Spurr, No. 575.

Arkansas, Branner, No. 81.

California, Lindgren, Nos. 383,384.

California, Turner, No. 618.

California, Turner and Eansome, No. 021.

California, Watts, No. 670.

California, Smith, No. 567.

Colorado, Gilbert, No. 230. 

 Connecticut, Davis, No. 168.

Connecticut, Hovey, No. 310.

Delaware, Clark, No. 128.

Idaho, Lindgren, No. 382.

Illinois, Hershey, No. 277.

Indiana, Hopkins and Siebenthal, No. 308.

Indiana, Leverett, No. 374.

Iowa, Bain, No. 29.

Iowa, Norton, No. 446.

Kansas, Grimsley, Nos. 250,251.

Kansas, Haworth, No. 263.

Maryland, Clark, Nos. 128,129.

Massachusetts, Wood worth, No. 736.

Michigan, Taylor, No. 600.

Michigan, Van Hise and Bayley, No. 648.

Minnesota, Berkey, No. 64.

Minnesota, TJphain, No. 633.

Montana, Einmoiis and Tower, No. 202.

Montana, Weed, No. 671».

Montana, Weed and Pirsson, No. 674.

New Brunswick, Matthew, No. 415.

New Jersey, Clark, No. 128.

New Jersey, Kiimniel, Nos. 349,350.
104 -BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 156.

Geological maps Continued.

New Jersey, Salisbury and Knapp, No. 522. 

New Jersey, Wolff and Brooks, No. 733. 

New York, Bringham, No. 94. 

. New York, Fairchild, No. 210,211. 

New York, Kemp, No. 320. 

New York, Ruedemann, No. 505. 

North Carolina, Nitze and Hanna, No. 445. 

 Ohio, Leverett, No. 374. 

Ontario, Blue, No. 73. 

Quebec, Dawson, No. 175. 

South Dakota, Scott, No. 542«. 

Tennessee, Keith, No. 318. 

United States, Branner, No. 77. 

Washington, Willis, No. 699. 

Wisconsin, Berkey, No. 64. 

Wisconsin, Salisbury and Atwooil, No. 521.

Georgia.

Alabama and Georgia gold fields, Brewer, 

No. 87.

Gold field of the South, Brewer, No. 93.

Gold mining in Georgia, Brewer, No. 89.

Villa Kica mining district, Brewer, No. 90. 

Georgia formation, Marcou, No. 404. 

Geaner (Abraham), Matthew, No. 415. 

Gillespie formation, Hill and Vaughan, No. 287. 

Giroux (N. J.), Ells, No. 194. 

Glacial geology. 

General.

Arctic Sea ice, Tarr, No. 586.

Continental elevation, Spencer, No. 574.

Drift and geologic time, Bannister, No. 34.

Drumlins on modified drift. Upham, No. 645.

Evidence of glaciation, Tarr, No. 590.

Glacial deposits in driftless area, Sardeson, 

No. 529.

Glaciers, Scott, No. 544.

Greenland glaciers, Williams, No. 696.

Hypotheses bearing on climatic changes, 

Chamberlin, No. 119.

Moraines of recession, Taylor, No. 601.

Plasticity of glacial ice, Eussell, No. 511.'

Relation of Ozarkian uplift to glaciation, Upham, No. 635.

Eeview of Glacier Bay and its glaciers, Russoll, No. 512.

Review of glaciers of North America, Chamberlin, No. 116.

Rhythmic accumulation of moraines, Upham, 

No. 636.

Southern lobe of ice sheet, Hitchcock, No. 295.

Variations of glaciers, Reid, No. 495. 

New England.

Goology of Cape Cod district, Shaler, No. 547.

Hempstead plains, Long Island, Bryson, No.

98. 

Greenland, 

Climate of Greenland, Tarr, No. 587.

Extension of Cornell glacier, Tarr, No. 585.

Extension of Greenland glaciers, Chamberlin, 

Nos. 123,124,125.

Extension of ice iu'Greenland, Tarr, Nos. 595, 

596.

Extension of inland ice sheet, Chamberlin, 

No. 114.

Glacial geology Continued. 

Greenland Continued.

Former extension of Greenland glaciers,Tarr, 

No. 594.

Glacial studies in Greenland, Chamberlin, No. 

115.

Glaciers of Greenland, Tarr, Ko. 597.

Margin of Cornell glacier, Tarr, No. 593.

Unmanak district, Greenland, Barton, No. 42.

Valley glaciers, Tarr, No. 591. 

Lake Superior region.

Abandoned beaches of Lake Superior, Taylor,

. No. 605.

Bowlders of Mattawa valley, Taylor, No. 602.

Champlam submergence, Taylor, No. 606.

Chicago main drainage channel, Lewis, No. 

379.

Correlation of Erie-Huron beaches, Taylor, 

No. 600.

Eastern lobe of ice sheet, Hitchcock, No. 294.

Brian drainage, Gilbert, No. 231.

Fault in Glacial gravel, Henrich, No. 273.

Geology of the Nipissing-Algoma line, Burwash, No. 101. 

. Glacial deposits at Toronto, Coleman, No. 143.

Glacial deposits in Chenango valley, Brigham, 

No. 94.

Glacial geology of western New York, Fairchild, No. 210.

Glaciation of Canada, Tyrrell, No. 622.

Lake Adirondack, Taylor, No. 603.

Lake Warren shore lines, Fairchild, No. 211

Nipissing-Mattawa outlet, Taylor, No. 604.

Pleistocene features of Chicago area, Leveret i, 

No. 375.

Pre-Glacial Cuyahoga valley, Pierce, No. 479.

Pre-Glacial decay of rocks, Chalmers, No. 112.

Review of Correlation of Erie-Huron beaches, 

Gordon, No. 237.

Review of Genesis of Lake Agassiz, Dawsoii,

No. 170. 

Mississippi valley.

Drift deposits of Iowa, Calvin, No. 104.

Drift phenomena, Salisbury and Atwqod, No. 

521.

Drift section at Oelwein, Finch, No. 218. 

 Formation of till, Hershey, No. 276.

Geology of St. Croix Dalles, Berkey, No. 64.

Geology of Vigo County, Scovell, No. 546.

Modified drift in St. Paul, Upham, No. 633.

Pleistocene features of Chicago area, Leverett, No. 375.

Pre-Kansau peat bed, Macbride, No. 391.

Studies in driftless region, Squier, No. 577.

Sub-Aftonian till, Beyer, No. 68.

Surface deposits in Iowa, Shimek, No. 552.

Stages of glacial recession, Hershey, No. 277.

Water resources, Leverett, No. 374.

Wisconsin and Kansan drift, Bain, No. 29. 

Pacific Ooast region.

Glaciationin Puget Sound region, Willis, No. 

700.

Glaciers of Mount Rainier, Russell, No. 508.

Physiographic geology of Puget Sound basin, 

Kimball, No. 322.

Truckee folio, Lindgren, No. 383.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1897. 105

Glacial geology Continued. 

Mexico.

Observations on Popocatepetl, Farrington,

No. 212.

Glass Mountain formation, Cragin, No. 151. 

Glen Rose formation, Hill and Vaughan, No. 287. 

Golden Gate series, Fairbanks, No. 205. Goodricb quartzite, Smytb, No. 572. 

Goodrich quartzite,Van Hise and Bayley, No. 648. 

Graubury bed, Cragin, No. 158. 

Graneros shale, Gilbert, No. 230. 

Greenbrior formation, Clark, No. 129. 

Greonfleld bed, Emerson, No. 198. 

Greenhorn formation, Gilbert, No. 230. 

Greenland.

Climate of Greenland, Tarr, No. 587.

Extension of Cornell glacier, Tarr, No. 585. 

Extension of Greenland glaciers, Chamberlin, 

Nos. 123,124,125.

Extension of ice in Greenland, Tarr, Nos. 595, 

596.

Extension of inland ice sheet, Chamberlin, 

No. 114.

Former extension of Greenland glaciers, Tarr, 

No. 594.

Glacial Studies in Greenland, Chamberliii, 

No. 115.

Glaciers of Greenland, Tarr, No. 597.

Greenland glaciers, Williams, No. 696.

Margin of Cornell glacier, Tarr, No. 593.

Pleistocene fossils from Battinland, Kindle, 

No. 336.

Problems of Arctic geology, Gregory, Nos. 

247, 248.

Review of former extension of Cornell glacier, Cbamberlin, No. 117.

Uiunanak district, Barton, No. 42.

Valley glaciers, Tarr, No. 591.

Weathering and stream erosion, Tarr, No. 589. 

Grenville-Hastings series, Ells, No. 195. 

Grenville series, Adams and Barlow, Nos. 5,6. 

'Grenvilleseries, Adams, Barlow, and Ells, No. 7. 

Grenvillo series, Dawson, No. 172. 

Gulf series, Hill and ATaughan, No. 287. 

Hamilton, Western, Keyes and Ilowley, No. 331. 

Hampshire formation, Clark, No. 129. 

Hannibal shale, Keyes and Rowloy, No. 331. 

Hardiiig sandstone, Gilbert, No. 230. 

Hardistonville quartzite, Wolff and Brooks, No.

733.

Harper's formation, Clark, No. 129. 

Harrodsburg limestone, Hopkins and Siebenthal,

No. 308.

Hartselle sandstone, McCalley, No. 393. 

Hartt (Ch. Fred), Simonds, No. 553. 

Hastings series, Adams and Barlow, Nos. 5,6. 

Hastings series, Adams, Barlow, and Ells, No. 7. 

Hastings series, Dawson, No. 172. 

Hay (Robert), Hill, No. 283. 

Hazlet sand, Clark, No. 128. 

Henrietta limestone, Keyes, No. 325. 

Hudson River, Marcon, No. 404. 

Hudson River, Winchell and Ulrich, No. 730. 

Huerfano beds, Osborn, Nos. 458,462. 

Hurouian, Dawson, No. 172. 

Huronian, Nitze, No. 442. 

Huronian, Nitze and Hanua, No. 445.

Idaho.

Fossil plants of Payette formation, Knowlton, No. 345. ; Mining districts of Idaho basin, Lindgren,

No. 382.

Mouazite from Idaho, Lindgren, No. 385. 

Illinois.

Chicagomaindrainagechaunel, Lewis.No. 379. 

Correlation of Devonian faunas, Weller, No.

679.

Devonian rocks, TJdden, No. 624. . 

Florencia formation, Hershey, No. 275. 

Formation of till, Hershey, No. 276. 

New species of Paleozoic fossils, Miller and

Gurley, No. 431.

Paleozoic vertebrata, Cope, No. 149. 

Physiographic development of Mississippi

Valley, Hershey, No. 279. 

Pleistocene features of Chicago area, Le verett,

No. 375.

Problematic fossil Medusa?, Weller, No. 680. 

Review of Pleistocene features of Chicago

area, Claypole, No. 139. 

Review of water resources of Illinois, Norton,

No. 447.

Stages, of glacial recession, Hershey, No. 277. 

Illinois stage, Calvin, No. 104. 

Indiana.

Bedford limestone, Hopkins and Siebenthal,

No. 308. 

Building materials of Pennsylvania, Hopktns, No. 307.

Clay-working industry, Ries, No. 501. 

Genesee shale of Indiana, Dud'en, No. 186. 

Geology of Vigo County, Scovell, No. 546. 

Indiana caves and their fauna, Blatcbley, No.

72.

Indiana coals, Noyes, No. 448. ' 

lone formation, Turner and Ransome, No. 621. 

Natural gas, Leach, No. 370. 

New species of Paleozoic fossils, Miller and

Gurley, No. 431:

Origin of conglomerates, Hopkins, No. 305. 

Petroleum industry, Blatchley, No. 71. 

Pleistocene features of Chicago area, Le verett,

No. 375.

Styolites, Hopkins, No. 306. 

Water resources, Loverett, No. 374. 

Iowa.

A Devonian Ichthyodorulite, Lindahl, No. 381. 

Artesian wells of Iowa, Norton, No. 446. 

Clay-working industry, Rios, No. 501. 

Correlation of Devonian faunas, Weller, No.

679.

Ctenacanthus spines from the Keokuk, Eastman, No. 188. 

Des Moines coal-bearing series, Keyes, No.

325.

Drift deposits of Iowa, Calvin, No. 104. 

Drift section at Oelwein, Finch, No. 218. 

Geological work in Madison County, Tilton,

No. 610.

Natural gas in drift, Leonard, No. 373 

New species of Paleozoic fossils, Miller and

Gurley, No. 431. 

Physiographic development of Mississippi

Valley, Hershey, No. 279.
106 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 156.

Iowa Continued.

Pre-Kansan peat bed, Macbride, No. 391. 

Sioux quartzite, Beyer, No. 65. 

State Quarry limestone, Calvin, No. 103. 

Sub-Aftonian till, Beyer, No. 66. 

Surface deposits in Iowa, Shimek, No. 552. 

. "Wisconsin and Kansan drift, Bain, No. 29. 

lowan, Calvin, No. 104. 

Isbpeming formation, Van Hise and Bayley, No.

648.

Jackson (Charles Thomas), Wood worth, No. 737. 

Jamaica.

On the genus Barrettia, Whitfield, No. 693. 

Kudistae from Cretaceous rocks of Jamaica,

Whitfleld, No. 692. 

Je.nnings formation, Clark, No. 129. 

Joachim limestone, Hershey, No. 278. 

John Day system, Russell, No. 509. 

Jordan sandstone, Norton, No. 446. 

Juniata formation, Clark, No. 129. 

Juratrias. 

Alaska.

Geology of Yukon gold district, Spurr, No. 575. 

Atlantic Coast region. 

Acid dike in Triassic area, Hovey, No.- 310. 

Brownstones of Pennsylvania, Hopkins, No.

304. 

Building materials of Pennsylvania, Hopkins,

No. 307.

Newark system, Kiimmel, Nos. 349,350. 

Outline of physical features of Maryland.

Clark, No. 129.

Potomac group in Maryland, Clark and Bibbins, No. 130.

Triassic formation, Davis, No. 168. 

Southwestern region. 

Jura and Neocomian, Marcou, No. 403. 

Marine Jurassic rocks, Cragin, No. 150. 

Great Plaint.

Pueblo folio, Gilbert, No. 230. 

Underground waters, Haworth, No. 263. 

Rocky Mountain region. 

Geology of Judith Mountains, Weed and Pirsson, No. 674. 

Mining industries of Telluride quadrangle,

Purington, No. 490. 

Pacific Coast region. 

Downievillo folio, Turner. No. 618. 

Granitic rocks of Pyramid Peak district,

Lindgren, No. 384. 

Mexico.

Geology of Mexico, Bain, No. 31. 

Kansan, Calvin, No. 104. 

Kansan drift, Bain, No. 29. 

Kansan drift, Herslaey, No. 276. 

Kansan stage, Beyer, No. 66. 

Kansas.

A new carboniferous plant, Penhallow, No.

472.

A new labyrinthodont, Williston, No. 712. 

Carboniferous and Permian formations, Prosser, No. 486.

Cimarron series, Cragin, No. 151. 

Comanche series, Vaughan, No. 649. 

Cretaceous formation in southwestern Kansas, "Ward, No. 662.

Kansas Continued.

Des Moines coal-bearing series, Keyes, No.

325.

Fossils of the Comanche, Cragin, No. 152. 

Gypsum deposits, Grimsley, Nos. 250,251. 

Jura and Neocomian, Marcou, No. 403. 

Kansas gypsum rocks, Bailey and Whitten,

No. 27.

Kansas Mosasaurs, "Williston, No. 710. 

Kansas Niobrara Cretaceous, "Williston, No.

703. 

McPherson Equus beds, Haworth and Beede,

No. 268. 

New crustaceans from the Cretaceous, Logan,

No. 389.

New species of Eucalyptus, "Ward, No. 661. 

 Osteology and relationships of Protostega,

Case, No, 109. 

Permian and Upper Carboniferous, Prosser

No. 488. 

Physical properties of the Tertiary, Haworth,

'No. 265. 

Physiography of western Kansas, Haworth,

No. 264. .

Pleistocene of Kansas, "Williston, No. 704. 

Plesiosaur from Comanche, "Williston, No.

707. 

Eestoratiou of Ornithostoma, "Williston, No,

705.

Underground waters, Haworth, No. 263. 

Upper Cretaceous of Kansas, Logan, No. 388. 

Upper Permian and Lower Cretaceous, Prosser, No. 487. 

Vertebrate remains from Kansas Permian,

Williston, No. 706. 

Vertebrates from the Permian, Williston, No.

713. 

Kaskaskia limestone, Hopkins and Siebenthal,

No. 308.

Kenai series, Spurr, No. 575. 

Kentucky.

Bituminous rock, Morris, No. 434.

Coal industry of Southeastern States, Head,

No. 272. 

Lower Silurian deposits, Winchell and Ulrich,

No. 730. 

New species of Paleozoic fossils, Miller and

Gurley, No. 431. 

Position of Crangopsis vermiformis, Ortmann,

No. 456.

Tamiobatis vetustus, Eastman, No. 189. 

Keweenawan series, Wadsworth, No. 654. 

Kiger division, Cragin, No. 151. 

Kinderhook, Keyes, No. 323. 

Kinderhook shale, Norton, No. 446. 

Kingfisher formation, Cragin, No. 151. 

Kiowa shales, Prosser, No. 487. 

Kitchi schists, VanHise and Bayley, No. 648. 

Kittitas system, Russell, No. 509. 

Kaobstone group, Hopkins and Siebenthal, No.

308.

Kona dolomite, Van Hise and Bayley, No. 648. 

Kootauie, Stanton, No. 578. 

Labrador.

Evidence of glaciation, Tarr, No. 590. 

The Labrador area, Low, No. 390.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1897. 107

Lafayette formation, Clark, No.-129. 

Lafayette formation, McCalley, No. 393. 

Laramie, Marcou, No. 405. 

Laramie, Stanton and Knowlton, No. 580. 

Laurel limestone, Foerste, No. 219. 

Laurontian, Dawson, No. 172. 

Lee conglomerate, Keith, No. 318. 

Leptajua bed, Sardeson,'No. 524. 

Levis series, Dawson, No. 175. 

Lewistown formation, Clark, No. 128a. 

Liugulasma bed, Sardcson, No. 524. 

Lockatong series, Kiimmel, Nos. 349,350. 

Lorraine, Marcou, No. 404. 

Lorraine, Winchell and Ulrich, No. 730. 

London formation, Clark, No. 128a.

Louisiana.

Extension of Appalachians, Branner, No. 77. 

Louisiana limestone, Keyes and Rowley, No. 331. 

" Louisville limestone, Foerste, No. 219. 

Lower Marquette series, Smyth, No. 572. 

Lower Marquette series, Van Hise and Bayley,

No. 648.

Lower Oneota dolomite, Norton, No. 446. 

Lower Osgood clay, Foerate, No. 219. 

Maclurea bed, Sardeson, No. 524. 

Maclurea bed, Winchell and Ulrich, No. 730. 

Madison beds, Foerste, No. 219.

Maine.

Composition and occurrence of hamlinite, Penfield, No. 468.

Review of geology of Fox Islands, Bascoin, 

No. 45.

Malonc formation, Cragin, No. 150.

Mauasquan formation, Clark, No. 128.

Maquokcta, Sardeson, Nos. 52i;526, 527.

Maquoketa shale, Norton, No. 446.

Marine des Cygues coal series, Keyes, No. 325.

Marion, Prosser, No. 487.

Mariposa formation, Turner and Kansome, No. 

621.

Marsouin series, Dawson, No. 175.

Martinez group, Merriam, No. 424.

Martinsburg formation, Clark, No. 129.

Maryland.

Bibliography and cartography, Mathews.No. 

412a.

Maryland granites, Keyes, No. 329.

Outline of physical features, Clark, No. 129.

Potomac group in Maryland, Clark and Bibbins, No. 130.

Upper Cretaceous formations, Clark, No. 128.

Massachusetts.

Diabase pitchstone and mud inclosures in 

Triassic trap, Emerson, No. 198.

Geology of Cape Cod district, Shaler, No. 547.

Geology of southwestern New England,

Hobbs, No. 297. 

 Petrography of Boston basin, White, No. 686.

Physiography of Massachusetts, Dixon and 

Drew, No. 181.

Sand plains, Grabau, No. 238.

Unconformities of Marthas Vineyard, Woodworth, No. 736.

Water supply of eastern Massachusetts, 

Shaler, No. 548.

Matawan formation, Clark, No. 128.

Mather (W. W.), Hitchcock, No. 293.

Mauch Chunk formation, Clark, No. 129.

Mentor beds, Prosser, No. 487.

Meriden ash bed, Emerson, N o. 198.

Mesnard quartzite, Van Hise and Bayley, No. 648.

Mexico.

Bosquejo geologico de Mexico, Aguilera, No.

12. 

Copalquin and Lemon mineral zone, Buelna,

No. 100.

Descripcion de las rocas, Ordonez, No. 452. 

Eruptive rocks of Mexico, Farrington, No. 215. 

Explota'cion de las minas, Rangel, No. 492. 

Fisiografla de la Sierra dePachuca, Aguilera,

and Ordonez, No. 15. 

Geologia de la Sierra de Pachuca, Aguilera,

and Ordonez, No. 16. 

Geology of Mexico, Bain, No. 31. 

Gold fields of Altar, Waring, No. 663. 

Itineraries geologicos, Aguilera, No. 13. 

Itinei-arios geologicos, Bueluii, No. 99. 

Itineraries geologicos, Ordoiiez, No. 450. 

Los vetas, Aguilera and Ordonez, No. 17. 

Mining in Oaxeca, Clark, No. 123. 

Observations on Popocatepetl, Farrington,

No. 212.

Koc.is eniptivas, Ordonez, No. 451. 

SheetUood erosion, McGee, No. 396. 

Sinopsis de geologia Mexicana, Aguilera, No.

14.

 Sistema de fracturas, Sanchez, No. 523. 

Michigainnie formation, Van Hise and Bayley,

No. 648. 

Michigan.

Correlation of Erie-Huron beaches, Taylor,

No. 600.

Dikes of Gogebic range, Boss, No. 75. 

Fault in glacial gravel, Henrich. No. 273. 

Lake Superior copper deposits, Wadsworth,

No. 654.

Magnetic observations, Smyth, No. 573. 

Marquette district, A7"an Hise and Bayley, No.

648.

Marquette range, Jopling, No. 3J6. 

Organic remains from Huronian, Greslley, No.

249.

Pre-Glacial drainage, Mudge, No. 435 

Republic trough, Smyth, No. 572. 

Millsap limestone, Gilbert, No. 230. 

Milton formation, Turner, No. 618. 

Mineralogy. 

General.

' Average specific gravity of meteorites, Farrington, No. 214. 

Black Hills, Scott, No. 542a. 

Chemical analysis of Fisher meteorite,

Berkey, No. 63. 

Composition and occurrence of hamlinite,

Peuflold, No. 468. 

Composition of ilmenite, Penfield and Foote,

No. 470. 

Corundum-bearing rocks from Yogo gulch,

No. 480.

Crystallography of Montana sapphires, 

Pratt,No.483.
BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 156.

Mineralogy Con tinned. 

General Continued.

Fisher meteorite, Winchell, No. 727.

Genesis of the diamond, Kunz, No. 353.

Geological horizons of Nova Scotia minerals, 

Gilpin, No. 233.

Lakes with two outlets, Grant, No. 243.

Lewis on the diamond, Becker, No. 56.

Manual of determinative geology, Brush, No. 

97.

Minnesota quartzite, "Winchell, No. 729.

Monazite from Idaho, Lindgren, No. 385.

Nativ.e iron, Alien, No. 20.

North Carolina minerals, Pratt, No. 484.

Note on a new meteorite, Foote, No. 223.

Occurrence of caucrinite, Barlow, No. 36.

On bixbyite, Peufleld and Foote, No. 471.

On wellsite, Pratt and Foote, No. 485.

Pseudomorphs, Smyth, No. 571.

Sapphires, from Montana, Kunz, No. 352. 

Minerals described.

Anthophyllite, Pratt, No. 484.

Bertrandite, Penfleld, No. 470.

Beryl, Pratt, No. 484.

Bixbyite, Penfleld and Foote, No. 469.

Chabazite, Pratt, No. 484.

Cyanite, Pratt, No. 484.

Diamond, Becker, No. 56.

Diamond, Kunz, No. 353.

Enstatite, Pratt, No. 484.

Forellenstein, Lewis, No. 380. 

Hamlinite, Penfleld, No. 468.

flarzburgite, Lewis, No. 380.

Ihnenite, Penfleld and Foote, No. 470.

Meteorite, Berkey, No. 63.

Meteorite, Farringtou, No. 214.

Meteorite, Winchell, No. 727.

Monazite, Lindgren, No. 385.

Sapphire, Kunz, No. 352.

Sapphire, Pirsson, No. 480.

Sapphire, Pratt, No. 483.

Turquoise, Fenderson, No. 216.

Wellsite, Pratt, No. 484.

Wellsite, Pratt and Foote, No. 485.

Zircon, Pratt, No. 484. 

Minnesota.

Geology of northeastern Minnesota, Winchell, 

No. 721.

Geology of St. Croix Dalles, Berkey, No. 64.

Koochiching granite, Wiuchell, No. 716.

Lower Silurian cephalopoda, Clarke, No. 134.

Lower Silurian Gastropoda, Ulrich and Scofield, No. 628.

Lower, Silurian Ostracoda, Ulrich, No. 627.

Lower Silurian trilobites, Clarke, No. 183. ' Modified drift in St. Paul, Upham, No. 633.

Physiographic development of Mississippi 

Valley, Hershey, No. 279.

Sioux quartzite, Beyer, No. 65. 

Mission Creek series, Spurr, No. 575. 

Mississippi.

Extension of Appalachians, Branner, No. 77.

Mississippian formation, Norton, No. 446. 

Missonri.

Age of lower coals of Henry County, White, 

No. 684.

Clay-working industry, Eies, No. 501.

Missouri Continued.

Des Moines coal-bearing series, Keyes, No.

325. 

Fossils at Louisiana, Keyes and Rowley, No.

331.

Kinderhook fauna, Keyes, No. 323. 

Missouri clays, Keyes, No. 328. 

Native iron, Alien, No. 20. . 

New species of Paleozoic fossils, Miller and

Gurley, No. 431.

Paleozoic Crustacea, Vogdes, No. 653. 

Relation of Devonian and Carboniferous,

Keyes, No. 326.

Quarternary of Missouri, Todd, No. 613. 

Mitchell limestone, Hopkins and Siebcnthal, No.

308.

Monmouth formation, Clark, Nos. 128,129. 

Mon roe slates, Nitze, No. 442. 

Monroe slates, Nitze and Hanna, No. 445. 

Montana.

A real geology, Butte, Weed, No. 671a. 

Corundum-bearing rocks from Togo gulch,

Pirssou, No. 480. 

Crystallography of Montana sapphires, Pratt,

No. 483. 

Geology of Butte district, Emmons and Tower,

No. 202.

Geology of Judith Mountains, Weed and Pirsson, No. 674.

Golden leaf mine, Barrell, No. 41. 

New species of Paleozoic fossils, Miller anil 

. Gnrley, No. 431.

Porphyry dike mines, Sisley, No. 557. 

Review of "Geology of Castle Mountain,"

Bain, No. 30.

Sapphires from Montana, Kunz, No. 352. 

Montana formation, Stanton and Kuowlton, No.

580.

Monterey formation, Clark, No. 129. 

Montevallo shale, McCalley, No. 393. 

Morrispn formation, Gilbert, No. 230. 

Mount Laurel sand, Clark, No. 128. 

Nashaquitsa aeries. Shaler, No. 547. 

Nashville, Winchell and Ulrich, No. 730. 

Navesink marls, Clark, No. 128. 

Nebraska.

Calcisponge from the Carboniferous, Clarke,

No. 137. 

Carboniferous and Permian formations, Prosser, No. 486.

Daemonelix, Barbour, No. 35. 

Volcanic dust, Todd, No. 612. 

Negaunee formation, Smyth, No. 572. 

Negaunee formation, Van Hise and Bayley, No.

648.

Nematopora bed, Winchell and Ulrich, No. 730. 

Nevada.

Coal fields of Esmerelda County, Knapp, No.

341.

Newark formation, Clark, No. 129. 

Newark system, Kummel, Nos. 349,350. 

New Hampshire.

Porphyritic gneiss, Daly, No. 164. 

Stratigraphy of certain homogeneous rocks, 

 Hitchcock, No. 292.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY. 1897. 109

New Jersey.

A new fossil Monocotyledon, Hollick, No. 302.

Archean geology, Wolff, No. 732.

Artesian and other bored wells, Woolman, 

No. 739.

Bored wells in northern New Jersey, Woolman, No. 740.

Building materials of Pennsylvania, Hopkins,

. No. 307.

Fish House black clay, Woolman, No. 741.

Franklin whit'e limestone, Wolff and Brooks, 

No. 733.

Geology of the sand hills, Clark and Shattuck, 

No. 131.

Geology of vicinity of New York, Merrill, 

No. 42C.

Newark system, .Kiimmel, Nos. 349,350.

Origin and age of relic-bearing sand at Trenton, Salisbury, No. 518.

Surface geology, Salisbury and Knapp, No. 

522.

Upper Cretaceous formations, Clark, No. 128. 

Newman limestone, Keith, No. 318. 

New Mexico.

Easternmost volcanoes of the United States,

Hill, No. 285. 

. Geology of a mining camp, Herrick, No. 274.

Jura and Neocomian, Marcou, No. 403.

Mogollon range, Andersen, No. 23.

Note on easternmost volcanoes of United 

States, Marcou, No. 406.

Note on a new meteorite, Foote, No. 223.

Turquoise mining, Fenderson, No. 216. 

Now red, Marcou, No. 405. 

New Richmond sandstone, Norton, No. 44C. 

New York.

Correlation of Devonian faunas, Weller, No. 

679.

Current action in the Ordoviciao, Ruedemann, 

No. 505.

Eastern lobe of ice sheet, Hitchcock, No. 294.

lirian drainage, Gilbert, No. 231.

Fossil grass from Stateu Island, Hollick, No. 

299.

Geologic fault at Jamesville, Schueider, No. 

538.

Geology of vicinity of New York, Merrill, No. 

426.

Glacial deposits in Chenango Valley, Brigham, No. 94.

Glacial geology of western New York, Fairchild, No. 210.

Hernpstead Plains, Long Island, Bryson, No. 

98.

Lake Adirondack, Taylor, No. 603.

Lake Warren shorelines, Fairchild, No. 211.

Lower Silurian deposits, Winchell and Ulrich,. 

No. 730.

Magnetites near Port Henry, Kernp, No. 321.

Pseudomorphs, Sniyth, No. 571.

Road materials, Merrill, No. 427.

Stratigraphic classification, Marcou, No. 404. 

Niagara, Marcou, No. 404. 

Niagara limestone, Foerste, No. 219. 

Nicaragua.

Segovia gold region, Miller, No. 430.

Niobrara, Beyer, No. 65. 

Niohrarn, Logan, No. 388. 

Niobrara, Williston, No. 703. 

Niobrara formation, Gilbert, No. 230. 

Nomenclature.

Introduction of new terms in geology, Branner, No. 82.

New terms in geology, Braunor, No. 83.

Rules and misrules in stratigraphic classification, Marcou, No. 404. 

North Carolina

Corundum and basic magnesian rocks, Lewis, 

No. 380.

Gold deposits of North Carolina, Nitze and 

Hanua, No. 445.

Gold ores of the Carolinas, Nitze, No. 444.

Limonites of Cherokee County, Nitze, No. 443.

Magnetite belt, Kimball, No. 334.

North Carolina minerals, Pratt, No. 484

On wellsite, Pratt and Foote, No. 485.

Eiver adjustments, Weaver, No. 671.

Taconic and Huronian rocks, Nitze, No. 442. 

Novaculite series, Ashley, No. 24. 

Nnlato sandstone, Spurr, No. 575. 

Nussbaum formation, Gilbert, No. 230. 

Ohio.

'A pre-Glacial valley, Tight, No. 609.

Changes in drainage in southern Ohio, Leverett, No. 377.

Cuyahoga pre-Glacial gorge, Upliara, No. 632.

Dinichthys kepleri, Claypole, No. 138.

Lower Silurian deposits, Winclielland Ulrich. 

No. 730. .

Paleontology of Cincinnati group, James, No. 

.312.

Paleozoic vertebrata, Cope, No. 149.

Pro Glacial Cuyahoga valley, Pierce, No. 479.

Pre-Glacial drainage, Tight, No. 608.

Water resources, Leverett, No. 374. 

Oklahoma.

Cimarron series, Cragin, No. 151.

Comanche series, Vaughan, No. 649. 

Old red sandstone, Marcou, No. 404. 

Oregon.

Crater Lake, Diller, No. 178. 

Orthis bed, Sardesou, No. 524. 

Orthis bed, Winchell and Ulrich, No. 730. 

Ortliisina bed, Sardesou, No. 524. 

Ortlioceras bed, Sardeson, No. 524. 

Osgood limestone, Foerste, No. 210. 

Oswego, Winchell and Ulrich, No. 730. 

Owen (Richard), Jordan, No. 317. 

Oxnioor sandstone, McCalley, No. 393. 

Paleontology. 

General.

Affinities of Hesperornis, Marsh, No. 408.

American fossil brachiopoda, Schuchert, No. 

539.

Cephalic homologies, Minot, No. 433-

Characters of Macropetalichthys, Eastman, 

No. 190.

Classification of trilobites, Beechor, No. 57.

Comparative study of paleontology and phylogeny, Smith, No. 565.

Cryptozoon and other ancient fossils, Dawson, 

No. 176.

Development of Glyphioceras, Smith, No. 566.
110 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 156.

Paleontology Continued. 

General Continued. 

Development of the foot in. Palaeosyopinte,

Matthew, No. 419. 

Dinosaurs, Marsh, No. 412. 

Extinct Felidse, Adams, No. 9. 

Extremities of Tylosaurus, Williston, No. 709. 

Fossils and fossilization, Gratacap, No. 246. 

Ganodouta and their relationship to the Edentata, "Wortman, No. 742. 

Hypojstome of Lichas (Terataspis) grandis

Hall.Whittield, No. 690. 

Kansas mosasaurs, Williaton, No. 710. 

LarnMotherium'not related to Palaeosyops or

the Titanotheres, Osborn, No. 461. 

Morphology of graptolites, Clarke, No. 136. 

Morphology of the brachia, Beecher, No. 58. 

On Dipeltis and Protocaris, Schuchert, No.

540.

On Streptelasma, Sardeson, No. 528. 

Organic remains from Huronian, Gresley, No.

249.

Origin of the Mammalia, Osborn, No. 460. 

Petroleum in cavities of fossils, Phillips, No.

475. 

Eeconstruction of Phenacodus primsevus Cope,

Osborn, No. 459.

Remondia Gabb, Stauton, No. 579. 

Restoration of Ornithostoina, Williston, No.

705.

Santa Catalina island, Smith, No. 568. 

Santa Monica diatomaceous deposit, Schultze

and Kain.No. 541. 

Sinopsis de geologia Mexicana, Aguilera,

No. 14. 

Systematic position of trilobites, Kingsley,

No. 337.

The Ganodonta, Osborn, No. 464. 

Cambrian.

Characteristic genera of the Cambrian, Matthew, No. 417.

Genera Iphidea and Yorkia, VTalcott, No. 657. 

On the genus Lingulepis, "Walcott, No. 656. 

Stratigraphic classification, Marcou, No. 404. 

What is the Olenellus fauna? Matthew, No.

414.

Silurian.

An extinct Paleozoic insect, Matthew, No. 416. 

Cryptodiscus Hall, Weller, No. 681. 

Current action in theOrdovician, Ruedemaun, 

o No. 505. 

Fish tooth from Arisaig series, Whiteaves,

No. 688. 

Fossils of Galena-Trenton and Black River,

Whiteaves, No. 687. 

Fossils of the Ottawa Paleozoic basin, Ami,

No. 21. 

Fossil sponges from Quebec group, Dawson,

No. 175. 

Galena and Maquoketa series, Sardeson, Nos.

524, 525.

Geology of Silurian rocks, Foerste, No. 219. 

Lower Silurian cephalopods, Clarke, No. 134. 

Lower Silurian deposits, "Winchell and Hirich, No. 730.

Lower Silurian Gastropoda, TJlrich and Scofield, No. 628.

Paleontology Continued. 

- Silurian Continued.

Lower Silurian Ostracoda, Ulrich, No. 627. 

Lower Silurian trilobites, Clarke, No. 133. 

New genus of cystideans, "Whiteaves, No. 689. 

New species of Silurian fossils, "Whitfield,

No. 691. 

Paleontology of Cincinuati group, James, No.

312.

Paleozoic area of Arkansas, Ashley, No. 24. 

Problematic fossil Medusaj; Weller, No. 680. 

Stratigraphic classification, Marcou, No. 404. 

Devonian. 

A Devonian Ichthyodorulite, Lindahl, No.

381. 

Correlation of Devonian faunas, Weller, No.

679.

Devonian rocks, Udden, No. 624. 

Dinichthys kepleri, Claypole, No. 138. 

Fish tooth from Arisaig series, Whiteaves,

No. 688. 

Fossils at Louisiana, Keyes and Rowley, No.

331.

Paleozoic vertebrata, Cope, No. 149. 

Relation of Devonian and Carboniferous,

Keyes, No. 320.

Tamiobatis vetustis, Eastman, No. 189. 

Carboniferous (including Permian). 

Age of lower coals of Missouri, White, No.

684. 

A new Carboniferous plant, Penhallow, No.

471.

A new labyrinthodont, Williston, No. 712. 

Calcisponge from the Carboniferous, Clarke,

No. 137. 

Carboniferous and Permian formations, Prosser, No. 486. 

Carboniferous Entomostraca, Dawson, No.

174.

Ctenacantlius spines from the Keokuk, Eastman, No. 188. 

Foramina perforating a Permian reptile, Case,

No. 108. 

Fossils at Louisiana, Keyes and Kowley, No.

331. 

Geology of Judith Mountains, Weed and

Pirsson, No. 674.

Kinderbook fauna, Keyes, No. 323. 

New species of Paleozoic fossils, Miller and

Gurley,No.431.

Paleozoic area of Arkansas, Ashley, No. 24. 

Paleozoic Crustacea, Vogdes, No. 653. 

Paleozoic, vertebrata, Cope, No. 149. 

Permian and Upper Carboniferous, Prosser,

No. 488. 

Position of Crangopsis vermiformis, Orfcmann,

No. 456. 

Relation of Devonian and Carboniferous,

Keyes, No. 326. 

Review of marine fossils from Coal Measures,

Simonds, No.' 554. 

Vertebrate remains from Kansas Permian,

Williston, No. 706.

Vertebrates from Permian, Williston, No. 713. 

Juratrias.

Geology of Judith Mountains, Weed and 

Pirsspn, No. 674.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1897. Ill

Paleontology Continued. 

Juratrias Continued. 

Jura and Neocouiiau, Marcou, No. 403. 

' Marine Jurassic rocks, Cragin, No. 150.

Cretaceous.

Age of Potornacformation, Ward, No. CCO.

A new geiius of Mosasaurs, "Williston, No. 

708. e

Bo wider clays of the Great Plains, Dawsoii, 

No. 170. 

Conianche series, Vaughan, No. 649.

Cretaceous Mollusca, Cooper, No. 148.

Fossils of the Comanche, Cragin, No. 152.

Geology of Judith Mountains, Weed and Pirsson, No. 674.

Huerfano lake basin, Osborn, 458.

Jura and Neocomiau, Marcou, No. 403.

Kansas Niobrara Cretaceous, Williston, No. 

, 703.

Larainie and related formations, Stanton and 

Knowlton, No. 580.

Lower Cretaceous formations, Stanton, No. 

578.

New crustaceans from the Cretaceous, Logan, 

No. 389.

New species of Eucalyptus, Ward, No. 661.

New species of Linuparas, Ortmann, No. 457.

On the genus Barrettia, Whitfleld, No. 693.

Osteology and relationships of Protostega, 

Case, No. 109.

Plesiosaur from Comanche, Williston, No. 707.

Potomac group in Maryland, Clark and Bibbins, No. 130.

Range and distribution of Mosasaurs, Williston, No. 711.

Rudistae from Cretaceous rocks of Jamaica, 

Whitfleld, No. 092.

Upper Cretaceous formations, Clark, No. 128.

Dpper Cretaceous of Kansas, Logan, No. 388.

Tertiary.

A new fossil Monocotyledon, Hollick, No. 302. 

Cancellaria from Alabama Eocene, Aldrich,

No. 19.

Characters of Protoceratidie, Marsh, 410. 

Cretaceous Mollusca, Cooper, No. 148. 

Dajinonelix, Barbour, No. 35. 

Diceratherium proavitum, Hatcher, No. 262. 

Eocene Mollusca, Aldrich, No. 18. 

Fish House black clay, Woolman, No. 731. 

Fossil grass from Staten Island, Hollick, No.

299. 

Fossil plants from Yukon River, Knowlton,

No. 344. 

Fossil plants of Payette formation, Knowlton,

No. 345. 

Geologic relations of Martinez group, Merriam, No. 424.

Geology of Yukon gold district, Spurr, No. 575. 

Huerfano lake basin.'Osborn, No. 458. 

Larainie and related formations, Stanton and

Knowlton, No. 580.

New species of Actfeon, Stearns, No. 581. 

New species of Tertiary Mollusca, Merriam,

No. 425. 

Oil and gas yielding formations, Watts, No.

670.

Paleontology Continued. 

Tertiary Continued. 

Restoration of Oreodon culbertsonii, Stewart,

No. 582.

Revision of Puerco fauna, Matthew, No. 418. 

Skull of Protoceras, Marsh, No. 407. 

Stylinodontia, Marsh, No. 409. 

Tertiary fossils from Antillean region, Guppy

and Dall, No. 255. 

Pleistocene.

Florencia formation, Hershey, No. 275. 

Paleontology of the Post-Pliocene deposits,

Ami, No. 22. 

Pleistocene flora of Canada, Penhallow, No.

471. 

Pleistocene fossils from Bafflnland, Kindle,

No. 336.

Pleistocene of Kansas, Williston, No. 704. 

Remains of fossil sloth, Mercer, No. 423. 

Genera, and species described. 

Acanthodictya Hinde, Dawson, No. 175.

hispida Hinde, Dawson, No. 175. 

Acer trilobatum produotnin? Heer., Knowlton, No. 345. 

Aclis

aciiminata n. sp., Guppy and Dall, No. 255. 

prominens n. sp., Guppy and ball, No.

255. 

(?) (Amblyspira) teres n. sp., Guppy and

Dall. No. 255. 

Acrothele

bellula n. sp., Walcott, No. 657. 

decipiens n. sp., Walcott, No. 657. 

Actason

cossmanni n. sp., Aldrich, No. 18. 

traskii n. sp., Stearns, No. 581. 

Actinoccras

allumettense Billings, Whiteaves, No. 687. 

beloitense Whitfleld, 1877, Clarke, No. 134. 

bigsbyi? Bronn, Whiteaves, No. 687. 

bigsbyi Stokes, 1840, Clarke^ No. 134. 

remotiseptiim Hall, 1850, Clarke, No. 134. 

richardsonii Stokes, Whiteaves, No. 687. 

(Sactoceras ?) canadense Whiteayes, Whiteaves, No. 687. 

Actinocrinus senectus n. sp., Miller and Gurley, No. 431. 

Actinomyan. gen., Ulrich, No. 626.

 modioliforrnis Meek and Worthen, Ulrich, No. 626.

subcarinatan. sp., Ulrich, No. 626.- 

Agaricocrinns

iowensis n. sp., Miller nud Gurley, No. 431. 

keokukensia n. sp., Milleraud Gurley, No.

431.

Alaba turrita n. sp., Guppy and Dall, No. 255. 

Allodesma u. gen., Ulrich, No. 626.

subellipticum Ulrich, Ulrich. No. 626. 

Amblysiphonella prosseri Clarke, Clarke, No.

137. 

Auibonychia Hall, erneud Ulrich, Ulrich, No.

626.

afflnis n. sp., Ulrich, No. 626. 

amygdalina Hall, Ulrich, No. 626. 

bellistriata Hall, Ulrich, No. 626. 

planistriata Hall, Ulrich, No. 626. 

Ainplexus (?) rockfordensis n. sp.. Miller and 

Gurley, No. 431.
BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 156.

Paleontology Continued. 

Genera and species described Continued. 

Anomalophyllites bridgetonensis n. sp., Hoilick, No. 302. 

Anemia umbonata n. sp., Guppy and Ball, No.

255.

Aparchites Jones, Ulrich, No. 627. 

arreotus n. sp., Ulricb, No. 627. 

chatfieldensis n. sp., Ulrich, No. 627. 

ellipticus n. sp., TJlricli, No.'627. 

fimbriatus Ulrich, Ulrich, No. 627. 

granilabiatus Ulrich, Ulrich, No. 627. 

millepunctatus Ulrich, Ulrich, No. 627. 

ininutissinuis Hall var. trentonensis n.

var., Ulrich, No. 627. 

parvulus Jones, "Whiteaves, No. 687. 

whiteavessii Jones, "Whiteaves, No. 687. 

Apodidas Burmeister (emend after Packard),

Schuchert, No. 540.

Apodinse n. subfam., Schuchert, No. 540. 

Archeozoou, Dawson, No. 176. 

Archinacella n. gen., Ulrich and Scofield, No. 

628. 

cingulata n. sp., Ulrich and Scofleld, No.

628. 

deleta Sardeson sp., Ulrich and Scofleld,

°No. 628. 

depressa n. sp., Ulrich and Scofleld, No.

628. 

instabilis Billings var. incurva, n. var.,

Ulrich and Scofleld, No. 628. 

perovalis Whitfield sp., Ulrich and Scofleld, No. 628.

powersi n. sp.,Ulrichand Scofleld, No. 628. 

richniondensis u. sp., Ulrich and Scofleld,

No. 628.

rotunda n. sp., Ulrich and Scofleld, No. 628. 

rugatina n. sp., Ulrich and Scofleld, No.

628. 

semicarinata n. sp., Ulrich and Scofleld,

No. 628. 

sirnulatrix u. sp., Ulrich and Scofield; No.

628. 

subrotunda n. sp., Ulrich and Scofleld. No.

628. 

valida Sardeson sp., Ulrich and Scofleld,

No. 628. 

Argos -wesenbergensis var. paulianus n. var.,

Clarke, No. 133.

Aristerella n. gen., Ulrich, No. 626. 

nitidula n. sp., Ulrich, No. 626. 

Asaphus

gijras DeKay, Whiteaves, No. 687. 

(Isotelus) 8US8B Whitfleld, Whiteaves, No.

687. 

Ascoceras costulatum Whiteaves, Whiteaves,

No. 687. 

Astrocystides ottawaensis n. sp., Whiteaves,

No. 689. 

Aulacopella winnipegehsis Rauft', Whiteaves,

No. 687.

Barrettia Woodward, Whitfleld, No. 693. 

multilirata n. sp., Whitfield, No. 693. 

sparcilirata u. sp., Whitfield, No. 693. 

Bathyurus

extans Hall (sp.), 1847, Clarke, No. 133. 

perkinsi n. sp., Whitfield, No. 691. 

schucherti n. sp., Clarke, No. 133. 

spiniger Hall (sp.), 1847, Clarke, No. 133.

Paleontology Continued. . # 

Genera and species described Continued. 

Batocrinns

donglassin. sp., MillerandGurley,No.431. 

reliquus n. sp., Miller and Gurley, No. 431. 

reservatus n. sp., Miller and Gurley, No.

431. 

rotuliformis n. sp., Miller and Gurley, No.

431. 

rusticellus n. sp., Miller and Gurley, No.

431. ° 

(?) rusticns n. sp., Miller and Gurley, No.

431.

scitulus n. sp., Miller and Gurley, No. 431. 

senex n. sp., Miller and Gurley, No. 431. 

sharonensis u. sp., Miller and Gurley, No.

431. 

Bellerophon Montfort, Ulrioh and Scofleld,

No. 628. 

bilineatus n. sp., Ulrich and Scofleld, No.

628.

capax n. sp., Ulrich and Scofield, No. 628. 

clausus n. sp., Ulrich and Scofield, No. 628. 

mohri Miller, Ulrich and Scofield, No. 628. 

platystoma Meek and "Worthen, Ulrich

and Scofield, No. 628. 

recurvus 11. sp., Ulrich and Scofield, No.

628.

similis n. sp., Ulrich and Scofleld, No. 628. 

subangularis n. sp., Ulrich and Scofleld,

No. 628. 

subglobnlus n. sp., Ulrich aud Scofield,

No. 628.

troosti (d'Orbigny) Safford, Ulrich and 

Scofleld, No. 628. 

var. burginensis n. var., Ulrich and

Scofleld, No. 628.

Bellerophontacea, Ulrich and Scofleld, No. 628. 

Benthonella turbinata n. sp., Guppy and Ball,

No. 255. 

Betula, Knowlton, No. 345.

sequalis? Lx., Knowlton, No. 345. 

Beyrichia McCoy, Ulrich, No. 627. v 

initialis n. sp., Ulrich, No. 627. 

nova scotica, Dawson, No. 174. 

Bittiuiu (Styliferina) praeformatum n. sp.,

Guppy and Dall, No. 255. 

Bollia Jones and Holl, Ulrich, No. 627. 

unguloidea n. sp., Ulrich, No. 627. 

subaequata n. sp., Ulrich, No. 627. 

Brachysaurus n. gen., Williston, No. 708. 

overtoni Williston, Williston, No. 708. 

Brouteus lunatus Billings, 1854, Clarke, No.

133.

Bucanella Meek, Ulrich and Scofleld, No. 628. 

Bucania Hal), Ulrich and Scofiuld, No. 628. 

champlainensis n:sp, Whitfield, No. 691. 

crassa n. sp., Ulrich and Scotield, No. 628. 

elliptica n. sp., Ulrich and Scofield, No.

628. 

emnionsi n. sp., Ulrich and Scofield, No.

628. 

c frankf'ortensis n. sp., Ulrich and Scofield,

No. 628.

halli n. sp., Ulrich and Scofield, No. 628. 

lindsleyi Safford, Ulrich and Scofield, No. 

628.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1897. 113

Paleontology Con ti nued. 

Genera and species described Continued. 

Bucania Continued.

inicronema n. sp., Ulrich and Scofleld, No.

628. 

minneaotensia n.sp., Qlrich and Scofleld,

No. 628.

nana n. sp., Ulrich and Scofleld, No. 628. 

var. subpatula n. var., Ulrich and Scofleld, No. 628. ' 

nashvilleusia n. sp., Ulrich and Scoiield,

No. 628. 

peracuta n. sp.,.Ulrich and Scofleld,No.

028. 

punctifrons Emmons, Ulrich and Scofield,

No. 628. 

rugatina n. sp., Ulrich and Scofleld, No.

628. 

simulatrix n. sp., Ulrich and Scofleld, No.

628. 

singularis n. sp.,Ulricli and Scofield, No.

628. 

subangulata n. sp., Ulrich and Scofield,

No. 628. 

sublata n. sp., Ulrich and Scofleld, No.

628.

Bucanopais n. gen., Ulrich and Scofleld, No. 

 628. 

carinifera n.sp., Ulrich and Scofield, No.

628.

Rullia buccinoidea n. sp., Merriam, No. 425. 

Bumastns

orbicaudatus Billings (sp.), 1859, Clarke,

No. 133. 

trentonensis Ernmons (sp.),1842, Clarke,

No. 133. 

Buthotrephis pergracilis Dawson, Dawson,

No. 175. 

Byssonychia n. gen., Ulrich, No. 626.

intermedia Meek and Worthen, Ulrich,

No. 626.

tenuistriata n. sp., Ulrich, No. 626. 

Bythocypris Brady, Ulrich, No. C27. 

cyliudrica Hall, Ulrich, No. 627. 

(?.) curta n. sp., Ulrich, No. 627. 

granti u. sp., Ulrich, No. 627. 

(?) robusta n. sp., Ulrich, No. 627. 

Cadulus parianus n. sp., Guppy and Dall, No.

255.

Calamodon Cope, Wortman, No. 742. 

Calaposcia cauadensis Billings, Whiteaves,

No. 687.

Cullicrinus, Weller, No. 681. 

Calliostoina liguitica n. sp., Cooper, No. 148. 

Calops

consors n. ap., Marsh, No. 410. 

cristatua, Marsh, No. 410. 

Calymmene callicephala Green, 1832, Clarke,

No. 11(3.

Cameroceras Conrad, 1839, Clarke, No. 134. 

hennepini n. sp., Clarke, No. 134. 

proteiforme Hall, 1847, Clarke, No. 134.

n. ftp., Clarke, No. 134. 

Cancellaria

lanceolata n. sp., Aldrich, No. 19. 

marieaua n. sp., Aldrich, No. 18. 

rowelli n. sp., Guppy and Dall, No. 255.

Bull. 156 8

Paleontology Continued. 

Genera and species described Continued. 

Canistocrinus "Wachsmnth and Springer,

James, No. 312.

pattersoni S. A. Miller, James, No. 312. 

richardaoni Wetherby, James, No. 812. 

Caprina jamaicensis n. sp., Whitfleld No. 692. 

Caprinella

occidentalis n. sp., "Whitfield, No. 69g. 

quadrangularia n. sp., "Whitfleld, No. 092. 

Caprinula gigantea n. sp., Whitfleld, No. 692. 

Carbonia

bairdioides, Dawaon, No. 174. 

elongata, Dawson, No. 174. 

fabnlina, Dawson, No. 174. 

Cardita alticosta Gabb, Cooper, No. 147. 

Carinaria caperata n. sp., Guppy and Ball, No.

255. 

Cai-inaropsis Hall, Ulrica and Scofleld, No.

628.

acuta n. sp., Ulrich and Scotield, No. 628. 

cnnnku Hall, Ulrich and Scofleld, No. 62H. 

cymbulaHall, Ulrich and Scoflpld. No. C28. 

explanata n.sp., Ulrich and Scofiold, No.

628.

minima n. sp., Ulrich and Scofleld, No. 628. 

phalera Sardeson, Ulrich and Scoflold, No.

628.

Cassia obtusa n. sp., Knowlton, No. 345. 

Celastrus lindgreni n. sp., Knowlton', No. 345. 

Ceratopsis n. gen., Ulrich, No. 627. 

chambers'! Miller, Ulrich, No. 627.

var. robusta n. var., Ulrich, No. 627. 

Ceraurus pleurexanthemus Green, 1832,

Clarke, Is 0.133. 

Cerithiopsis

conica n. sp., Aldrich, No. 18. 

dalli n. sp., Aldrich, No. 18. 

fluviatilis n. sp., Aldrich, No. 18. 

Cerithium delicatulum n. sp., Aldrich, No. 18. 

Chaitetes perantiquus n. sp., Whiteaves, No.

687. 

. Chondrites

cuueatus n. sp., Whiteaves, No. 687. 

cupressinus Wliiteaves, Whiteaves, No..

687. 

gracillimus Whiteaves, Whiteaves, No.

687.

metiasicna n. sp., Dawson, No. 175. 

(Bythotrephis) patulus, Whiteaves, No.

687. 

Chriacus Cope, Matthew, No. 418.

baldwini (Cope), Matthew, No. 418. 

pelvideus (Cope), Matthew, No. 418. 

schlosserianus Cope, Matthew, No. 418. 

truncatus Cope, Matthew, No. 418. 

Claenodon Scott, Matthew, No. 418.

corrugatns (Cope), Matthew, No. 418.

ferox (Cope), Matthew, No. 418.

(if) protogonioides (Cope), Matthew, No.

418. 

Clathrospira n. gen., Ulrich and Scofleld, No.

628.

conica n. sp., Ulrich and Scofleld, No. 628. 

convexa n. sp., Ulrich aud Scofleld, No.

628.

subconica Hall, Ulrich and Scofleld, No, 

628.
114 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. 1 GEOLOGY, [BULL. 155.

Paleontology Continued. 

Genera and species described Continued. 

Clathurella

amicta n. sp., Guppy and Dall, No. 255. 

vendryesiana n. sp., Guppy and Dall, No.

255. 

dementia (?) teniosa n. sp., Guppy and Dall,

Jfo. 255.

Clidastes, Williston, No: 710. 

Clidophorus Hall, Ulrich, No. 626. 

consuetus Ulrich, TJlricb, No. 626. 

neglectus Hall, TJlricb, No. 626. 

Clinoceras raumlaeforrae Whitfielci, 1878,

Clarke, No. 133. 

Clinopistba (?) antiqna n. sp., Whiteaves, No.

687.

Clionycbia Ulrich, TJlrich, No. 626. 

erecta Hall, Ulricb, No. 626. 

lamellosja Hall, TJlrich, No. 626. 

nitida n. sp., Ulrich, No. 626. 

rhombpidea Ulricb, Ulrich, No. 626. 

undata Emmons, Ulricb, No. 626. 

Clitambonites diversa Shaler, Whiteaves. No.

687. 

Cffilocaulus (Ehlert, Ulricb and Scofield, No.

628. 

neglectus n. sp., Ulrich. and Scoflehl, No.

628.

ojhlerti n. sp., Ulrich and Scofield, No. 628. 

Colpouiya n. gen., Ulricb, No. 626. 

demissa n. sp., Ulrich, No. 626. 

Cohimnaria alveolata Goldfuss, "Whiteaves,

No. 687.

Conolichas coruutus n. sp., Clarke, No. 133. 

Coi oryctes Cope, Wortman, No. 742. 

Conradella n. gen., Ulrich and Scofield, No.

628.

bellula n; sp., Ulrich and Scofield, No. 628. 

dyeri Hall. Ulrich and Scofield, No. 628. 

var. cellulosa n. var., Ulrich and Scofield, No. 628. 

elegans Miller, Ulrich and Scofield, No.

628. 

fimbriata°n. sp., Ulrich and Scofield, No.

628.

grandis n. sp., Ulrich and Scofield, No. 628. 

imbricata Meek and "VVorthen, Ulrich and

Scofield, No. 628. 

obliqua n. sp., Ulrich and Soofield, No.

628. 

similis n. sp., Ulrich and Scofleld, No.

628. 

triangularis n. sp., Ulrich and Scofield,

No. 628. 

Conularia asperata "Billings, Whiteaves, No.

687.

Cornulina armigera, Aldrich, No. 18. 

Crangopsisvermiformis (Meek),0rtmanu, No.

456. 

Crania chesterensia n. sp., Miller and Gurley,

No. 431.

Crassatella decliva, Aldrich, No. 18. 

Crassatellites (Crassinella) guppyi n. sp.,

Guppy and Dall, No. 255. 

Cricotus, "Williston, No. 706. 

. Cryptodiscus Hall, "Weller, No. 681.

Paleontology Continued. 

Genera and species described Continued. 

Cryptodiscus Continued.

bilobus n. sp., Weller, No. 680.

corrugatus n. sp., "Weller, No. 680.

digitatus n. sp., Weller, No. 680.

hydei n. sp., Weller, No. 680. . 

Cryptozoon

boreale, Dawson, No. 176.

occidentale n. sp., Dawson, No. 176. 

Ctenacanthus

acutus.n. sp., Eastman, No. 188.

xiphias, Eastman, No. 188. 

Ctenerpeton

alveolatuin n. gen. e't sp., Cope, No. 149.

tenuicorno Cope, Cope, No. 149. . 

Ctenobolbina Ulrich, Ulrich, No. 627.

crassa (Jlrich, Ulrich, No. 627.

fulcrata n. sp., Ulrich, No. 627. 

Ctenodonta Salter, Ulricb, No. 626.

albertina n. sp., Ulrich, No. 626.

alta Hall, Ulrich, No. 626.

calvini n. sp., Ulricb, No. 626.

carinata n. sp., Ulrich, No. 626

compressa Ulrich, Ulrich, No. 626.

fecunda Hall, Ulrich, No. 626.

filistriata n. sp., Ulrich, No. 626.

gibberula Salter, Ulricb, No. 626. ' .

hamburgensis Walcott, Ulrich, No. 626.

intermedia Ulrich, Ulrich, No. 626.

logani Salter, Ulrich, No. 626.

longa Ulrich, Ulricb, No. 626. -

madisonensis n. sp., Ulrich, No. 626.

medialia n. sp., Ulrich, No. 626.

nasuta Hall, Ulrich, No. 626.

nitida Ulrich, Ulrich, No. 626.

obliqna Hall, Ulrich, No. 626.

oviformis n. sp., Ulrich, No. 626.

planodorsata Ulrich, Ulrich, No. 626.

recurva Ulrich, Ulrich, No. 626.

scofieldi n. sp., Ulricb, No. 626.

sirailis Ulrich, Ulrich, No. 626.

simulatrix n. sp., Ulrich, No. 626.

socialis n. sp., Ulrich, No. 626.

subnasuta n.'sp., Ulrich, No. 626. 

Cuneainya Hall and Whitfield, Ulrich, No. 

626.

oblouga n. sp., Ulrich, No. 626.

truncatula n. sp., Ulricb, No. 626. 

Cyathophycus quebecense Dawson, Dawson,

No. 175.

Cybele winchelli n. sp., Clarke, No. 133. 

Cyclonema Hall, Ulrich and Scofield, No. 628.

bilix Conrad, Ulrich and Scofield, No. 628.

gracile n. sp., Ulrich and Scofield, No. 628.

humerosum n. sp., Ulrich and Scoiield, 

No. 628.

inflatum n. sp., Ulrich and Scofleld, No. 

628.

mediale n. sp., Ulrich and Scofield, No. 628.

pyramidatum James, Ulrich and Scofield, 

No. 628.

simulans n. sp., Ulrich and Scofield, No. 

628..

transversum n. sp., Ulrich and Scofield, 

No. 628.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1897. 115

Paleontology Continued. 

Genera and species described Contimied. 

Cyclonema Continued.

varicosum Hall, Ulrich and Scofleld, No.

628. 

( 1 Holopea) limatum n. sp., Ulrich and Scofield, No. C28.

Cylichna aldrichi, Aldrich, No. 18. 

Cyphaspis galenensisn. sp., Clarke, No. 133. 

Cyrtoceras Goldfuss 4832, Clarke, No. 134. 

billiugsi Salter 1859, Clarke, No. 134. 

camurum Hall 1847, Clarke, No. 134. 

corniculum Hal) 1802, Clarke, No. 134. 

featherstonhanghi n. sp., Clarke, No. 134. 

hallianum d'Orbiguy 1850, Clarke, No. 134. 

houghtoui 11. sp., Clarke, No. 134. 

laticurvatium Whiteaves, Whiteaves, No.

687. 

raanitobense Whiteavos, Whiteaves, No.

687.

minneapolis n. sp., Clarke, No. 134. 

Helens Hall 1861, Clarke, No. 134. 

norwoodi n. sp., Clarke, No. 134. 

scotieldi n. sp., Clfirke, No. 134. 

shiunardi n. sp., Olarke, No. 134. 

Cyrtocerina (?) schoolcrafti n. sp., Clarke, No.

134.

Cyrlodonta Billings, Ulrich, No. 626. 

affinis n. sp., Ulrich, No. 626. 

ainpla n. sp., Ulrich, No. 626. 

billingsi n. sp., Ulrich. No. 626. 

canadensis Billings, Whiteaves, No. 687. 

cingulata Ulrich, Ulrich, No. 626. 

gibbcra n. sp., Ulrich, No. 626. 

glabella Ulrich, Ulrich, No. 626. 

grandis Ulrich, Ulrich, No. 626. 

janesvillensis u. sp., Ulrich, No. 626. 

obesa n. sp., Ulrich, No. 626. 

obliquaMeek and Worthen, Ulrich, No.626. 

oviformis Ulrich, Ulrich, No. 626. 

parva n. sp., Ulrich, No. 626. 

persimilis n. sp., Ulrich, No. 626. 

rotulata n. sp., Ulrich, No. 626. 

subovata u. sp., Ulrich, No. 626. 

tenella Ulrich, Ulrich, No. 626. 

Cyrtodontida) n. fam., Ulrich, No. 626. 

Cyrtolites Conrad, Ulrich and Scofleld, No.

628. 

carinatus Miller, Ulrich aud Scoiield, No.

628. 

(?) dilatatus 11. sp., Ulrich and Scofield,

No. 628. 

disjunctus 11. sp., Ulrich and Scofleld, No.

628. 

ornatus Conrad, Ulrich and Scofield, No.

628.

parvns n. sp., Ulrich aud Scofleld, No. 628. 

retrorsus n. sp., Ulrich and Scofleld, No. 

628. 

var. fillmorensis n. var., Ulrich and

Scofleld, No. 628. 

Cyrtoinetopus n. gen., Ulrich and Scofleld, No.

628. 

nitidula Ulrich, Ulrioh and Scofleld, No.

628. 

acofieldi n. sp., Clarke, No. 133.

Paleontology Continued. 

Genera and species described Continued. 

Cyrtospira n. gen., Ulrich and Scofleld,No.628. 

bicurvata n. sp., Ulrich and Scofield, No.

628.

tortilis n. sp., Ulrich and Scofleld, No. 628. 

wykoffensis n. sp., Ulrich and Scofleld,

No. 628. 

Cythnra

gibba n. sp., Guppy and Ball, No. 255. 

guppyi n. sp., Guppy and Dall, No. 255. 

mucronata n. sp.,Guppy and Dall, No. 255. 

obtnsa n. sp., Guppy and Dall, No. 255. 

Cytherea

newcombei n. pp., Merriam, No. 425. 

vancouverensis n. sp., Merriam, No. 425. 

Cytherella Jones and Bosquet, Ulrich, No. 627: 

( 1) rugnsa Jones, Ulrich, No. 627.

var. arcta n. var., Ulrich, No. 627. 

(?) subrotunda n. sp., Ulrich, No. 627. 

Daemonelix, No. 35. 

Dalmauites achates Billings 1860, Clarke, No.

133.

Diceratheriurn proavitum, Hatcher, No. 262. 

Dichocrinus bozemanensis n. sp., Miller and

Gnrley,No.431.

Dicranella n. gen., Ulrich, No. 627. 

bicomis n. sp., Ulrich, No. 627. 

marginata n. sp., Ulrich, No. 627. * 

(?) simplex n. sp., Ulrich, No. 627. 

spinosa n. sp., Ulrich, No. 627. 

Didymictis

haydenianus Cope, Matthew, No. 418. 

protenus varaltidens Cope, Osborn, No.

458. 

Dilobella n. gen., Ulrich, No. 627.

typa u. sp., Ulrich, No. 627. 

Dimetrodon incisivns Cope, Case, No. 108. 

Diraya grandis n. sp., Guppy and Dall, No.

255.

Dinichthys kepleri n. sp., Claypole, No. 138. 

Dipeltinte n. subfam., Schuchert, No. 540. 

Dipeltis Packard (emend), Schuchert, No. 540. 

carri n. sp., Schuchert, No. 540. 

diplodiscus Packard, Schuchert, No. 540. 

Diphyphyllum stokesi, Edwards and Haime,

Whiteaves, No. 687. 

Discoceras canadense n. sp., Whiteaves, No.

687. 

Dissacus

navajovius Cope, Matthew, No. 418. 

sanrognathus Wortman, Matthew, No.

418.

Distichium capillacenm, Penhallow, No. 468. 

. Divaricella prevaricata n. sp., Guppy and

Dall, No. 255. 

Dolatocrinus neglectus n. sp., Miller and Gurley, No. 431. 

Dorycrinus suboviformis 11. sp., Miller and

Gurley, No. 431.

Dosinia mercenaroidea, Aldrich, No. 18. 

Drepanella Ulrich, Ulrich, No. 627. 

bigeneris n. sp., Ulrich, No. 627. 

bilateralis n. sp., Ulrich, No. 627. 

Dryopteria idahoensis n. sp., Knowlton, No. 

345.
116 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 156.

Paleontology Continued. 

Genera, and species described Continued. 

Eccuhompbalus compressus n. sp., "Whitfleld,

No 691. 

Eccyliomphalus Portlock, Ulrich and Scofleld,

No. 628. 

contiguus n.sp., Ulrich and Scofleld, No.

628. 

undnlatus Hall, Ulrich and Scofleld No.

628. 

isubrotundus n. sp., Ulrich and Scofleld,

No. 628. 

Eccyliopterus Kemele, Ulrich and Scofleld,

No. 628. 

beloitensis n. sp., Ulrich and Scofleld No.

628. 

owenanus Meek and Worthen, Ulrich and

Scofleld, No. 628. 

Edmondia (?) vetusta n. sp.,"VVhiteavea No. 687.° 

Encrinurus

cristatus n. sp., Clarke, No. 133.

(?) raricostatua Walcott 1877, Clarke, No.

133.

vannulus n. sp., Clarke. No: 133. 

Endoceras

subannulatuni Whitfield, Whiteaves, No.

687.

(Narthecoceras) crassipbonatim Whiteaves, Whiteaves, No. 687.

simpsoni Billings, Whiteaves No. 687. 

Endodesinan. gen.. Ulrich, No. 626. 

compressum n. sp., Ulrich, No. 626. 

cuneatum n. sp., Ulrich, No. 626. 

orthonotuni Meek and Worthen, Ulrich,

No. 626.

poatlatum n. sp., Ulrich, No. 626. 

undosum n. sp.,'Ulrich, No. 626. 

Eotoraaria n. gen.,Ulrich and Scofleld, No. 628. 

canalifera n. sp.. Ulrich and Scofield, No.

628. 

dryope Billings, Ulrich and Scofleld, No.

628."

elevata n. sp., Ulrich and Scofleld, No. 628. 

"Jahiosa n. sp., Ulrich and Scofleld, No. 628. 

supracingulaia Billings, Ulrich and Scofleld, No. 628.

vicina u. sp., Ulrich and Scofleld, No. 628. 

Equisetum sp., Kuowlton, No. 345. 

Equus complicates Leidy, Woolman, No. 741. 

Escharopora ramosa? Ulrich, var. or n. sp.,

Whiteaves, No. 687. 

Estheria dawsoni, Bawson, No. 174. 

Eucalyptus gouldii, n. sp., Ward, No. 661. 

Eucbeilodon creno-carinatus, Aldrich No. 18. 

Euconospira planibasalis n. sp., Ulrich and

Scofleld, No. 628. 

Eulima

egregia n. sp., Guppy and Ball, No. 255. 

(Liostraca) nobilis n. sp., Guppy and Ball,

No. 255. .

EupbemusMcCoy.UlrichandScofleld, No. 628. 

Eurotogonia Cope, Matthew, No. 418. 

minor n. sp., Matthew, No. 418. 

puercensis (Cope), Matthew, No. 418. 

, Eurychilina Ulrich Ulrich, No. 627. 

reticulata Ulrich, Ulrich, No. 627.

var.incurva u. var., Ulrich, No. 627.

Paleontology Continued. 

Genera and species described Continued. 

Eurychilina Continued.

(?) subaequata n. sp., Ulrich, No. 627. 

snhradiata Ulrich, Ulrich, No. 627. 

(?) symmetrica n. sp., Ulrich, No. 627. 

ventrosa n. sp., Ulrich, No. 627. 

Enryraya u. gen.,.Ulrich, No. 626.

plana Hall, Ulrich, No. 626. 

Eur.ystomites 

plicatus Whiteaves, Whiteaves, No. 687. 

undatus Erumons var. occidentalis Hall

1861, Clarke, No. 134. 

Fabella oblonga n. sp., Aldrich, No. 18. 

Favosites proliflcus Billings, Whiteaves, No.

687.

Ficus ungeri Lx., Knowlton, No. 345. 

Fossarus (Gottoina) mundulus n. sp., Guppy

and Ball, No. 255.

FUCIIS digitatus n. sp., Penhallow, No. 468. 

Fulgnr carica, Woolman, No. 741. 

Fusispira Hall, Ulrich and Scofleld, No. 628. 

angusta n. sp., Ulrich and Scofield, No. 

628.

var. suhplana n. var., Ulrich and Scofleld, No. 628.

convexan. sp., Ulrich and Scofleld, No. 628. 

inflata Meek and Worthen, Ulrich and

Scofleld, No. 628. 

intermedia n. sp., Ulrich and Scofleld, No.

628.

nobilis u. sp., Ulrich and Scofleld, No. 628. 

planulata n.sp., Ulrich and Scofleld, No.

628. 

schucherti, n. sp., Ulrich and Scofield, No.

628. 

subbrevis n. sp., Ulrich and Scofield, No.

628. 

subfusiformis Hall, Ulrich and Scofleld,

No. 628.

sulcata n. sp., Ulrich_and Scofield, No. 628. 

" Fusus" marnochi, Aldrich. No. 18. 

FUSMS subfilosus n. sp., Aldrich, No. 18. 

Geracua tnbifer n. sp., Matthew, No. 416. 

Gerasaphes n. subgen., Clarko, No. 133.

ulrichiana n. sp., Clarke, No. 133. 

Glyphioceras incisnm Hyatt, Smith. No. 566. 

Glyptocrinus Hall, James, No. 312. 

decadactylns Hall, James, No.'312. 

dyeri Meek, James, No. 312. 

i'ornshelli S. A.Miller, James, No.312. 

miamiensis S. A. Miller, James, No. 312. 

sculptus S. A. Miller, James, No. 312. 

shafleri S. A. Miller, James, No. 312. 

subglobosus Meek, James, No. 312. 

Gmelin, Woolman, No. 741. 

Goniacodon Cope, Matthew, No. 418.

levisanus (Cope), Matthew, No. 418. 

Gonioceras Hall, 1847, Clarke, No. 134. 

anceps Hall, 1847, Clarke, No. 134. 

occidentale Hall, 1861, Clarke, No. 134. 

Gyronema n. gen. or subgen., Ulrich and Scofleld, No. 628. 

duplicatum n. sp., Ulrich and Scofield, No.

628. 

liratum n. sp., Ulrich and Scofield, No.

628.

pulchellum n. sp., Ulrich and Scofleld, No. 

628.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1897. 117

Paleontology Continued.

Genera and specie.v described Continued. 

Gyronema Continued.

semicarinatum Salter, Ulrich and Scofleld,

No. 628. 

Halichondrites confusus Dawson, Dawson,

No. 175.

Halliella Ulrich, Ulrich, No. 627. 

labiosa n. sp., Ulrich, No. 627. 

Halysite8 catenularia L., var. gracilis, Whiteaves, No. 687.

Harpes cassinensis n. sp., Whitfleld, No. 691. 

Harpina

minnesotensis n. sp., Clarke, No. 133.

of. ottawensis Billings (sp.), Clarke, No.

133.

rutrellnm n. sp., Clarke, No. 133. 

Helcionopsis n. gen., Ulrich and Scofleld, No.

628. 

subcarinata n. ap., Ulrich and Scofleld,

No. 628.

striata n. sp., Ulrich and Scofleld, No. 628. 

Helicotonm Salter, Ulrich and Scofleld, No.

628. 

declivis Safford, Ulrich and Scofleld, No.

628.

grauosan. s'p., Ulrich and Scofleld, No.628. 

marginata n. sp., Ulrich and Scofleld, No.

628. 

planulata Salter, Ulrich and Scofleld, No.

628.

var. robusta n. var., Ulrich and Scofleld, No. 628. 

plannlatoides n. sp., Ulrich and Seofield,

No. 628. 

subquadrata n. sp., Ulrich and Scotield,

No. 628. 

tennesseensis Safford, Ulrich and Scofleld,

No. 628. 

nmbilicata n. sp., Ulrich and Seofield, No.

628. 

verticalis n. sp., Ulrich and Scofleld, No.

628. 

Hemiganns otariidens Cope, Wortman, No.

742.

Hesperornis, Marsh, No. 408. 

Heteracanthus uddeni n. sp., Lindahl, No.

381. 

Hipponyx tortilis n. sp., Guppy and Dall, No.

255.

Holopea Hall, Dlrich and Scofleld, No. 628. 

atnpla n. sp., Ulrich and Scoflold, No. 628. 

appressa u. sp., Ulrich and Seofield. No.

628. 

concinnula n. sp., Ulrich and Scofleld, No.

628.

excelsa n. sp., Ulrich and Seofield, No. 628. 

insignisu. sp., Ulrich and Seofield, No. 628. 

paludiniformis, Ulrich and Scofleld, No.

628.

parvula n. sp., Pinch and Seofield No. 628. 

pyrene Billings, Ulrich and Scofleld, No.

628.

rotunda n. sp., Ulrich and Seofield, No. 628. 

siinilis u. sp., Dlrich and Seofield, No. 628. 

supraplana u. sp., Ulrich cind Seofield, No. 

628.

Paleontology Continued 

Genera and species described Continued. 

Holoptychius serrulatus n. sp., Cope, No. 149. 

latus n. sp., Cope, No. 149. 

flabellatus n. sp., Cope, No. 149. 

Honnotoma Salter, Ulrich and Scofleld, No.

628. 

bellioincta Hall, Ulrich and Seofield, No.

628.

gracilis Hall, Ulrich and Seofield, No. 628. 

var., angustata Hall, Ulrich and Scofleld, No. 628. 

(?) var. goodhuensis n.var., Ulrich

and Seofield, No. 628. 

var. multivolvia n. var., Ulrich and

Seofield, No. 628.

var. sublaxa n. var., Ulrich and Scofleld, No. 628. 

(?) major Hall, Ulrich and Scofleld, No.

628.

ealteri n. sp., Ulrich and Scofield, Ni. 628. 

subangulata n. ap., Ulrich and Scofleld,

No. 628. 

trentonensis n. sp., Ulrich and Scofleld,

No. 628.

winnipegensis n. ep., Whiteaves, No. 687. 

Hyalostelia metisaica Dawson, Dawson, No.

175.

Hypnum recurvans, Penhallow, No. 468. 

Illmnus

americanus Billings 1859, Clarke, No. 133. 

cf. indeterminatus Walcott, Clarke, No.

133. 

Inocaulis canadensis n. sp., Whiteaves, No.

687. 

Iphidwi Billings, Walcott, No. 657.

alabamaensis n. sp., Walcott, No. 657. 

crenistria n. sp., Walcott, No. 657. 

logani n. sp., Walcott, No. 657. 

pealci B. sp., Walcott, No. 657. 

superba n. sp., Walcott, No. 657. 

Isodectes punctulatus Cope, Cope, No. 149. 

Isotelus

canalis Whitfleld sp., Clarke, No. 133. 

maximus Locke, 1838, Clarke, No. 133. 

gigas De Kay, 1824, Clarke, No. 133. 

Busae Whitfield, 1882, Clarke, No. 133. 

Jonesella Ulrich, Ulrich, No. 627.

obscura n. sp , Ulrich, No. 627. 

Juglans hesperian. sp., Knowlton, No. 345. 

Kellia prima n. sp., Aldrich, No. 18. 

Kokenia n. gen., Ulrich and Scofield, No. 628. 

costalis n. sp., Ulrich and Scofield, No. 628. 

Krausella n. gen., Ulrich, No. 627. 

arcuata u. sp., Ulrich, No. 627. 

inaequalis n. sp., Ulrich, No. 627. 

Lambdotherium Cope, Osborn, No. 461.

popoagicum Cope, Osborn, Nos. 458,461. 

Larix aiuericaua, Penhallow, No. 471. 

Lasiothrix Hinde, Dawsou, No. 175.

curvicostata Hinde, Dawson, No. 175. 

flabellata n. sp., Dawson, No. 175. 

Leaia leidyi, Dawson, No. 174. 

Leda marieana n. sp., Aldrich, No. 18. 

Leperditella n. gen., Ulrich, No. 627. 

canalis n. sp., Ulrich, No. 627. 

(?) dorsicornis Ulrieh, Ulrich, No. 627.
118 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BOLL. 156.

Paleontology Continued. 

Genera and species described Continued. 

Leperditella Continued.

germana Ulrich, Ulrich, No. 627. 

macra n. sp., Ulrich, No. 627. 

peraimilia n. sp., Ulrich, No. 627. 

Leperditia Eonault, Ulrich, No. 627. 

fabulites Conrad, Ulrich, No. 627. 

olceni, Dawson, No. 174.

Leptoh (?) alabamensis n. sp., Aldrich, No. 18. 

Levifuaus pagoda, Aldrich, No. 18. 

Lichas (Terataapis) grandis Hall, Whitfield,

No. 690. ' 

Limopsia subangularia n. ep., Guppy and Dall,

No. 255. 

Lingula

elongata Hall, "Whiteavea, No. 687. 

iowensis Owen, "Whiteaves, No. 687. 

obtusa Hall, Whiteaves, No. 687. 

Lingulepis meeki n. sp., Walcott, No. 656. 

Linuparus atavua n. sp., Ortmann, No. 457. 

Liospira n. gen., Ulrich and Seoneld, No. 628. 

abrupta n. sp., Ulrich and Scofleld, No. 628. 

americana Billings, Ulrich and Scofleld,

No. 628. 

angnlata n. sp., Ulrich and Scofleld, No.

628. 

angustata n. sp., Ulrich and Scofleld, No.

628. 

decipiens n. sp., Ulrich and Scofleld, No.

628.

micula Hall, Ulrich and Scofleld, No. 628. 

(?) inundula n. sp., Ulrich and Scofleld,

No. 628.

obtusa n. sp., Ulrich and Scofleld, No. 628. 

persirailis n. sp., Ulrich and Scofleld, No.

628. 

progne Billings, Ulrich and Scofield, No.

628.

rugata n. sp., Ulrich and Scofleld, No. 628. 

subconcavan. sp., Ulrich and Scofield, No.

628. 

vitruvia Billings, Ulrich and Scofleld, No.

628. 

Liotia yeresirailis n. sp., Guppy and Dall, No.

255.

Littorina subobesa n. sp., Cooper, No. 148. 

Lophospira Whitfield, Ulrich and Scofleld,

No'. 628. 

abnormis n. sp., Ulrich and Scofleld, No.

628. 

acumhiata n. sp., Ulrich and Scofleld, No.

628.

ampla n. sp., Ulrich and Scofleld, No. 628. 

augustiua Billings, Ulrich and Scotteld,

No. 628. 

var. minnesotensis n. var., Ulrich and

Scofleld, No. 628. . 

bicincta Hall, Ulrich and Scofield, No.

628. 

bowdeni Saflbrd, Ulrich and Scofleld, No.

628. 

centralis n. ap., Ulrich and Scofield, No.

628. 

coucinnula n. sp., Ulrich and Scofleld, No.

628.

conoidea n. sp., Ulrich and Scofield, No. 

628.

Paleontology Continued. 

Genera and species described Continued. 

Lophospira Continued.

conradana n. sp., Ulrich and Scofleld, No.

628.

decnrsa n. sp., Ulrich and Scofleld, No. 628. 

elevatan. sp., Ulrich and Scofleld, No. 628. 

fillmorensis n. sp., Ulrich and Scofield, No.

628.

helicteres var. wisconsinensis n. var., Ulrich and Scofield, No. 628. 

humilis n. sp., Ulrich and Scofield, No. 628. 

medialis n. sp., Ulrich and Scofield, No.

628. 

var. burginensis n. var., Ulrich and

Scofield, No. 628. 

multigruma Miller, Ulrich and Scofield,

No. 628.

obliqua n. sp., Ulrich and Scofield, No. 628. 

oweni n. sp., Ulrich and Scofield, No. 628. 

peracuta n. sp., Ulrich and Scofield, No.

628. 

perangulata Hall, Ulrich and Scofield, No.

628. 

perforata n. sp.,Ulrich and Scofield, No.

628. 

perlamellosa n. sp., Ulrich and Scofield,

No. 628. 

procera n. sp., Ulrich and Scofleld, No.

628. 

producta n. sp., Ulrich and Scofield, No.

628. 

pulchella n. sp., Ulrich and Scofield, No.

628. 

quadrisnlcata'n. sp., Ulrich and Scofield,

No. 628. 

saflbrdi n. sp., Ulrich and Scofield, No.

628. 

serrulata Salter, Ulrich and Scofleld, No.

628. 

spironema n. sp., Ulrich and Scofield, No.

628. 

sumnerensis Safford, Ulrich and Scofield,

No. 628. 

tenuistriata n. sp., Ulrich and Scofield

No. 628.

(? Seelya) (?) knoxvillensis 11. sp.,Ulrich 

and Scofield, No. 028. 

lirata n. sp., Ulrich and Scofield, No.

628.

(?) notabilis n. sp., Ulrich and Scofield, No. 628. 

(?) trochoneinoides n. sp., Ulrich and

Scofield, No. 628. 

Loxonema winnipegense Whiteaves, Whit

eaves, No. 687. 

Lucina

astartiformis n. sp., Aldrich, No. 18. 

pauperata n. sp., Guppy and Dall, No. 255. 

textilis n. sp., Guppy and Dall, No. 255. 

Lyrodesma Conrad, Ulrich, No. 626. 

acuminatum n.-sp., Ulrich, No. 626. 

cannonense n. sp., Ulrich, No. 626. 

Machajrodus, Smith, No. 9. 

Maclurea (Leuseur) Woodward, TTlrich and

Scofield, No. 628. . 

afflnis Bill., Whitfield, No. 691.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1897. 119

Paleontology Continued. 

Genera and speoies described Continued. 

Maclurea Continued.

bigsbyi Hall, Ulrich and Scofleld, No. 628. 

var. dixxmensisn. var., TJlrichand Scofleld, No. 628.

crassa n. sp., Ulrich and Scofield, No. 628. 

var. macran. var., Ulrich and Scofleld,

No. 628. . 

depressa n. sp., Ulrich and Scofleld, No. .

628. 

knoxvillensia n. sp., Ulrich and Scofleld,

No. 628.

nitida n. sp., Ulrich and Scofleld, No. 628. 

Macluria (Maclurina) manitobeusis "Whiteaves, Whitoaves, No. 687. 

Maelurinaii, gen., Ulrich and Scofield, No. 628. 

cnneata Whitfield, Ulrich and Scofield,

No. 628:

manitobensis Whiteavea, Ulricli and Scofield, No. 628. 

unbrotunda Whitflelu,TJlricu and Scofield,

No. 628. 

MacronoteJla n. gen., Ulrich, No. 627.

scofieldi n. sp., Ulrich, No. 627. 

Macropetalichthys, Eastman, No. 190. 

Major Ulrich, Ulrich, No. 626. 

Mangilia ccmsentanea n. sp., Guppy and Ball,

No. 255. 

Marginella

amina n. sp., Guppy and Dall, No. 255. 

domingoensis n. sp., Guppy and Dall, No.

255.

latiasima 11. sp., Guppy and Dall, No. 255. 

limoneusis u. sp., Guppy and Dall, No. 255. 

(Persicula)arcuatan. sp., GuppyandDall,

No. 255.

solitaria n. sp., Guppy and Dall, No. 255. 

Mariacriuus Hall. James, No. 312.

liarrisi S. A. Miller, James, No. 312. 

Matheria Billings, Ulrich, No. 620. 

rugosa Ulrich, Ulrich, No. 626. 

Mathilda

plexita n. sp., G uppy and Dall, No. 255. 

regularis Meyer, Aldrich, No. 18. 

Meekospira n. gen., Ulrich and Scofleld, No.

 628. 

snbconica n. sp.,Ulrich and Scofield, No.

628. 

Megalomphala n. gen., Ulrich and Scofield,

628. 

Mesotrypa selkirkensis u. sp.. Whiteavea, No.

687.

Minoceras Hall, Ulrich and Scofleld, No. 628. 

MioclajuuH Cope, Matthew, No. 418. 

acolytua (Cope), Matthew, No. 418. 

inajquldens (Cope), Matthew; No. 418. 

lemuroudes n. sp., Matthew, No. 418. 

turgidunculus Cope, Matthew, No. 418. 

tnrgidus Cope, Matthew, No. 418. 

Mixodectes Cope, Matthew, No. 418. 

Modiolodon n. gen., Ulrich, No. 626. 

(?) gibhus u. sp., Ulrich, No. 626. 

patulus n. sp., Ulrich, No. 626. 

Modiolopaidie u. fain., Ulrich, No. 626. 

Modiolopsis Hall, Ulrich, No. 626.

angustifrons n. sp., Whiteaves, No. 687. 

arguta u. sp., Ulrich, No. 628.

Paleontology Continued. 

Genera and species described Continued. 

Modiolopsis Continued.

chatfieldeusis n. sp., Ulrich, No. 626. 

concava Ulrich, Ulrich, No. 626. 

couceutrica Hall and "Whitfield, Ulrich,

No. 626.

(?) cousimilis n. sp., Ulrich, No. 626. 

excelleus n. ap., Ulrich, No. 626. 

raytiloides Hall, Ulrich, No. 626. 

nan. n..sp., Ulrich, No. 626. 

obsoleta n. sp., Ulrich, No. 626. 

owoni n. sp., Ulrich, No. 626. 

parviuscula Billings, "Whiteaves, No. 687. 

similis Ulrich, Ulrich, No. 626. 

Mogulia "Waagen, Ulrich and Scofleld, No. 028. 

Moorea Jones and Kirkby, Ulrich, No. 627. 

angnlaris n. ap., Ulrich, No. 627. - . 

(?) perplexa n. sp., Ulrich, No. 627. 

puuctata n. sp., Ulrioh,.No. 627. 

0 Murchisonia cassina u. sp., Whitfield, No. 691, 

Myelopteris topekensis n. sp., Penhallow, No.

469. 

Myrica

(?) idahoensia u. sp., Kuowlton, No. 345. 

lanceolata n. sp., Jinowlton, No. 345. 

Nauno aulema u. sp:, Clarke, No. 134. 

Nassauewcombei n. sp., Merriam, No. 425. 

Nautilus perldusi n. ap., "Whitfield, No. 691. 

Nileus striatus n. sp., Whitfield, No. 091. 

vigilans, Meek and Worthen (sp.), 1875,

Clarke, No,133. 

Nimravua Cope, Smith, No. 9. 

Obolella (Linnarssonia) pretiosa Billings,

Dawson, No. 175. 

Odontupleura parvtila Wolcott (sp.), 1877,

Clarke, No. 133. 

Odontostomia insiguiflca n. sp., Aldrich, No.

18. ' '

Oliva plicata n. sp., Guppy and Dall, No. 255. 

Olivella indivisa n. sp., Guppy and Dall, No.

255.

Omospira n. gen., Ulrioh and Scofleld, No. 628. 

alexandra Billinga, Ulrich and Scofleld,

No. G28. 

 laticinnota n. ap., Ulricli and Scofield, No.

628. 

Oncocera.

carveri u. sp., Clarke, No. 134. 

douglassi n. sp., Clarke, No. 134. 

exiguum Billinga, 1860, Clarke. No. 134. 

lycus Hall, 1861; Clarke, No. 134. 

magnum Whiteavea, Whiteaves, No. 687. 

(magnum ? var.) intermedium, Whiteaves,

No. 087.

miunesotense u. ap., Clarke, No. 134. 

paudiou Hall, 1861, Clarke, No. 134. 

whiteavcsii Miller, Whiteaves, No. 087. 

Onychodectes Cope, Wortman, No. 742. 

Ophiletina n. gen., Ulrich and Scofield, No.

028. 

augularis 11. sp., Ulricli and Scofield, No.

028.

sublaxa n. ap., Ulrich and Scofield, No. 028. 

Opis triangulata Cooper (Stanton), Cooper,

No. 148.

Oreodon culbertaonii Leidy, Stewart, No. 582. 

Ornithostoma ingens, Williston, No. 705.
120 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 156.

Paleontology. Continued. 

Genera and species described Continued. 

Omithotarsus immania Cope, "Woolman, No.

741. 

Orthis

corpulenta Sardeson, Sardeson, No. 525. 

emacerata Hall, Sardeson, No. 525. 

futilis n. sp., Sardeson, No. 525. 

iguota n. sp., Sardeson, No. 525. 

meeki'S. A. Miller, Sardeson, No. 525. 

multiseota Meek, Sardeson,-No. 525. 

porr'ecta n. sp., Sardeson, No. 525. 

rogata Sardeson, Sardeson, No. 525. 

tersa Sardeson, Sardeson, No. 525. 

testudinaria Sardeson, No. 525. 

Orthoceras

of. amplicameratum Hall, 1847, Clarke,

No. 134.

anellus Conrad, 1843, Clarke, No. 134. 

beltramii ri. sp., Clarke, No. 134. 

bilineatum Hall, 1847, Clarke, No. .134. 

junceum Hall, 1847, Clarke, No. 134. 

lesenri n. sp., Clarke, No. 134. 

mnlticameratum Emmons, 1842, Clarke,

No. 134.

nicolleti n. sp., Clarke, No. 134. 

p'erroti n. sp., Clarke, No. 134. 

olorus Hall, 1877, Clarke, No. 134. 

selkirkensis Wbiteaves, Whiteaves, No.

687. '

sociale Hall, 1877, Clarke, No. 134. 

tenuistriatum Hall, 1847, Clarke, No. 134. 

winnipegense Whiteaves, Whiteaves, No.

687. 

Orthodesma Hall and Whitfield, Ulrich, No.

626.

aftino n. sp., "Whiteaves, No. 687. 

canaliculatum, TJlricb, No. 626. - 

minnesotense Ulrich, Ulricb, No. 626. 

schucherti n. sp., Ulrich, No. 626. 

subnasutum Meek and Worfchen, Ulrich,

No. 626. 

Oscilla indiscreta n. sp., Guppy and Ball, No.

255.

Owenella n. gen., Ulrich and Seofleld, No. 628. 

antiquata Whitfield sp., Ulrich and Seofleld, No. 628.

Oxyaena huerfanensis n. sp., Osborn, No. 458. 

Oxyclaenus (Cope) Scott, Matthew, No. 418. 

cuspidatus Cope, Matthew, No. 418. 

simplex (Cope), Matthew. No. 418. 

Oxydiscus Koken, Ulrich and Seofleld, No.628. 

cristatus Safford, Ulrich and Seofleld, No.

628. 

subacutus n. sp., Ulrich and Seofleld, No.

.628.

Palfeamsea Hall and Whitfleld, Ulrich and 

Scofield, No. 628.

humilisn. sp., Ulrich and Seofleld, No. 628. 

Palseaster wyckoffi n. sp., Miller and Gurley,

No. 431. 

Palseophycus Hall, Duden, No. 186.

new-albanense n. sp., Duden, No. 186. 

lineare n. sp., Duden, No. 186. 

Palteopteria.n. gen., "Whiteaves, No. 687.

pnrvula n. sp., Whiteaves, No. 687. 

Palseosaccus Hinde, Dawson, No. 175. 

dawaoni Hinde, Dawson, No. 175.

Paleontology Continued. 

Genera and species described Continued. 

Palseosyops boreatis Cope, Matthew, No. 419. 

Parenchymophycus n. gen., Duden, No. 186.

asphalticum n. sp., Duden, No. 186. 

Pasceolus gregarius? Billings, AVhiteaves,

No. 687.

Patella georaetrica n. sp., Merriam, No. 425. 

Patellostium Waagen, Ulrich and Scofield,

No.628.

Paterula amii n. sp., Schuchert, No. 539. 

Patrioi'elis ulta Leidy, Osborn, No. 458. 

Periptychus

carinidens Cope, Matthew, No. 418. 

coarctatus Cope, Matthew, No. 418. 

rhabdodon (Cope), Matthew, No. 418. 

Phasianella sp. ?, Guppy and Ball, No. 255. 

Phenacodus primsevus Cope, Osborn, No. 459. 

Philine alabamensis n. sp., Aldrich, No. 18. 

Pholadomya (Triplicosta) progressive, n. sp.,

Cooper, No. 148. 

Pholidops greenei n. sp., Miller and Gurley,

No. 431. 

Phos

fasciolatus n. sp., Guppy and Dall, No. 255. 

gabbii n. sp., Guppy and Dall, No. .255. 

metuloides n. sp., Guppy and Dall, No. 255. 

(Strongylocera) chipolanus n. sp., Guppy

and Dall, No. 255. 

. Phragmites aquehongensis n. sp., Hollick, No.

299. 

Phyllites flexuosus n. sp., Knowlton, No. 345.

obscurus n. sp., Knowlton, No. 345. 

Picea nigra, Penhallow, No. 471. 

Piloceras newton-wincbelli n. sp., Clarke, No.

134.

Pinus sp., Knowlton, No. 345. 

Platecarpus, Williston, No. 710. 

Platyeeras

(?) depressum n. sp., Ulrich and Seofleld,

No'. 628. 

indianense n. sp., Miller and Gurley, No.

431. 

wisconsinensis n. sp., Ulrich and Scofield,

No. 628. 

Platycrinus

bozemanensis n. sp., Miller and Gurley,

No. 431. 

bridgerensis n. sp., Miller and Gurley, No.

.431. 

sharonensis n. sp., Miller and Gurley, No.

431. 

Platymetopus

bicornis Ulrich (sp.), 1892, Clarke, No.

133. 

cucullus Meek and Worthen (sp.), 1865,

Clarke, No. 133. 

robbinsi Ulrich (sp.), 1892, Clarke, No.

133.

Plesiosaurus gouldii n. sp., Williston, No. 707. 

Plethocardia Ulrich, Ulrich, No. 626. 

suberecta Ulrich, Ulrich, No. 626. 

umbonata Ulrich, Ulrich, No. 626. 

Plethospira n. gen., Ulrich and Seofleld, No.

628.

semele.Hall, Ulrich and Seofleld, No. 628. 

striata n. sp., Ulrich and Scofield, No. 628.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1897. 121

Paleontology Continued. ' 

Genera, and species described Continued. 

Pleurotoma

pulcherrima, Aldrich, No. ] 8.

venusta, Aldrich, No. 38. 

Pleuro torn aria

(?) margaritoides n. sp., Whiteaves, No. 

687.

muralis D.D.Owen, Whiteaves,No.687.

stokesiana n. sp., "Whitoaves, No. 687. 

Populus

eotremuloidea n. sp., Knowlton, No. 345.

lindgreni n. sp., Knowlton, No. 345.

occidentalis n. sp., Knowlton, No. 345. 

Potainogeton

pectinatus, Penhallow, No. 471.

pusillus, Penhallow, No. 471. 

Poterioceras

apertum W hiteaves 1889, Clarke, No. 134.

gracile Whiteaves, Whitenves, No. 687.

nobile "VVhiteaves, Whiteaves, No. 687. 

Primitia Jones and Holl, Ulrich, No. 627.

celesta n. sp., Ulrich, No. 627.

duplicata n. sp., Ulrich, No. 627,

gibbera n. sp., Ulrich, No. 627.

mammata n. sp., Ulrich, No. 627.

raicula n. sp.. Ulrich, No. 627.

minutissima n. sp., Ulrich, No. 627.

smicti pauli n. sp., Ulrich, No. 627.

tumidula n. sp., Ulrich, No. 627.

uphami n. sp., Ulrich, No. 627. 

Primitiella n. gen., Ulrich, No. 627.

constricts n. sp., Ulrich, No. 627.

flllmorensis n. sp., Ulrich, No. 627.

limbata n. sp., Ulrich, No. 627.

simulans n. sp., Ulrich, No. 627.

unicornis Ulrich, Ulrich, No. 627. 

Proitus

parviusculus Hall 1866, Clarke, No. 133.

?placidus n. sp., Vogdes, No. 65:t. 

Prolobella n. gen"., Ulrich, No. 626.

striatula n. sp., Ulrich, No. 626. 

Protarsea (vetustafvar.) magna, Whiteaves,

No. 687.

Protocaris Walcott, Schnchert, No. 540. 

Protoceras .

celer Marsh, Marsh, Nos. 407,410.

com ptug. Marsh, Marsh, No. 410. 

Protochriacus Scott, Matthew, No. 418.

attenuatus Osborn and Earle, Matthew, 

No. 418.

hyattiauus (Cope), Matthew, No. 418.

prisons (Cope), Matthew, No. 418. 

Protogonodon Scott, Matthew, No. 418.

steuognathus n. sp., Matthew, No. 418. 

Protorthis

cassineusis n. sp., Whitfleld, No. 691.

minima n. sp., Whitfleld, No. 691. 

Protoselene n. gen., Matthe w, No. 418. 

Protospongia

coronata Dawsou, Dawson, No. 175.

cyathiforrais Dawson, Dawson, No. 175.

delicatnla Dawson. Daweon, No. 175.

mononema Dawson, Dawson, No. 175.

polynema Dawson, Dawson, No. 175.

tetrenenia Dawson, Dawson, No. ]75. 

Protostega, Case, No. 109.

Paleontology Continued. 

Genera and species described Continued. 

Protowartbia n. gen., Ulrich and Scofleld, No.

628. 

caucellata Hall, Ulrich and Scofleld, No.

628.

concinnan.sp.,Ulrich and Scofleld, No. 628. 

granistriata n. sp., Ulrich and Scofleld,

No. 628.

obesan. sp., Ulrich and Scofleld, No. 628. 

pervoluta n. sp., Ulrich and Scofleld, No.

628. 

planodorsata n. sp., Ulrich and Scofleld,

No. 628. 

rectangularis n. sp., Ulrich and Scofleld,

No. 628. 

subcompressa n. sp., Ulrich and Scofleld,

No. 628. 

Pseudosophzerexochus trentonensis n. sp.,

Clarke, No. 133. 

Psiloconchan. gen., Ulrich, No. 626.

minnesotensis n. sp., Ulrich, No. 626. 

Psittacotherium Cope, Wortman, No. 742. 

Pterygometopus

callicephalus Hall (sp.), Clarke, uTo. 133.. 

eboraceua n. sp., Clarke, No. 133. 

intermedius Walcott (sp.) 1877, Clarko,

No. 133.

schmidti n. sp., Clarke, No. 133. 

Ptychocrinus Wachsmnth and Springer,

James, No. 312.

angularis Miller and Dyer, James, No. 312. 

parvus Hall, James, No. 312. 

Ptychopyge ulrichi n. sp., Clarke, No. 132. 

Pyramidclla

(LonjcchfBiis) jamaicensis n. sp., G-uppy

and Ball, No. 255.

fornlata n. sp., Guppy and Ball, No. 255. 

PyrazisinuB? haitensis, n. sp., Guppy and

Dall, No. 255. 

Quercus

consimilis Newby., Knowlton, No. 345. 

idahoensis n. sp., Knowlton, No. 345. 

payettensis n. sp., Knowlton, No. 345. 

simulata n. sp., Knowlton, No. 345. 

Radiolites

adhasrens n. sp., Whitfleld, No. 692. 

annulosus n. sp., Whitfleld, No. 692. 

cancellation, sp., Whitfleld, No. 692. 

inacroplicatns n. sp., Whitfleld, No. 692. 

rudis n. sp., Whitfleld, No. 692. 

(Lapeironsia) nicholasi n. sp., Whitfleld,

No. 692. 

Raflnesquina lata Whiteaves, Whiteaves, No.

687.

RaphistomaHall, Ulrich and Scofleld, No. 628. 

peracntum n. sp., Ulrich and Scofleld, No.

628. 

richmondensis n. sp., Ulrich and Scofleld,

No. 628. 

RaphistomidiB n. fain., Ulrich and Scofleld,

No. 628. 

Raphistomina n. gen., Ulrich and Scofleld,

No. 628. 

denticulata u. sp., Ulrich and Scofleld, No.

628.

lapicidaSalter,Ulrich and Scofleld, No. 62^. 

modes tan. sp., Ulrich and Suofield, No. 628. 

rngata n. sp., Ulrich and Scofleld, No. 628.
122 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 156.

Paleontology Con tin ued. 

Genera and species described Continued. 

Remeleceras clarkense n. sp., Miller and Gurley, No. 431. 

Remondia Gabb, Stanton, No. 579.

furcata Gabb, Stanton, No. 579.

robbinsi (White), Stanton, No. 579. 

Keteocrinus Billings 1859, James, No. 312.

cognatns S. A. Miller, James, No. 312.

graeilis "Wetherby, James, No, 312.

magniflcus S. A. Miller, James, No. 312.

o'nealli Hall, James, No. 312. 

Rhinidictya n. sp., "Whiteaves, No. 687. 

Rhinopora prima n. sp., Whitfteld, No. 691. 

Rhodoerinus

bozemanensis n. sp., Miller and Gurley, 

No. 431.

bridgereusis n. sp., Millerand Gurley, No. 

431.

dougln ssi n. sp. * Miller and Gurley, No. 431. 

Rhns payettensis n. sp., Knowlton, No. 345. 

Rhynchonella anticostiensis var., "Whiteaves,

No. 687. 

Rhytimya Ulrich, Ulrich, No. 626.

recta n. sp., "Whiteaves, No. 687.

sinuata n. sp., Ulricb, No. 626. 

Ringicula

alabamensis n. sp,, Aldrich, No. 18.

biplicata, Aldrich, No. 18.

butleriana, Aldrich, No. 18.

butleriana var. lisjuitifera n. var., Aldrich, 

No. 18.

claibornensis n. sp., Alilrich, No. 18.

dalli, Aldrich, No. 18.

lisbonensis, n. sp., Aldrich, No. 18.

mississippiensis, Aldrich, No. 18.

trapaquara, Aldrich, No. 18. 

Rissoa (Alvania) pariana ni sp., Guppy and

Dall,No.255: 

Rusophycus

chesterense n. sp., Miller and Gurley, No. 

431.

montanense n. sp., Miller and Gurley, No.

431. 

Saffordia u. gen., Ulrich, No. 626.

modesta Ulrich, Ulrich, No. 62^.

sulcodorsata Ulrich, Ulrich, No. 626.

ventralis n. sp., Ulrich, No. 626. 

Sagenodus

brownlte n. sp., Cope, No. 149.

conchiolepis n. sp., Cope, No. 149.'

foliatui n. sp., Cope, No. 149.

gurleianus n. sp., Cope, No. 149.

lacovianus n. sp., Cope, No. .149.

magister n. sp., Cope, No. 149.

occidentalis Newb., Cope, No. 149.

(liiiucunciaaus n. sp., Cope, No. .149.

reticulatus Newberry, Cope, No. 149. 

Salix angusta Al. Br., Knowlton, No. 345. 

Salpiugostoma Roemer, Ulrich and Scofield, 

No. 628.

buelli Whitfleld, Ulrich and Scofield, No. 

628.

imbricatsn.sp.,UlrichandScofield,No.628.

richrnondensis n. sp., Ulrich and Soofield, 

No. 628.

sculptilis n. sp., Ulrich and Scofield, No.

Paleontology Continued. 

Genera and species described Continued. 

Sanguinolaria iinioides n. sp., Guppy and

Ball, No. 255. 

Sarcothraustes Cope, Matthew, No. 418.

antiquus Cope, Matthew, No. 418. 

Sauropleura latithorax n. sp., Cope, No. 149. 

Scala

exquisita u. sp., Aldrich, No. 18. 

octolineata Con., Aldrich, No. 18. 

uuilineata, Aldrich, No. 18. 

Scaphander ligniticus n. sp., Aldrich, No. 18. 

Scenella Billings, Ulrich and Scofield, No. 628. 

afflnis n. sp., Ulrich and Scofield, No.'628. 

beloitensis n. sp., Ulrich and Scofield, No.

628. 

compressan. sp., Ulrich and Scofield, No.

628. 

magnifica n. sp., Ulrich and Scofield, No.

628, 

obtusa Sardeson, Ulrich and Scofield, No.

628.

radialisn. sp., Ulrich and Scofield, No. 628. 

superba Billings, Ulrich and Scofield, No.

628. 

Schizolopha Ulrich, Ulrich and Scofield, No.

628.

moorei n. sp., Ulrich and Scofield, No. 628. 

textilis n. sp., Ulrich and Scofield, No. 628. 

Schmidtella Ulrich, Ulrich, No. 627. 

affinis'n. sp., Ulrich, No. 627. 

brevis n. sp,, Ulrich, No. 627. 

crassimarginata Ulrich, Ulrich, No. 627. 

incompta n. sp., Ulrich, No. 627. 

subrotunda n. sp., Ulrich, No. 627. 

umbonata n. sp., Ulrich, No. 627. 

Scintilla clarkeana n. sp., Aldrich, No. 18. 

Seelya n. gen., Ulrich and Scofield, No. 628." 

mundula n. sp., Ulricb and Scofield, No.

628.

Sequoia angustifolia? Lx., Knowlton, No. 345. 

Serpulitesdissolutus Billings, Whiteaves, No.

687.

Sigaretus costatus n. sp., Cooper, No. 148. 

Sistrum (Ricinula?) cretaceum n. sp., Cooper,

No. 148. 

Smilodon (syn. Dinobastis Cope), Adams, No.

9. 

Solariella altiuscula n. ap., Guppy and Ball,

No. 255. 

Solariorbis

clypeatus n. sp., Guppy and Ball, No. 255. 

subangulatus Moyer var., Aldrich, No. 18. 

Solarium sp. ?, Guppy and Ball, No. 255. 

Solenospira n. gen., Ulrich and Scofield, No.

628.

pagoda Salter, Ulrich and Scofield, No. 628. 

pagoda Salter var. occiden talis, Win teaves,

No. 687. 

prisca Billings, Ulrich and Scofield, No.

628.

Sphenolium S. A. Miller, Ulrich, No. 626. 

parallelum n. sp., Ulrich, No. 626. 

striatum n. sp., Ulrich, No.626. 

Sporangites radiatus n. sp., Duden, No. 186. 

Sportella gregorioi Coss., Aldrich, No. 18.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1897. 123

Paleontology Continued. 

Genera and species described Continued. 

Squama n. gen., Logaii, No. 389. 

lata u. sp., Logan, No 389. 

spissa n. sp., Logan, No. 389. 

Staohella Waagen, Ulrich and Scofield, No.

628. 

Steganocrinus

albersi n. sp., Miller and Gurley, No. 431. 

blairi n. sp., Miller and Gurley, No. 431. 

griflithi n. sp., Miller and Gurley, No. 431. 

sharonensis n. sp., Miller and Gurley, No.

431.

StenothecaSalter, Ulrichand Scofleld, No. 628. 

exerta Sardeson, Ulrich and Scotield, No.

628. 

unguiformis n. sp., Ulrich and Scofleld,

No. 628.

Steplianella hindil n. sp., Dawson, No. 175. 

Stereocrinus indianensis n. sp., Miller and

Gurley, No. 431. 

Stomatopora canadensis n. sp., "Whiteaves,

No. 687.

Stramentum n. gen., .Logan, No. 389. 

haworthi n. sp., Logan, No. 389. 

tabulatum n. sp., Logan, No. 389. 

Streptelasraa

corniculum Hnll, Sardeson, No. 528. 

profuuduni (Oweri), Sardeson, No. 528. 

robustum Whiteaves, Whiteaves, No. 687. 

Strorabina inira n. sp., Guppy and Ball, No.

255. 

Strombinella Dall, Guppy and Ball, No. 255.

acnformis n. sp., Guppy and Dall, No. 255. 

Strophostylus Hall, Ulrich and ScoMeld, No.

628.

textilis n. sp., Ulrich and Scofleld, No. 628. 

Stylinodon

cylindrifer Cope, Wortman, No. 742. 

minis Marsh, Wortman, No. 742. 

minis, Marsh, No. 409. 

Subulites Conrad, Ulrich and Scofield, No.

628. 

beloitensis n. sp., Ulrich and Scofleld, No.

628. 

canadensis n. sp., Ulrich and Scon'eld, No.

628. 

conradi, n. sp., Ulrich and Scofleld, No.

628. 

dixonensia n. sp., Ulrich and Scofleld, No.

628.

nanus n. sp., Ulrich and Scofleld, No. 628. 

parvus n. sp., Ulrich and Scofleld, No. 628. 

pergracilis n. sp., Ulrich and Scofleld, No.

628. 

regularis n. sp., Ulrich and Scofleld, No.

628.

sp. undet., Ulrich and Scofield, No. 628. 

Surcula gabbi, Aldrich, No. 18.. 

Talarocrinus patei n. sp., Miller and Gurley,

No. 431. 

Taniiobatis vetustis, n. gen. etsp., Eastman,

No. 189.

Technophorus Miller, Ulrich, No. 626. 

divaricatus Ulricb, Ulrich, No. 626. 

exteuuatus Ulrich, Ulrich, No. 626.

Paleontology Continued. 

Genera and species described Continued. 

Technophorus Continued.

filistriatus Ulrich, Ulrich, No. 626. 

subacutus Ulrioh, Ulrich, No. 626. 

Temnochilus greenensen. sp., Miller and Gurley, No. 431.

" Terebra" plicifera, Aldrich, No. 18. 

Teredina sp., Guppy and Dall, No. 255. 

Tetradella Ulrich, Ulrich, No. 627. 

lunatifera Ulrich, Ulrich, No. 627. 

quadrilirata Hall and Whitfield, Ulrich,

No. 627.

Tetranota n. gen., Ulrich and Scofield, No. 

. 628. 

bidorsata Hall, Ulrich and Scofleld, No.

628.

var. minor n. var., Ulrich and Scofield, No. 628.

macra n. sp., Ulrich and Scofield, No. 628. 

obsoleta n. sp., Ulrich and Scofleld, No.

628. 

sexicarinata n. sp., Ulrich and'Scofleld,

No. 628.

wiaconsinensis Whitfield, Ulrich and Scofield, No. 628. .

Thaleops ovata Conrad, 1843, Clarke, No. 133. 

Thamnograptus aifinis noin. prov., Whiteaves,

No. 687.

TilloMierium fodiens Marsh, Osborn, No. 458. 

Trapa

americana n. sp., Knowlton, No. 345. 

(?) occidentails n. sp.. Knowltou, No. 345. 

Tremanotus Hall, Ulricll and Scofleld, No. 628. 

Tricentes Cope, Matthew, No. 418.

crassicollidens Cope, Matthew, No. 418. 

subtrigouus (Cope), Matthew, No. 418. 

Trichospongia hystrix n. sp., Whiteaves, No. 

- 687.

Triforis sp. ?, Guppy and Dall, No. 255. 

Triisodon Cope, Matthew, No. 418.

gaudrianus (Cope), Matthew, No. 418. 

heilprianus Cope, Matthew, No. 418. 

Triplicosta n. subgen., Cooper, No. 148. 

Triptoceras sp. ?, Clarke, No. 134.

Iambi Whiteaves, 1891, Clarke, No. 134. 

lambii Whiteaves, Whiteaves, No. 687. 

oweni n. sp., Clarke, No. 134. 

planoconvexum Hall, 1861, Clarke, No. 134. 

planodorsatum, Whitfield, 1882, Clarke,

No. 134. 

semiplauatum Whiteaves, Whiteaves, No.

687.

Trochoceras(?) mccharlesii Whiteaves,Whit- 

 eaves, No. 687. 

Trochonema Salter, Ulrich and Scofield, No.

628.

altuni n. sp.. Ulrich and Scofleld, No. 628. 

beachi? Whitfield, Ulrich and Scofleld,

No. 628.

beloitense Whitfield, Ulrich and Scoflold, 

. No. 028. 

bellulum n. sp., Ulrieh and Scofield, No.

628. 

eccentricum n. sp., Ulrich and Scofleld,

No. 628. 

fragile n. sp., Dlrich and Scofleld, No. 628.
124 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 156.

Paleontology Continued. 

Genera and species described Continued. 

Trochonema Continued.

niadisonense n. sp., Ulrich and Scofleld,

No. 628.

niota Hall, TJlrich and Scofleld, No. 628. 

retrorsum n. sp.,tTlrich and Scofield, No.

628. 

rugosum n. sp., Ulrich and Scofleld, No.

628. 

subcrassum n, sp., Ulrich and Scofleld, No.

628. 

urabilicatum Hall, Ulrich and Scofleld,

No. 628. 

v.igrans n. sp., Ulrich and Scofleld, No.

628.

(Eunema) arctatum n. sp., Ulrich,and Scofleld, No. 628. 

nitiduni n. sp., Ulrich and 'Scofield,

No. 628. 

obsoletum n. sp., Ulrich and Scofleld,

No. 628. 

robbinsi n. sp., Ulrich and Scofleld,

No. 628. 

salteri n. sp., Ulrich and Scofleld, No.

628. 

simile n. sp., Ulrich and Scofield, No.

628. 

TrochonematidiB n. fani., Ulrich and Scofield,

No. 628. 

Tryblidium Lindstrom, Ulrich and Scofield,

No. 628. 

modestum n. sp., Ulrich and Scofield, No.

628. 

Tuba antiqua Con., Aldricb, No. 18.

(Mathilda) leana u. sp., Aldrich, No. 18. 

Turbonilla

angulata n. sp., Guppy and Dall, No. 255. 

plastica n. sp., Guppy and Dall, No. 255. 

simplicior n. sp., Guppy and Dall, No. 255. 

tenuilineata n. sp., Guppy and Dall, No.

255. 

turritissima n. sp., Guppy and Dall, No.

255. 

(Stylopsis) ictona n. sp., Guppy and Dall,

No. 255. 

Turritella

arata u. sp., Guppy and Dall, No. 255. 

belvideri n. sp,, Cragin, No. 152. 

cliversilineata n. sp., Merriam, No. 425. 

Tylosaurus, Williston, No. 709, 710. 

Typhis obesus Gabb, Guppy and Dall, No. 255. 

Ultimus precursor n. sp., Guppy and Dall, No.

255.

Vanuxemia Billings, Ulrich, No. 626. 

abrnpta n. sp., Ulrich, No. 626. 

crassa n. sp., Ulrich, No. 626. 

decipiens n. sp., Ulrich, No. 626. 

dixonensis Meek and Worthen, Ulrich,

No. 626.

var. insueta n. var., Ulrich, No. 626. 

hayniana Safford, Ulrich, No. 626. 

median, sp., Ulrich, No. 626. 

obtusifrons Ulrich, Uhvch, No. 626. 

rotundata Hall, Ulrich, No. 626. 

sardesoni Ulrich, Ulrich, No. 626. 

suberecta n. sp., Ulrich, No. 626. 

subrotunda n. sp., Ulrich, No. 626.

Paleontology Continued. 

Genera and species described Continued. 

Vanuxemia Continued.

terminalis Ulrich, Ulrich, No. 626. 

utnbonata n. sp., Ulrich, No. 626. 

wortheni Ulrich, Ulrich, No. 626. 

.Venus, Woolman, No. 741. 

Volutilithes lisbonensisn. sp., Aldrich, No. 18. 

Volvaria (VolvarieUa) alabainensis n. sp., Aldrich, No. 18.

Warthia Waagen, Ulrich and Scofield, No. 628. 

Whitella Ulrich, Ulrich, No. 626.

compressa Ulrich, Ulrich, No. 626. 

concentrica Ulricb, Ulrich, No. 626. 

megamhoua Whitfield, Ulrich, J«o. 626. 

obliquata Ulrich, Ulrich, No. 626. 

prajcipta Ulrich, Ulrich, No. 626. 

quadrangularis Whitfleld, Ulrich, No. 626. 

rugatina n. sp., Ulrich, No. 626. 

scofleldi Ulrich, Ulrich, No. 626. 

sterlingensis Meek and Worthen, Ulrich,

No. 626.

subcarinato n. sp., Ulrich, No. 626. 

truncata Ulrich, Ulrich, No. 626. 

ventricosa Hall, Ulrich, No. 626. 

Xenocrinus S. A. Miller, James, No. 312. 

penicillus S. A. Miller, James, No. 312. 

baeri Meek, James, 312. 

Torkia n. gen., Walcott, No. 657. 

wanneri n. sp., Walcott, No. 657. 

(?) washingtonensis n. p., Walcott, No.

657.

Palisades conglomerate, Spurr, No. 575. 

Palmer gneisses, Van Hise and Bayley, No. 648. 

Pamunkey formation, Clark, No. 129. 

Patapsco, Clark and Bibbins, No. 130. 

Patapsco formation, Clark, No. 129. 

Patuxent, Clark and Bibbins, No. 130. 

Patuxent formation, Clark, No. 129. 

I'awnee limestone, Keyes,.No. 325. ' 

Payette formation, Lindgren, No. 382. 

Payette formation, Knowlton, No. 345. 

Pecatonica limestone, Hershey, No. 278. 

Pelham limestone, McCalley, No. 393. 

Peuuington shale, Keith, No. 318. 

Pennsylvania.

.Aporhyolite of South Mountain, Bascom, No.

43. 

Brownstones of Pennsylvania, Hopkins, No.

304. 

Building materials of Pennsylvania, Hopkins,

No. 307.

Eopaleozoic hot springs, Wieland, No. 695. 

Fault in mammoth coal bed, Engel, No. 204.' 

Greenland glaciers, Williams, No. 696. 

Paleozoic vertebrata, Cope, No. 149. 

Relation of streams to Bryn Mawr gravel,

Bascom, No. 44. 

Review of ancient volcanic rocks of South

Mountain, Iddings, No. 311. 

Split in mammoth coal seam, Sims. No. 556. 

Subterranean temperatures, Hallock, No. 259. 

Surface geology, Salisbury and Knapp, No.

522.

Pensauken formation, Salisbury and Knapp, No. 

522.
WSEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1897. 125

Petrology. 

Qeneral. 

Building materials of Pennsylvania, Hopkins,

No. 307. 

Building stones of New England, Beals, No.

50. 

Differentiation in igneous magmas, Teall, No.

607. 

Fractional crystallization of rocks, Becker,

No. 55.

Genesis of claystones, Nichols, No. 440. 

Nomenclature of metamorphic lavas, Turner,

No. 619. 

Origin of pegmatite, Crosby and Fuller, No.

157. 

Review of papers . on granitic intrusions,

Adams, No. 3. 

Review of queries on rock differentiation,

Tolman,No.616.

Eock differentiation, Becker, No. 53. 

Rocks of the Laurentian, Adams, No. 1. 

Summary of progress, Bailey, No. 47. 

Alaska. 

Geology of Yukon gold district, Spurr, No.

575.

Gold fields of southern Alaska, Becker, No. 51. 

Notes on hypersthene-andesite, Gushing, No.

161.

California. 

A new ampbibole-pyroxene rock, Turner, No.

620.

Downievillo folio, Turner, No. 618. 

Granitic rocks of Pyramid Peak district,

Lindgren, No. 384. 

Hornblende-basalt, Diller, No. 179. 

San Clemente Island, Smith, No. 567. 

Santa Catalina Island, Smith, No. 568. 

Sonora folio, Turner and Eansome, No. 621. 

Truckee folio, Lindgren, No. 383. 

Canada.

Geology of Admiralty group, Adams, No. 2. 

Granites and associated arkoses, Barlow and

Ferrier, No. 40.

Notes on intrusive rocks, Matthew, No. 420. 

Sudbury nickel district, Walker, No. 659. 

Colorado.

Analcite-basalt, Cross, No. 159. 

Connecticut.

Acid dike in Triassic area, Hovey, No. 31p. 

Triassic formation, Davis, No. 167. 

Kansas. 

Kansas gypsum rocks, Bailey and Whitten,

No. 27. 

Iowa.

Sioux quartzite, Beyer, No. 65. 

Maryland.

Maryland granites, Keyes, No. 329. 

Outline of physical features, Clark, No. 129. 

Massachusetts. 

Diabase pitchstone and mud inclosurea in

Triassic trap, Emerson, No. 198. 

Petrography of Boston basin, White, No. 686.

Mexico.

Descripcion de las rocas, Ordonez, No. 452. 

Eruptive rocks of Mexico, Farrington, No. 

215.

Petrology Continued. 

Mexico Continued. 

Itineraries geologicos, Aguilera, No. 13. 

Itineraries geologicos, Ordonez, No. 450. 

Geologia de la Sierra de Pachuca, Aguilera

and Ordonez, No. 16. 

Observations on Popocatepetl, Farrington,

No. 212.

.Rocas eruptivas, Ordonez, No. 451. 

Sinopsis de geologia Mexicana, Aguilera, No.

Michigan. k ' I'

Marquette district, ATau Hise and Bayley, No.

648. 

Minnesota.

Geology of St. Croix Dalles, Berkey, No. 64.

Koochiching granite, Wincliell, No. 716.

Sioux quartzite, Beyer, No. 65. 

Montana.

Areal geology, Butte, Weed, No. 671a.

Corundum-bearing rocks from Yogo Gulch, 

Pirsson, No. 480.

Geology of .Judith Mountains, AVeed and

Pirsson, No. 074. 

New Hampshire.

Porphyrif ic gneiss, Daly, No. 164. 

New Jersey.

Arcliean geology, Wolff, No. 732.

Franklin white limestone, Wolff and Brooks, 

No. 733.

Newark system, Kummel, No. 349. 

New York.

Magnetites near Port Henry, Kemp, No. 321. 

North Carolina.

Corundum and basic magnesian rocks, Lewis,

No. 380. 

Pennsylvania.

Aporhyolite of South Mountain, Bascom, No.

43. 

South Dakota.

Black Hills, Scott, No. 542a.

Sioux quartzite, Beyer, No. 65.

Tellurium in gold ores, Smith, No. 561. 

Virginia.

Weathering of micaceous gneiss, Merrill, No.

429. 

Washington.

Rocks of Mount Rainier, Smith, No. 563. 

Wisconsin.

Geology of St. Croix Dalles, Berkey, No. 64. 

Wyoming.

Igneous rocks of Leucite Hills, Croos, No. 158.

Leucite Hills, Kemp, No. 319.

Itockx described. 

Aegirite-syenite-porpbyry, Weed and Pirsson,

No. 674.

Amphibole picrite, Lewis, No. 380. 

Amphibolite, Lewis, No. 380. 

Amphibolite, Turner, No. 618. 

Amphibolite, Turner and Ransome, No. 621. 

Analcite-basalt, Cross, No. 159. 

Andesite, Becker, No. 51. 

Andesite, Ordonez, Nos. 450,452. 

Andeaite, Smith, Nos. 567,568. 

Andesite, Turner and Ransome, No. 621.
126 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BOLL. 156.

Petrology Continued. 

Rocks described Continued. 

Audeaite, Weed, No. 671a. 

Anorthite, Pratt, No. 484. 

Aplite, Spurr, No. 575. 

Aplite, Weed, No. 671o. 

Aporhyolite, Bascom.No. 43. 

Aporhyolite, White, No. 686. 

Arkose, Barlow and Ferrier, No. 40. 

Augite-porphyry, Turner, No. 618. 

Basalt, Becker, No. 51. ' 

Basalt, Ordonez, No. 452. 

Basalt, Teall, No. 607. 

Basalt, Turner, No. 618. 

Basalt, Turner .and Eansonie, No. 62J. 

Basalt, Van Hise and Bayley, No. 648. 

Biotite granite, Van Hise and Bayley, No. 648. 

Caucrinite, Barlow, No. 36. 

Gladstones, Nicbols, No. 440. 

Dacite, Smith, No. 567. 

Diabase, Becker, No. 51. 

Diabase, Turner, No. 618. 

Diabase, Turner and Eausome, No. 621. 

Diabase pitchstone, Emerson, No. 198. 

. Diorite, Becker, No. 51. 

Diorite, Lindgren, No. 384. 

Diorite, Smith, No. 568. 

Diorite, Van Hise and Bayley, No. 648. 

Diorite, White, No. 680.

Diorite-porphyry, Weed and Pirsson, No. 674. 

Diorite-porphyry-scbist, Spurr, No. 575. 

Doloritic basalt, Turner, No. 618. 

Duiiite, Lewis, No. 380. 

Eheolite-syenite, Wolff, No. 732. 

Enstatite, Lewis, No. 380. 

Gabbro, Becker, No. 51. 

Gabbro, Kemp, No. 321. 

Gabbro, Lindgren, No.'384. 

Gabbro, Smith. No. 567. 

Gabbro, Turner and Eansome, No. 621. 

Gneiss, Daly, No. 164. 

Gneiss, Kemp, No. 321. 

Gneiss, Merrill, No. 429. 

Gneiss, Walker, No. 659. 

Granite, Adams, No. 2. 

Granite, Barlow and Ferrier, No. 40. 

Granite, Beals, No. 50. 

Granite, Becker, No. 51. 

Granite, Daly, No. 164. 

Granite, Keyes, No. 329. 

Granite, Lindgren, No. 384. 

Granite, Smith, No. 563. 

Granite, Spurr, No. 575. 

Granite, Turner, No. 618. 

Granite, Turner and Eansome, No. 621. 

Granite, Van Hiso and Bayley, No. 648. 

Granite, Walker, No. 659. 

Granite, Weed, No. 671 a. 

Granite, White, No. 686. 

Granite, Winchell, No. 716. 

Granite-porphyry, Weed and Pirsson, No. 674. 

Granodiorite, Lindgren, No. 384. 

Granodiorite, Turner and Eansome, No. 621. 

Grannlite,.Turner, No. 618. 

Gray wacke, Van Hise and Bayley, No. 648. 

Greenstone, Van Hise and Bayley, No. 648.

Petrology Continued. 

Rocks described Continued. 

Griinerite magnetite - schist, Van Hise and

Bayley, No. 648.

Hornblende-basalt, Diller, No. 179. 

Hornblende-granite, Spurr, No. 575. 

Hornblende-pyroxene-andesite, Turner, No.

618. 

Hornblende-schist, Van Hise and Bayley, No.

648.

Hornblende-syenite, Spurr, No. 575. 

Hornblende-syenite, Van Hise and Bayley, No.

648.

Hornblendite, Spun1 , No. 575. 

Hypersthene-andesite, Gushing, No. 161. 

Leucite, Kemp, No. 319. 

Madupite, Cross, No. 158. 

Magnetite, Kimball, No. 334. 

Melaphyr, White, No. 686. 

Metadiorite, Turner, No. 618. 

Mica-schist, Walker, No. 659. 

Obsidian, Ordonez, No. 452. 

Olivine diabase, Van Else and Bayley, No. 648. 

Olivine diabase, Walker, No. 659. 

Orenditem, Cross, No. 158. 

Pegmatite, Crosby and Fuller, N6.157. 

Pegmatite, Spurr, No. 575. 

Peridotite, Lewis, No. 380. 

Peridotite, Van Hise and Bayley, No. 648. 

Phyllite, Walker, No. 659. 

Porphyrite, Smith, No. 568. 

Porphyrite, Turner and Eansome, No. 621. 

Porphyritp, Van Hise and Bayley, No. 648. 

Pyroxenite, Spurr, No. 575. 

Quartz-diabase, Van Hise and Bayley, No. 648. 

Quartz-diorite, Spurr, No. 575. 

Quartz-diorite-schist, Spurr, No. 575. 

Quartz-hornblende-diorite, Spurr, No. 575. 

Quartzite, Beyer, No. 65. 

Quartzite, Van Hise and Bayley, No. 648. 

Quartz-porphyry, Turner, No."618. 

Quartz-porphyry, Weed, No. 671a. 

llhyolite, Ordonez, Nos. 450,452. 

Ehyolite, Smith, Nos. 567,568. 

llhyolite, Turner, No. 618. 

Ehyolite, Weed, No. 671 a. 

Ehyolite-porphyry, Weed and Pirsson, No. 674. 

. Schist, Becker, No. 51. 

Schist, Lewis, No. 380. 

Schist, Van Hise and Bayley, No. 648. 

Serpentine, Lewis, No. 180. 

Slate, Duden, No. 186.

Soda-granite, Turner and Rausome, No. 621. 

Syenite, Becker, No. 51. 

Syenite, Weed and Pirsson, No. 674. 

Syenite-porphyry, Weed and Pirsson, No. 674. 

Tingnaite-porphyry, Weed and Pirsson, No.

674.

Trachyte, Ordonez, No. 450. 

Tuff, Emerson, No. 198. 

Tun0, Smith, No. 568. 

Websterite, Lewis, No. 380. 

Wyorningite, Cross, No. 158. 

Philadelphia brick clay, Salisbury and Knapp,

No. 522. 

Phillipsburgh. formation, Marcou, No. 404.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1897. 127

Phylloporina bed, Winchell and Ulrioh, No. 730. 

Physiographic geology.

Antecedent Colorado, Jefl'erson, No. 313. 

A pre-Glacial valley, Tight, No. 609. 

Areal geology, Butte, Weed, No. 671 a. 

Changes in drainage in southern Ohio, Leverett, No. 377. 

Changes of level in Bermuda islands, Tarr,

No. 592.

Coal fields of Puget Sound, Willis, No. 699. 

Coosa Valley region, McCalley, No. 393. 

Downieville folio, Turner, No. 618. 

Extension of Appalachians, JBrauner, No. 77. 

Fisiografia de la sierra do Pachuca, Aguilera

and Ordonez, No. 15. 

Geology of Judith Mountains, Weed and

Pirsson, No. 674.

Geology of St. Croix Dalles, Berkey, No. 64. 

'Geology of Yukon gold district, Spurr, No. 575. 

Gold mining in Yukon district, Ogilvie, No. 449. 

. Lakes with more than one outlet, Watson,

No. 668. .

Lakes with two outlets, Grant, No. 242. 

Harquette district. Van'Hise and Bayley,

No. 648.

Migration of divides, Smith, No. 570. 

Origin of Greeii Kiver, Emmons, No. 200. 

Paleozoic area of Arkansas, Ashley, No. 24. 

Physical geography and geology of Canada,

Daw-son, No. 173.

Physiographic development of Mississippi 

. Valley, Hershey, No. 279. 

Phj Biographic geology of Puget Sound basin,

Kimball, No. 332.

Physiography of Adirondacks, Kemp, No. 320. 

Physiography of Massachusetts, Dixon and

Drew, No. 181. 

Physiography of western Kansas, Haworth,

No. ^04. 

Pleistocene features of Chicago area, Leverett, No.~374. 

Pre-Glacial drainage in Michigan, Mudge,

No. 435. 

Pre-Glacial drainage of southern Ohio, Tight,

No. 608.

Pueblo folio, Gilbert, No. 230. 

Recent elevation of Baffinlaud, Watson, No.

660. 

Kecounaissance in Washington, Russell, No.

509. 

Red River and Clinton monoclines, Arkansas,

Newsom and Branner, No. 439. 

River adjustments, Weaver, No. 671. 

Sand plains of Massachusetts, Grabau, Iflo.

238.

Santa Catalina Island, Smith, No. 568. 

Sonora folio, Turner and Rausome, No. 621. 

Topography of California, Drake, No. 182. 

Truckee folio, Lindgren, No. 383. 

Wartbtirg folio, Keith, No. 318. 

Tcllowstone National Park, Crook, No. 153. 

Pierre formation, Gilbert, No. 230. 

Pleasanton shales, Keyes, No. 325. 

Pleistocene. 

General. 

Boundary of Quaternary era, Hershey, No.

280.

Pleistocene Continued. 

Atlantic Coast region. 

Origin and age of relic-bearing sand at Tren.

ton, Salisbury, No. 518. 

Outline of physical features of Maryland,

Clark, No. 129. 

Pleistocene fossils from Baffinland, Kindle,

No. 336.

Uniformities of Marthas Vineyard, Woodworth, No. 736. 

Missittippi Valley. 

Bedford limestone, Hopkins and Siebenthal,

No. 308.

Florencia formation, Hershey, No. 275. 

Geological work in Madison County, Tilton,

No. 610.

Loess formation, Hersliey, No. 282. 

Natural gas in drift, Leonard, No. 373. 

Quaternary of Missouri, Todd, No. 613. 

Great Lakes region.

Recent earth movements, Gilbert, No. 229. 

Great Plaint.

McPherson Equus beds, Haworth and Beede,

No. 268.

Pleistocene of Kansas, Williston, No. 704. 

Rocky Mountain region. 

Mining districts of Idaho basin, Lindgren, No.

382.

Pacific Coast region. 

Downieville folio, Turner, No. 618. 

Oscillations of coast of California, Fairbanks,

No. 208. 

Physiographic geology of Puget Sound basin,

Kimball, No. 332. 

Mexico.

Itineraries geologicos, Aguilera, No. 13. 

Itinerarios geologicos, Ordonez, No. 450. 

Pocono formation, Clark, No. 129. 

Point Levis, Marcou, No. 404. 

Poison Canyon beds, Osborn, No. 458. 

Porcupine beds, Spurr, No. 575. 

Potomac, Stantou, No. 578. 

Potomac formation, Ward, No. 660. 

Potsdam, Waclsworth, No. 654. 

Pottsville formation, Clark, No. 129. 

Pteranodon bed, Logan, No. 388. 

Puckwunge slate, Winchell, No. 721. 

Puerco, Marcou, No. 405. 

Puget formation, Willis, No. 699. 

Puget group, Kimball, No. 332. 

Rampart series, Spurr, No. 575. 

Raucocas formation, Clark, Nos. 128,129. 

Raritau, Clark and Bibbins, No. 130. 

Raritan formation, Clark, 129. 

Redbank sands, Clark, No. 128. 

Red Beds, Haworth, No. 263. 

Red Bluff formation, Cragiu, No. 151. 

Red Mountain formation, McCalley, No. 393. 

Rhinidictya bed, Winchell and Ulrich, No. 730. 

Rhode Island.

Geology of Newport Neck and Conanicut,

Crosby, No. 154.

Unconformities of Marthas Vineyard, Woodworth, No. 736.

Richmond, Winchell and Ulrich, No. 730. 

Riga schist, Hobbs, No. 297.
128 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX 6F N. A. GEOLOGY, - [BULL, 156.

Robinson formation, Turner, No. 618.

Rockford limestone, Hopkins and Siebenthal, No.

308.

Rockwood formation, Clark, No, 129. 

Rogers (William Barton), Mendenhall, No. 422. 

Romney fonnation, Clark, No. 129.- 

Quebec city, Marcou, No, 405. 

Quebec group, Dawson, No. 175. 

Sailor Canyon formation, Lindgren, No. 383. 

St. Croix sandstone, Norton, No. 446. 

St. Lawrence dolomite and shale, Norton, No. 446. 

St. Lawrence shale, Berkey, No. 64. 

St. Peter, Winchell and TJlrich, No. 730. 

St. Peter sandstone, Norton, No. 446. 

Salt Fork division, Cragin, No. 151. 

San Juan formation, Lakes, No. 356. 

San Miguel conglomerate, Lakes, No. 356. 

San Miguel formation, Purington, No. 490. 

Savage formation, Clark, No. 129. 

Scott shale, Keith, No. 318. 

Septaria bed, Logan, No. 388. 

Shark Eiver formation, Clark, No. 128. 

Shasta, Stanton, No. 578. 

Shenaiidoali formation, Clark, No. 129. 

Shoal Creek limestone, Hill and Vauglum, No.

287.

Shuswap series, Dawson, No. 172. 

Siamo slate, Van Hise and Bayley, No. 648. 

Sillery series, Dawson, No. 175.

Silurian. 

Classification. 

Galena and Maquoketa series, Sardeson, Nos.

524, 526. 

Correlation. 

Lower Silurian deposits, Winchell and Ulrich,

. No. 730.

Paleozoic area of Arkansas, Ashley, No. 24. 

Nomenclature.

Galena and Maquoketa series, Sardeson, No. 

527.

Canada. 

Fossil sponges from Quebec group, Dawson,

No. 175. 

Palezoic outliers in Ottawa basin, Ells, No.

193.

Stratigrophic classification, Marcou, No. 404. 

Appalachian region. 

Coosa Valley region, McCalley, No. 393. 

Current action in the Ordovician, Ruedemann,

No..505.

Fluxing rocks of Alabama, McCalley, No. 394. 

Hematites of Alabama, McCalley, No. 394. 

' Lower Silurian deposits, Winchell and Ulrich,

No. 730. 

Outline of physical features of Maryland,

Clark, No. 129. 

<- Physiography of Adirondacks, Kemp, No.

320.

Stratigraphic classification, Marcou, No. 404. 

Mississippi Valley.

Geology of Silurian rocks, Foerste, No. 219. 

Lower Silurian deposits, Winchell and Ulrich, 

No. 730.

Silurian Continued. 

Mississippi Valley Continued.

Paleozoic area of Arkansas, Ashley, No. 24.

Petroleum industry, Blatchley, No. 71. 

Rocky Mountain region^

Geology of Judith Mountains, Weed and Pirsson, No. 674.

Pueblo folio, Gilbert, No. 230. 

Sioux quartzite, Beyer, No. 65. 

South Oaroiina.

Gold ores of the Carolinas, Nitze, No. 444 

South Dakota.

A new genus of Mosaurs, Willistpn, No. 709.

Black Hills, Scott, No. 542a.

Fuller's earth, Ries, No. 502.

Gold in granite and plutonic rocks, Blake, No. 

68.

New developments in boring, Darton, No. 165.

New species of Linuparus, Ortmann, No: 457.

Northern Black Hills, Frazer, No. 226.

Potsdam gold ores, Smith, No. 562.

Sioux quartzite, Beyer, No 65.

Tellurium in gold ores, Smith, No. 561.

Volcanic dus t/fodd, No. 612. 

State quarry limestone, Calvin, No. 103. 

Stictopora bed, Sardeson, No. 524. 

Stictoporella bed, Sardeson, No. 524. 

Stictoporella bed, Winchell and Ulrich, No. 730. 

Stockbridge, Marcou, No. 405. 

Stockbridge limestone, Hobbs, No. 297. 

Stockton series, Kiimmel, Nos. 349,350. 

Stones River, Winchell and Ulrich, No. 730, 

Stonewall limestone, Cragin, No. 153. 

Stuutz conglomerate, Winchell, No. 721. 

Superjacent series, Lindgren, No. 383. 

Superjacent series, Turner, No. 618. 

Swanton, Marcou, No. 405. 

Taconic, Marcou, No. 404. 

Taconic, Nitze, No. 442. 

Taconic, Nitze and Hanna, No. 445. 

Taconic, Winchell, Nos. 723, 728. 

Tahkandit series, Spurr, No. 575. 

Talladega slate, McCalley, No. 393. 

Taloga formation, Cragin, No. 151. 

Taylor formation, Hill and Vaughan, No. 287. 

Tejon, Kimball, No. 332.

Tejon formation, Turner and Ransome, No. 621. 

Tennessee,

Coal industry of Southeastern States, Head, 

No. 272.

Embreville estate, Johnson, No. 314.

Lower Siluriau deposits, Winchell and Ulrich, 

No. 730.

Phosphate mining in Tennessee, Brown. No. 

96.

Remains of the fossil sloth, Mercer, No. 423.

Wartbui-g folio, Keith, No. 318. 

Tertiary. 

General.

North American Tertiary horizons, Dall, No.

162. 

Correlation.

North American horizons, Dall, No. 162. 

Alaska.

Geology of Yukon gold district, Spurr, No. 

575.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AiSD MINERALOGY, 1897. 129

Tertiary Con tin ued. 

Atlantic Coast region.

Artesian and other wells, Woolman, No. 739. 

Fish House black clay, Woolman, No. 741. 

Geology of Cape Cod district, Shaler, No. 547. 

Outline of physical features, Clark, No. 129. 

Surface geology, Salisbury and Knapp, No.

522.

Unconformities of Marthas Vineyard, Woodworth, No. 736. 

Appalachian region.

Coosa Valley region, McCalley No. 393. 

Jtochj Mountain region. 

. Denver formation, Davis, No. 168. 

Huerfaiio Lake basin, Osborn, No. 458. 

Laramie and related formations, Stanton and

Knowlton No. 580. 

Mining district of Idaho basin, Lindgren, No.

382, 

Peculiar formation in San Juan region, Lakes,

No. 356. 

Wind River and Huerfano beds, Osborn, No.

462.

Great Plains. 

Physical properties of the Tertiary, Haworth,

No. 265.

Underground waters, Haworth, No. 263. 

Southwestern region.

Bauxite deposits of Arkansas, Branner, No. 78. 

Geology of Edwards plateau, Hill and

Vaughan, Xo. 287. 

Pacific Cuart region, 

Coal fields of Esmeralda County, Knapp, No.

341.

Coal liclds of Puget Sound, Willis, No. 699. 

Downievillo folio, Turner, No. 618. 

Geologic relations of Martinet group, Merriam, No. 424. 

Oil and gas yielding formations. Watts, No.

670. 

Oscillations of coast of California, Fairbanks,

No. 208. 

Physiographic geology of Puget Sound basin,

Kimball, No. 332. 

Reconnoissance in "Washington, Russell, No.

509. 

San Clemente Island, Smith, No. 567.

Mexico. 

Geologia do la Sierra de Pachuca, Aguilera

and Ordouez, No. 16. 

Geology of Mexico, Bain, No. 31. 

Itineraries geologicos, Aguilera, No. 13. 

Texas.

Asphalt deposits, Vaughan, No. 650. 

Cimnrrou series, Cragin, No. 150. 

Copper ores in the Permian, Schmitz, No. 537. 

Extension of Appalachians, Branner, No. 77. 

Geology of Edwards plateau, Hill and

Vaughan, No. 287.

Jura and Neocomian. Marcou, No. 403. 

Marine Jurassic rocks, Cragin, No. 150. 

Names for Caprina and Caprotina bearing 

'beds, Cragin, No. 153. 

Texas oil horizons, Dumble, No. 187. 

Toronto, Calvin, No. 104. 

Transition formation, Sardeson, No. 524.

Bull. 156 9

Travis Peak formation, Hill and Vaughan, No. 287;

Trenton, Marcou, No. 404.

Trenton, Wincheil and Ulrich, No. 730.

Triplecia bed, Sardeson, No. 524.

Trnro series, Shaler, No. 547.

Tiiomey (Michael), Smith, No. 560.

Tuscaloosa, Stanton, No. 578.

Tuscaloosa formation, McCalley, No. 393.

Tuscarora formation, Clark, No. 129.

Twelvemile beds, Spnrr, No. 575.

Tipper Marquette series, Smy tb, No. 572.

Upper Marquette series, "Van Hiso and Bayley,

No. 648.

Tipper Oneota. doloinite, Norton, No. 446. 

Upper Osgood clay, Foerste, No. 219. 

Utah.

Antecedent Colorado, Jefferson, No. 313. 

Camp Floyd mining district, Gemmell, No.

228. 

Laramie and related formations, Stanton and

Knowlton, No. 580.

On bixbyite, Penfield and Foote. No. 469. 

Origin of Green River, Emmons, No. 200. 

Utica, Marcou, No. 404. 

Utica, Winchell and Ulrich, No. 730. 

Uvaldo formation, Hill and Vanghan, No. 287. 

Vanuxernia bed, Winchell and Ulrich, No. 730. 

Vermont.

Kaolin in Vermont, Nevius, No. 437.

New species of Silurian fossils, Whitfield, No.

091. 

Stratigraphy of certain homogenous rocks,

Hitchcock, No. 292. 

Virginia.

Bibliography of geological, mineralogical, and

paleontological literatire, \Vatson, No. 009.

Coal industry of Southeastern States, Head,

No. 272. 

Manganese deposits of ATirgiuia, Catlett, No.

111. 

"Weathering of micaceous gneiss, Merrill, No.

429.

"Wabauusee formation, Prosser, No. 486. 

Wachsmuth (Charles), Calvin, No. 102, 

"VValdron shale, Foerste, No. 219. 

Wallkill limestone, WoUFand Brooks, No. 733. 

"Walnut formation, Hill and Vaughan, No. 287. 

"Wartburg sandstone, Keith, No. 318. 

Washington.

Coal fields of Puget Sound, Willis, No. G99. 

Geology of southeastern Washington, Russell,

No. 510. 

Glaciation in Puget Sound region, "Willis, No.

700.

Glaciers of Mount Rainier, Russell, No. 508. 

Physiographic geology of Puget Sound basin,

Kimball, No. 332. 

Reconnoissance in Washington, Russell, No.

509.

Rocks of Mount Rainier, Smith, No. 563. 

Webberville formation, Hill and Vaughan, No. 287. 

Weisner sandstone, McCakley, No. 393. 

Wellington, Prosser, No. 487. 

West Virginia.

Subterranean temperatures, Hallock, No. 25&. 

Weverton formation, Clark, No. 129.
130 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY. [BULL. 156.

Wewe slate, Van Hise and Bayley, No. 648. 

Wind River beds, Osboru, No. 462. 

Winterset limestone, Tilton, No. 610. 

Wisconsin.' 

Cryptodiscus Hall, Weller, No. 681.

Dikes of Gogebic range, Boss, No. 75

Drift phenomena, Salisbury and Atwood, No. 

521.

Geology of St. Croix Dalles, Berkey, No. 64.

Pleistocene features of Chicago area, Leverett, 

No. 375.

Studies in driftless region, Squier, No. 577.

Drift deposits, Calvin, No. 104. 

Wisconsin drift, Bain, No. 29.

Wyckoff formation, Sardeson, No. 524. 

Wyoming.

Analysis of petroleum, Slosson, No. 559.

Black Hills, Scott, No. 542a.

Geology of the oil fields, Knight, No. 342.

Igneous rocks of Leucite Hills, Cross, No. 158.

Laramie and related formations, Stanton and 

Knowlton, No. 580.

Leucite Hills, Kemp, No. 319.

Petroleum fields, Knight, No. 343.

Stylinodontia, Marsh, No. 409.

Yellowstone National Park, Crook, No. 154. 

Yukon silts, Spurr, No. 575.